QueenslandFisheries Act
1994FisheriesRegulation1995Reprinted as in force on 15 March
2008Reprint No. 9DThis reprint is
prepared bythe Office of the Queensland Parliamentary
CounselWarning—This reprint is not an authorised
copyNOT FURTHER AMENDEDLAST REPRINT
BEFORE REPEALSee 2008 SL No. 83 s 714
Information about this reprintThis
regulation is reprinted as at 15 March 2008. The reprint shows the
law as amended byall amendments that commenced on or before
that day (Reprints Act 1992 s 5(c)).The reprint
includes a reference to the law by which each amendment was
made—see listof legislation and list of annotations in
endnotes. Also see list of legislation for anyuncommenced
amendments.This page is specific to this reprint. See
previous reprints for information about earlierchanges made under
the Reprints Act 1992. A table of reprints is included in the
endnotes.Also see endnotes for information
about—•when provisions commenced•editorial changes made in earlier
reprints.Dates shown on reprintsReprints dated at
last amendmentAll reprints produced on or after 1 July
2002, hardcopy and electronic, are dated as at the last
date of amendment. Previously reprints weredated as at the
date of publication. If a hard copy reprint is dated earlier than
an electronicversion published before 1 July 2002, it
means the legislation was not further amendedand the reprint
date is the commencement of the last amendment.If the date of a
hard copy reprint is the same as the date shown for an electronic
versionpreviously published, it merely means that
the electronic version was published before thehard copy version.
Also, any revised edition of the previously published electronic
versionwill have the same date as that
version.Replacement reprint dateIf the date of a
hard copy reprint is the same as the date shownon another hard
copy reprint it means that one is the replacement of the
other.
s
135s 2AFisheries
Regulation 1995Fisheries Regulation 1995[as amended by
all amendments that commenced on or before 15 March 2008]Part
1Preliminary1Short
titleThis regulation may be cited as theFisheries Regulation 1995.Part 2InterpretationDivision 1Words and phrases2DefinitionsSchedule 17
defines particular words used in this regulation.Division 2Working out
boundaries2AReferences to latitudes and
longitudes(1)Unlessotherwiseprovidedunderthissection,latitudesandlongitudes mentioned in this
regulation or a management planare worked out
using AGD 66.(2)Latitudesandlongitudesmentionedinschedule2,section193A,1are worked out using GD A94.1Schedule2(Closedwaters—commercialfishing),section193A(HerveyBayscallop ranching areas)
s
2A36s 2AFisheries
Regulation 1995(3)Latitudesandlongitudesmentionedinanyofthefollowingprovisions of
this regulation are worked out using WGS 84—(a)schedule 2, part 1, divisions 2 and
3;(b)schedule 2, part 4, division 5;(c)schedule 3, sections 40B to
40E;(d)a provision of former schedule 5B, as
applied under part13, division 3;(e)schedule17,part2,definitionwesternFlatRockprotection
area.2(4)Subsection(1)doesnotapplyforamanagementplan,oraprovisionofamanagementplan,iftheplanorprovisionprovidesforanothersystemforworkingoutlatitudesandlongitudes.(5)In
this section—AGD66meansthe‘AustralianGeodeticDatum1966’(commonly called ‘AGD 66’) notified in the
CommonwealthGovernment Gazette No. 84 on 6 October 1966,
at page 4984.GDA94meansthe‘GeocentricDatumofAustralia1994’(commonly called ‘GDA 94’) notified in the
CommonwealthGovernmentGazetteNo.GN35on6September1995,atpage
3369.WGS84meansthe‘WorldGeodeticSystem1984’(commonly called ‘WGS 84’) defined in the
technical reporttitled‘DepartmentofDefense—WorldGeodeticSystem1984—Its
Definition and Relationships with Local Geodetic2Schedule 2 (Closed waters—commercial
fishing), part 1 (Taking or possessing anyfish), divisions
2 (Fish taken under fishery symbol C1, L1, L6, L7, N1, N2, N6,
N7,N8, SM or T4) and 3 (Fish taken under
fishery symbol A1 or A2)Schedule 2 (Closed waters—commercial
fishing), part 4 (Taking or possessing anyfish and using or
possessing certain fishing apparatus), division 5 (Fish taken
underfishery symbol A1 or A2)Schedule 3
(Closed waters—recreational fishing)Schedule 5B
(Special provisions for spanish mackerel commercial fishery)(Schedule 5B expired 11 September
2006)Schedule 17 (Definitions), part 2
(Dictionary)
s
337s 4Fisheries
Regulation 1995Systems’,thirdedition,publishedbythe(US)NationalImagery and
Mapping Agency.33References to
boundaries, lines, shores and other pointsIn this
regulation or a management plan the following applyunlesstheregulationormanagementplanprovidesotherwise—(a)aboundaryorlinealongashorefollowshighwatermark;(b)aboundaryorlinealongashoreintersectedbyawaterwaycrossesthewaterwaybytheshortestlinebetween its banks;(c)other
boundaries and lines run from point to point in astraight line;(d)a
reference to a shore is a reference to the shore at highwater
mark;(e)reference to a point or to the tip of
an island or othergeographical feature, is a reference to the
point or tip onthe shore at high water mark.4References to waterwaysInthisregulationoramanagementplanareferencetoawaterwayisareferencetoallofthefollowingunlesstheregulation or management plan provides
otherwise—(a)the waterway upstream of the shortest
line between itsbanks at their junction, at low water, with
the body ofwater into which the waterway finally
flows;(b)the foreshores of the waterway.3The technical report may be accessed
on the internet at the website of GeoscienceAustralia at
<www.ga.gov.au>.At the commencement of subsection (3)
of this section, the report could be accessedat
<www.ga.gov.au/nmd/geodesy/datums/wgs.jsp>.
s
538s 7Fisheries
Regulation 19955References to banks of
waterwaysUnlessotherwisestatedinthisregulationoramanagementplan, a reference
to a bank of a waterway is a reference to thebank at its
junction, at high water, with the body of water intowhich
it finally flows.Division 3Other provisions
aidinginterpretation6References to aids to navigationAreferenceinthisregulationoramanagementplantoabeacon, buoy,
lead, light or mark is a reference to an aid tonavigation.7Primary boatsandtender boats(1)Aprimary boatis a boat
identified in a commercial fishingboatlicenceorcommercialharvestfisherylicenceforthefishery under
schedule 15, part 7,4as the primary
commercialfishing boat for the licence.(2)Atender
boatis a boat, other than a primary boat, that
may beused under section 53.5(3)In a provision of this regulation or a
management plan about acommercial fishing boat licence or
commercial harvest fisherylicence—(a)areferencetotheprimaryboatisareferencetotheprimary boat
identified in the licence; and(b)areferencetoatenderboatisareferencetoatenderboat
that—(i)under section 53, may be used under
the licence;and4Schedule 15
(Commercial harvest fisheries), part 7 (Shell fishery)5Section 53 (Commercial fishing boat
licence)
s
839s 9Fisheries
Regulation 1995(ii)hasitsboatmarkplacedinawaythatcomplieswith section
58AH.6(4)A reference in
this regulation or a management plan to—(a)a
primary boat’s tender boat is a reference to a tenderboat
that—(i)undersection53,maybeusedunderthecommercialfishingboatlicenceinwhichtheprimary boat is identified; and(ii)hasitsboatmarkplacedinawaythatcomplieswith section
58AH; and(b)a tender boat’s primary boat is a
reference to the primaryboatidentifiedinthecommercialfishingboatlicenceunder which the
tender boat is being or may be used.8References to distances between netsAreferenceinthisregulationoramanagementplantoadistance between
nets is a reference to—(a)fornetssetinawaterway—thedistancebetweenthenets
measured along the centre line of the waterway; and(b)fornetssetonaforeshore—thedistancebetweenthenets
measured along the shore.9References to
drops and number of meshesA reference in this regulation or a
management plan to—(a)a net’s drop is a reference to the
distance between thetop and the bottom of the net when its
meshes are taut;and(b)a number of
meshes in a net’s drop is a reference to thenumber of rows of
mesh between the top and bottom ofthe net.6Section 58AH (Requirements for placing
boat mark)
s
9A40Fisheries Regulation 1995s
109AReferences to possession of
fish(1)Thissectionappliesifaprovisionofthisregulationoramanagement plan prohibits possession
of a fish.(2)Toremoveanydoubt,itisdeclaredthatthereferencetopossessionintheprovisionisareferencetopossessionwherever it takes
place.10Scientific names of fish(1)The scientific names of fish mentioned
in this regulation and,if the same fish are also mentioned in
a management plan, themanagement plan, are in schedules 16
and 16A.(2)The scientific names follow—(a)fornonindigenousfish—AxelrodHR,BurgessWE,Pronek N and Walls J G (1989), ‘Dr
Axelrod’s Atlas ofFreshwaterAquariumFishes’,(3rdedition),T.F.H.(Australia)PtyLtd,Box149,Brookvale,NewSouthWales; and(b)for regulated fish (other than coral
reef fin fish, estuarycod, grass emperor (grass sweetlip),
great white shark,grey nurse shark, malabar grouper, small
spotted grunterbream or spotted grunter bream
(grunter))—(i)Grant E M (1982), ‘Guide to Fishes’,
(5th edition),EMGrantPtyLimited,19AustraliaCourt,Scarborough, Queensland; and(ii)Kailola P J, Williams M J, Stewart P
C, Reichelt RE,McNeeA,GrieveC(1993),‘FisheriesResources’,BureauofResourceSciences,Department of Primary Industries and Energy
andtheFisheriesResearchandDevelopmentCorporation,Canberra,AustralianCapitalTerritory; and(c)for
maray—Hutchins B and Swainston R (1996), ‘SeaFishesofSouthAustralia’,(2ndedition),SwainstonPublishing, Perth, Western Australia;
and(d)forpilchards—YearsleyGK,LastPRandWardPR(eds) (1999),
‘Australian Seafood Handbook, Domestic
s
1041s 10Fisheries
Regulation 1995Species’,CSIROMarineResearch,Melbourne,Victoria;
and(e)forsmallspottedgrunterbreamandspottedgrunterbream
(grunter)—Grant EM (1993), ‘Grant’s Guide toFishes’, (6th
edition), EM Grant Pty Ltd, 19 AustraliaCourt,
Scarborough, Queensland; and(f)for
great white shark or grey nurse shark—Last PR andStevensJD(1994),‘SharksandRaysofAustralia’,CSIRO Division of
Fisheries, Australia; and(g)for noxious
fisheries resources, other than electric eel,tigerfish(African)ortigerfish(SouthAmerican)ortrahira—Eschmeyer,W.N.1998,Catalogoffishes,California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco;7and(h)for electric
eel—Nelson, J.S. 1984, Fishes of the world,John Wiley &
Sons, New York; and(i)for tigerfish (African) or tigerfish
(South American) ortrahira—Gery,J.1977,Characoidsoftheworld,TFHPublications, Neptune City, New York
and Nelson, J.S.1984,Fishesoftheworld,JohnWiley&Sons,NewYork;
and(j)forbarrockcod,crimsonseaperch(smallmouthnannygai),goldbandsnapper,hapukuandsaddletailseaperch (large
mouth nannygai)—Yearsley, G.K., Last,P.R.andWard,R.D.(eds),1999,AustralianSeafoodHandbook, Domestic Species,
CSIRO Marine Research,Melbourne, Victoria; and(k)for eight-bar grouper—Heemstra, P.C.
and Randall, J.E.,1993, FAO Species Catalogue, volume
16,Groupers oftheworld(familySerranidae,subfamilyEphinephelidae),anannotatedandillustratedcatalogueofthegrouper,
rockcod,hind,coralgrouperandlyretailspeciesknowntodate, FAO Fish. Synop.,(125)
16:382p; and(l)for coral reef fin fish not mentioned
in paragraph (j) or(k),estuarycod,grassemperor(grasssweetlip)and7The catalog is
also available at—<www.calacademy.org/research/ichthyology/catalog/>.
s
1142s 14Fisheries
Regulation 1995malabargrouper—Randall,JohnE.,Allen,GeraldR.and Steene, Roger C., 1997,The
Complete Divers andFishermen’s Guide to Fishes of the Great
Barrier ReefandCoralSea,2ndreviseded,CrawfordHousePublishing Pty Ltd, Bathurst, Australia;
and(m)forblacklipoysterormilkyoyster—Lamprell,K.,Healy,J.,1998,BivalvesofAustralia,volume2,Backuys Publishers, Leiden.11Time periodsPeriodsoftimefixedbyaprovisionofthisregulationoramanagement plan
start at the first time, day or month stated intheprovisionandendatthesecondtime,dayormonth,whether in the same, or a different, day,
week, month or year.Examples—•The period from midday on 1 November
to midday on 1 February isa period of 3 months starting at
midday on 1 November and endingat midday on 1
February.•Theperiodfrom4.00p.m.to4.00a.m.isaperiodof12hoursstarting at
4.00p.m. and ending at 4.00a.m.Part 3Management plansPart 4Closed seasons and closedwatersDivision 1Closed season14Closed season for barramundiTheperiodfrommiddayon1Novembertomiddayon1FebruaryisaclosedseasonforBarramundi,otherthanin
s
14A43Fisheries Regulation 1995s
14Cwaters—(a)west
of longitude 142º09' east; and(b)ofwaterwaysthatflowintotheGulfofCarpentariasouth of the
intersection of longitude 142º09' east withthe mainland
shore.14AClosed season for Australian
bassThe period from 1 June to 31 August is a
closed season forAustralian bass for all tidal waters.814AAClosed season for
tropical spiny rock lobster(1)Theperiodfrommidnighton1Octobertomidnighton31January is a closed season for
tropical spiny rock lobster forthe crayfish and
rock lobster fishery area.(2)In this
section—crayfishandrocklobsterfisheryareameanstheareamentioned in schedule 14A, section
2.14BProhibited activitiesThe
following activities are prohibited—(a)taking fish to which a closed season under
this divisionapplies during the closed season;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention
of paragraph (a).14CGeneral exemptionIt is not
unlawful for a person during a closed season underthis
division to unintentionally take fish to which the closedseason applies if—8NotethereisalsoaclosedseasondeclarationforAustralianbassundertheFreshwater Plan, section 6.
s
1544s 16Fisheries
Regulation 1995(a)thefishisnotunintentionallyorrecklesslyinjuredordamaged; and(b)is
immediately put back.15Exemption for
barramundiTheclosedseasonforbarramundidoesnotapplytoarecreationalfisherwhopossessesbarramundioutsidetheLakeAwoongaareaortheLakeTinarooareaifthebarramundi—(a)was
taken in either area; and(b)is tagged in the
required way.Division 2Closed
waters16Closed waters(1)The
waters described in schedules 2 and 3 are closed waters.9(2)Unless otherwise
stated in the schedules, the waters are closedevery year all
year.(3)Each schedule states the activities
that are prohibited in thewaters described in it.(4)It is not unlawful for a person in
closed waters—(a)iftakingfishisprohibited—totakethefishunintentionallyifthefisharenotintentionallyorrecklessly injured or damaged and are
immediately putback; or(b)if
possessing fish is prohibited—to possess the fish if thefish
were taken from outside the closed waters; or(c)if
possessing fishing apparatus is prohibited—to possessthe
fishing apparatus if—(i)forfishingapparatusotherthananottertrawlnet—it is stored inboard a boat; or9Schedules2(Closedwaters—commercialfishing)and3(Closedwaters—recreational fishing)
s
1745s 17Fisheries
Regulation 1995(ii)for an otter trawl net—it is stowed
and secured.(5)For subsection (4)(c), an otter trawl
net is stowed and securedonly if—(a)during the daytime—(i)thenetandanyotherfishingapparatusnormallyused
with it are drawn up to a boat and are visiblefrom an aircraft
or another boat; and(ii)the net’s cod ends are open;
and(iii)the net’s lazy
lines are on the blocks; and(b)at
night—(i)theboatcarryingthenetandanyotherfishingapparatus normally used with it is at anchor
in anarea marked as an anchorage or boat harbour
on anavigational chart; or(ii)thenetandotherfishingapparatusareinboardaboat
and are stored or suspended from a mast orboom.Examples of other fishing apparatus normally
used with anotter trawl net—•the net’s otter boards•any ground chains or ropes17Application of schs 2 and 3(1)Schedule2appliesonlytopersonstakingfishfortradeorcommerce.(2)Schedule 3 applies only to recreational
fishers.
s
1846s 19Fisheries
Regulation 1995Part 5Regulated
fishDivision 1Regulated fish,
other than prawnsSubdivision 1Regulated fish
declarations18Regulated fish(1)Fish
in schedule 4 are regulated fish.(2)However, if fish are regulated by number,
only fish in excessof the number are regulated fish.(3)Ifaregulatedfishdeclarationunderthisregulationandamanagement plan or a regulated fish
declaration under 1 ormore management plans prohibits the
taking or possession ofa fish in excess of the same number,
the total number of fishthat may be taken or possessed is that
number.Example—Under
each of the following the number of barramundi that may betaken
or possessed by a recreational fisher is 5—(a)schedule 4, part 2, division 1 of this
regulation;(b)the Freshwater Plan, section 18(1) and
schedule 4, section 1;(c)the Gulf Plan,
section 17.The effect of subsection (3) is that the
total number of barramundi thatmay be taken or
possessed in the State by a recreational fisher is 5.19Application of sch 4 (Regulated
fish)Schedule 4 applies to the following
persons—(a)for part 1—persons taking fish for
trade or commerce;(b)for part 2—recreational
fishers;(c)for part 3—everybody.
s
2147s 24Fisheries
Regulation 1995Subdivision 2Measurement of
fish to decide ifthey are regulated21Measurement of size, weight or total
volume(1)The size or weight of fish mentioned
in schedule 4A, parts 1and 2, must be decided in the way
stated in schedule 4A, parts1 and 2, for the
fish.(2)A total volume of fish must be
measured in the way stated inschedule 4A, part
3.Subdivision 3Exemptions23Exemption for recreational fishers about
barramundi sizelimitThe maximum size
limit for barramundi stated in schedule 4doesnotapplytoarecreationalfisherwhopossessesbarramundioutsidetheLakeAwoongaareaortheLakeTinaroo area if the barramundi—(a)was taken in either area; and(b)is tagged in the required way.24Exemption for recreational fishers
about certainregulated reef fish(1)This
section applies to reef fish other than coral reef fin fish.(2)Despite section 18(2), if reef fish
are regulated by number, arecreational fisher may—(a)takenotmorethantwicethenumberofthereeffishduring an extended licensed charter fishing
trip; or(b)possess not more than twice the number
of the reef fishiftheyweretakenduringanextendedcommercialfishing tour.(3)However, subsection (2) applies only if the
fisher ensures asquare area, with sides of at least 3cm, of
the skin of each reeffish is kept on it.
s
2548s 25AFisheries
Regulation 199525Other exemptions(1)Thissectionappliesdespitesection18ortheprovisionsofanymanagementplanaboutpossessingorsellingregulatedfish.(2)A
person may possess regulated fish in the form of cleanedand
preserved molluscs in a genuine shell collection.(3)A person may—(a)possess a regulated fish if the fish is an
aquarium displayfish bred by the person for aquarium
display; or(b)possessorsellaregulatedfishifaninspectorisreasonablysatisfiedthepersonhasobtainedthefishfrom—(i)theholderofanauthorityallowingtheholdertosell
the fish; or(ii)apersonwhocultivatedthefishinawaythatisauthorised under the Planning Act; or(iii)anotherpersonwhohasobtainedthefishfromaholder or person mentioned in subparagraph
(i) or(ii).Division 2Prawns regulated for recreationalfishers25APrawns regulated by volume(1)This section applies only—(a)to a recreational fisher; and(b)toprawnstakenbytherecreationalfisheroranotherrecreational
fisher.(2)More than a total of 10L of prawns is
regulated.(3)Taking or possessing more than a total
of 10L of prawns isprohibited.
s
25C49Fisheries Regulation 1995s
25EPart 5ADeclared
diseases25CDeclared diseases—Act, s 94(1)Each of the following is declared to
be a declared disease forthe Act—(a)a
bacteria, fungus, parasite, pest or virus mentioned inschedule 5;(b)a
residue of BHC that has a concentration greater than0.01mg/kg for the residue in fisheries
resources.(2)In this section—BHCmeans
a chemical that is the sum of isomers of 1, 2, 3, 4,5,
6-hexachlorocyclohexane, other than lindane.Part 5BNoxious fisheries resources25DNoxious fisheries resourcesThe
species of fish stated in schedule 5A, or a hybrid of thespecieswithanotherspeciesoffish,arenoxiousfisheriesresources.Part 5CQuota
and authority forspanish mackerel commercialfisheryDivision 1General provision about SM units25ENature of an SM unitEach
SM unit is—
s
25F50Fisheries Regulation 1995s
25FA(a)an authority, the entitlement for
which is provided forunder division 2; and(b)aquotaforthespanishmackerelcommercialfisheryestablished under
schedule 11A.Division 2SM unit
entitlement and useSubdivision 1Entitlement25FMeaning ofentitlementof SM unit
holder(1)The holder of an SM unit, or a person
acting under the SMunit,maytake,inanSMyear,theprescribedweightofspanish mackerel for the SM
unit.(2)The authorisation for each SM year is
the holder’sentitlementunder the SM unit
for that SM year.(3)However, the entitlement applies only
while the holder holdsan SM fishery licence that is in
force.(4)Theentitlementissubjecttoanyrelevantprohibitionsorrestrictionsunderthisregulation,amanagementplanoraconditionorotherprovisionoftheSMunitorSMfisherylicence.Examples of relevant restrictions—the restrictions under section 44(1)
to (4)1025FAMeaning ofprescribed weightof spanish
mackerelfor an SM unit(1)Forsection25F(1),theprescribedweight,ofspanishmackerel, for an SM unit, is—(a)1kg of (whole weight) spanish
mackerel; or(b)if,ontherelevantday,thetotalnumberofSMunitsissued is more than 619520—the amount, of
kilograms10Section 44 (Things authorised by
fishery symbol)
s
25G51Fisheries Regulation 1995s
25Gof(wholeweight)spanishmackerel(theadjustedweight equivalent), worked out
under subsection (2).(2)If subsection
(1)(b) applies, the adjusted weight equivalent isthe
amount worked out by using the following formula—WWE=-6---1---9---5---2---0-NSMwhere—WWEis
the adjusted weight equivalent for an SM unit.NSMis
the number of SM units issued by the chief executive.(3)In this section—relevant
daymeans the earliest day on which—(a)all appeals against decisions about
amending a licenceby writing the fishery symbol ‘SM’ on the
licence, areended or fully decided; and(b)the chief executive has decided all
applications for theissue of SM units under former schedule 5B,
part 3, asapplied under section 124; and(c)the period to appeal against all
decisions about the issueof SM units has ended; and(d)all appeals against decisions about
the issue of SM unitsare ended or fully decided; and(e)if, in deciding an appeal mentioned in
paragraph (a) or(d),thetribunalhasgiventhechiefexecutivedirections—the directions have been complied
with.Subdivision 2Use of SM unit
entitlements25GWhen SM unit entitlement isusedfor an SM year(1)The
entitlement of an SM unit held by a person isusedfor
anSM year—(a)when
the holder, or a person acting under the SM unit,has
taken, in that SM year under any SM fishery licenceheldbytheSMunitholder,anamountof(wholeweight) spanish
mackerel for the SM unit equalling the
s
25H52Fisheries Regulation 1995s
25IAholder’s entitlement under the SM unit;
or(b)if section 25H applies.(2)Theunused
entitlementof a holder’s SM unit for an SM yearis
the amount of (whole weight) spanish mackerel for the SMunit
that has not been taken, for the SM year, under any SMfishery licence held by the SM unit
holder.25HNo carrying forward of unused
entitlement(1)This section applies if, in an SM
year, an SM unit holder takesan amount of
spanish mackerel for the SM units that is lessthan the total
entitlements under the holder’s SM units.(2)The
holder is taken, at the end of the SM year, to have used allthe
entitlements under the SM units held by the holder for theSM
year.25ISM unit certificates(1)Thechiefexecutivemustissueasinglecertificatetoeachperson who holds SM units.(2)The certificate must state each of the
following—(a)the certificate number;(b)the holder’s name;(c)how
many SM units the holder has;(d)if
the chief executive has imposed conditions on the SMunits—the conditions;(e)ifthechiefexecutivehassuspendedanyoftheSMunits—(i)the
number of SM units suspended; and(ii)the
period of the suspension.25IAReplacement SM
unit certificate for adjusted weightequivalent of
spanish mackerel(1)Thissectionappliesiftheadjustedweightequivalentof(whole weight) spanish mackerel is worked
out under section25FA(2).
s
25J53Fisheries Regulation 1995s
25KA(2)As soon as practicable after the
adjusted weight equivalent isworked out, the
chief executive must give each SM unit holderareplacementSMunitcertificatethatreflectstheadjustedweight
equivalent.25JEvidentiary provision for SM unit
certificateAn SM unit certificate is evidence
of—(a)the number of SM units held when the
certificate wasissued under section 25I, replaced under
section 71 ofthe Act or changed or replaced under section
25O; and(b)the conditions, if any, imposed on the
SM units.Division 3Evidentiary aids
for use ofentitlement25KUnloaded fish notice is evidence of use of
entitlement(1)This section applies if the holder, or
another person acting forthe holder, of SM units gives the
chief executive an unloadedfish notice for spanish mackerel for
the SM units.(2)The notice is evidence that the holder
has taken, under the SMunits, the whole weight equivalent of
the amount of spanishmackerel stated in the notice.(3)For subsection (2), the whole weight
equivalent of the amountof spanish mackerel stated in the
notice is—(a)for an amount stated for whole spanish
mackerel—theamount stated; or(b)foranamountstatedforspanishmackerelthatisnotwhole—theamountworkedoutinthewaystatedinschedule 17, part 1, section 14.25KAParticular notice is evidence of
unused entitlement(1)ThissectionappliesifaholderofSMunitshasobtainedawritten notice from the chief executive
stating the amount ofunused entitlement under the SM units
for a stated SM year ona stated date.
s
25L54Fisheries Regulation 1995s
25O(2)The notice is evidence of the amount
of unused entitlementunder the SM units for the stated SM
year on the stated date.11Division 4Transfer of SM unitsSubdivision
1When SM units may or may not betransferred25LPurpose of sdiv 1Thissubdivisionstates,forsection65(1)12oftheAct,thecircumstancesinwhichSMunitsmayormaynotbetransferred.25MOnly
whole SM units may be transferredA part of an SM
unit can not be transferred.25NEligibility of transfereeAn SM
unit may be transferred only by the holder of the SMunit
to a person, other than the transferor, who holds an SMfishery licence.Subdivision
2Other provisions about SM unittransfers25OSM
unit certificate changes requiredIf, under section
65B13of the Act, an application to transfer
anSM unit is registered, the chief executive
must give effect tothetransferbychanging,cancellingorreplacingthetransferor’s and transferee’s current SM
unit certificates.11For information obtained using the
AIVR system, see section 110F (Record kept byAIVR system is
evidence of particular information).12Section 65 (Transfer of authority (other
than permit)) of the Act13Section 65B
(Registration of transfer of authority) of the Act
s
25Q55Fisheries Regulation 1995s
25R25QWhen transfer of SM units takes
effect(1)Ifthechiefexecutiveapprovestheapplication,thetransfertakes effect for
the rest of the SM year in which the approvalis given.(2)As soon as practicable after the chief
executive approves theapplication, the chief executive must
ensure the AIVR systemis updated to reflect the
transfer.25QAIssue of fisher PIN for particular
transferees(1)This section applies if—(a)thechiefexecutivehasapprovedanapplicationforatransfer of SM units; and(b)thetransfereedidnotholdanySMunitsimmediatelybefore the
transfer.(2)Thechiefexecutivemust,immediatelyaftertheapprovalisgiven,issuethetransfereea4-digitidentitynumberfortheSM units transferred to the
transferee.25REntitlement of transferee(1)The entitlement of the transferee
under transferred SM unitsis—(a)for
the SM year in which the transfer takes effect—theentitlement of the transferor under the
units immediatelybeforethechiefexecutiveregistersthetransferundersection 65B14of
the Act; and(b)foralaterSMyear—theentitlementthetransferorwouldhavehadundertheunits,hadthetransfernottaken
place, at the beginning of the SM year.(2)Forsubsection(1)(a),ifpartoftheentitlementofthetransferorunderatransferredSMunitisused,thewholeentitlement of
the transferee under the transferred SM unit istaken to be
used.14Section 65B (Registration of transfer
of authority) of the Act
s
25U56Fisheries Regulation 1995s
26Division 6Change of
PINs25UChange of unit PIN(1)The
holder of SM units may, by written notice, ask the chiefexecutive to change the unit PIN for the SM
units.(2)On receiving the notice, the chief
executive must—(a)change the unit PIN for the SM units
to another 4-digitnumber decided by the chief executive;
and(b)give the holder a written notice
stating that the unit PINhas been changed.(3)ThechangeofunitPINtakeseffectwhenthenoticementioned in
subsection (2) is given to the holder.25VChange of fisher PIN(1)The
holder of SM units may change the fisher PIN for the SMunits
by using the AIVR system.(2)ThechangeofthefisherPINfortheSMunitstakeseffectwhentheholderisgivenatransactionnumberforthechange.15Part 6Quotas
generally26Quotas for commercial fisheries(1)A quota stated in a fishery provision
for a commercial fisheryis the quota for the fishery.(2)The quota stated in section 29A may
apply to tailor taken in acommercial fishery.(3)Thequotastatedinsection29Bmayapplytospottedmackerel taken in
a commercial fishery.15See sections 110E
(Requirements for AIVR system) and 110I (Procedure if AIVRsystem not working properly).
s
2757s 27Fisheries
Regulation 1995(4)The quota provided for in part 5C
applies to spanish mackereltaken in the spanish mackerel
commercial fishery establishedunder schedule
11A.27Notice of filling of particular
quotas(1)This section applies to a quota other
than the following—(a)a daily or time quota;(b)an SM unit;16(c)anCTlineunit,RTElineunitorOSlineunitissuedunder the Coral
Reef Plan.(2)Immediatelyafterthe
chiefexecutivebecomesawarethataquotahasbeenfilledonaparticularday,orislikelytobefilledwithinthenextmonth,thechiefexecutivemustgiveeach relevant
holder a written notice stating that the quota hasbeen
filled on the particular day, or is likely to be filled
withinthe next month.(3)Aholderofanauthoritywhoisgivenanoticeundersubsection (2) must ensure that every person
acting under theauthority is also aware of the matters
mentioned in the notice.(4)If a notice is
given to a holder under subsection (2), the personin
control of a boat that is intended to be used to take fish,
towhich the quota applies, under the holder’s
authority must—(a)ifthenoticestatesthequotahasbeenfilled—immediately stop taking the
fish and ensure eachotherpersonactingundertheauthorityimmediatelystops taking the
fish; or(b)if the notice states the quota is
likely to be filled withinthe next month—(i)by
using the AIVR system, obtain on each relevantday information
as to whether the quota has beenfilled before any
person starts taking the fish fromthe boat on that
day; and(ii)if the person finds out that the quota
was filled onthat day or an earlier day—immediately stop,
and16Schedule 5B expired 11 September
2006.
s
2858s 28Fisheries
Regulation 1995ensure each other person acting under the
authorityimmediately stops, taking the fish.(5)Apersonincontrolofaboatcomplieswithsubsection(4)(b)(i)
if—(a)anotherpersonobtainstheinformation,incompliancewith the
subsection, for the person in control of the boat;and(b)the other person
tells the person in control of the boatthe information
obtained from the AIVR system.(6)In
this section—relevant day, in relation to
a notice given under subsection (2),means a
day—(a)after the notice is given; and(b)on which a boat is intended to be used
to take fish towhichthenoticeappliesundertheauthoritytowhichthe notice
applies.relevant holder, in relation to
a quota, means a person whoholds—(a)an
authority for taking fish to which the quota applies;or(b)an authority that
is the quota.Examples of an authority that is a
quota—an effort unit or ITQ unit28Daily quota(1)A
person fishing in a commercial fishery must not take morefishthanallowedbythedailyquotastatedinafisheryprovision for the fishery.(2)However,itisnotunlawfulforapersontounintentionallytake more fish
than allowed by the daily quota if the fish arenotintentionallyorrecklesslyinjuredordamagedandareimmediately put back.
s
2959s 29BFisheries
Regulation 199529Time quotaIf a fishery
provision for a commercial fishery states a period(time quota) during which
certain fishing apparatus may beusedorcertainfishmaybetaken,apersonfishinginthecommercial
fishery must not use the apparatus or take the fishother
than during the time quota.29AAnnual quota for
tailor(1)ThissectionappliestotailortakenunderanauthorityallowingtheauthorityholdertotaketailorinQueenslandwaters for trade
or commerce.(2)The annual quota of tailor that may be
taken is 120 tonnes.(3)Subsection (2) does not apply to the
taking of not more than100kg of tailor in any 24 hour
period.(4)In this section—annualmeans
the period from 1 May to 30 April.29BAnnual quota for spotted mackerel(1)This section applies to spotted
mackerel taken on or after 1July 2003 under
an authority allowing the authority holder totakespottedmackerelinQueenslandwatersfortradeorcommerce.(2)The
annual quota of spotted mackerel that may be taken is 140tonnes.(3)Subsection(2)doesnotapplytothetakingof15orlessspotted mackerel in any 24 hour
period.(4)In this section—annualmeans
the period from 1 July to 30 June.
s
3060s 33Fisheries
Regulation 1995Part 7Authorities
generallyDivision 1Licences30Licences chief executive may
issueThechiefexecutivemayissuethefollowingtypesoflicence—(a)buyer
licences;(b)carrier boat licences;(c)charter fishing licences;(d)commercial fisher licences;(e)commercial fishing boat
licences;(f)commercial harvest fishery
licences.32ARestriction on issue of commercial
fishing boat licencesThe chief executive may only issue a
commercial fishing boatlicence for a boat if a commercial
fishing boat licence is not inforce for the
boat.33Requirement to decide number of tender
boats forparticular licences(1)This
section applies if the chief executive decides to issue acommercial fishing boat licence.(2)Beforeissuingthelicence,thechiefexecutivemustdecidehow many tender
boats are, for section 53, to be authorised foruse under each
fishery symbol to be written on the licence.(3)Without limiting subsection (2), the
decision may be that—(a)no tender boats
are to be authorised; or(b)anunlimitednumberoftenderboatsaretobeauthorised.(4)Despite subsections (2) and (3), for a
commercial fishing boatlicence with the following fishery
symbol to be written on it
s
3461s 35Fisheries
Regulation 1995the number decided to be authorised must not
be more thanthe following number—(a)for
the fishery symbol ‘L2’—4;(b)for the fishery
symbol ‘L3’—1.(5)If the decision is other than that an
unlimited number of tenderboats are to be authorised, the
licence must state the numberof tender boats
authorised, in brackets immediately after thefishery
symbol.(6)If the decision is that an unlimited
number of tender boats aretobeauthorised,thelicencemustnothaveanybracketsornumbersinbracketswrittenimmediatelyafterthefisherysymbol.Division 2Permits34Permits chief executive may
issueThe chief executive may issue the following
types of permit—(a)general fisheries permits for
activities—(i)other than activities that, under
division 5,17may becarried out under
another type of authority; and(ii)that
are otherwise unlawful under this regulation ora management
plan;(b)developmental fishing permits;(c)indigenous fishing permits.35Restrictions on issue of
permits(1)The chief executive must not issue a
permit allowing—(a)an activity as follows—(i)using a purse seine net to take
fish;(ii)possessingfishtakenincontraventionofsubparagraph (i);17Division 5 (Things authorised by, and
conditions of, authorities)
s
3562s 35Fisheries
Regulation 1995(iii)possessing a
purse seine net;18or(b)the
taking or possession of maray or pilchards for tradeor
commerce.(2)Subsection (1)(b) does not apply
if—(a)the permit allows the taking or
possession of maray orpilchards for only 1 of the
following—(i)touseasbaitforfishingunderacommercialfishingboatlicenceorcommercialfisherlicenceheld by the
person applying for the permit;(ii)to
use as food for display fish;(iii)for
research; or(b)the permit is a replacement permit
issued under section71 of the Act; or(c)immediately before the commencement of this
section,thepersonapplyingforthepermitheldageneralfisheries permit (theearlier
permit) allowing the takingorpossessionofmarayorpilchardsfortradeorcommerce and—(i)theearlierpermithasbeencancelledorhasexpired;
and(ii)the application is made within 6
months after thecancellation or expiry; and(iii)the permit
applied for is, other than for its term, thesame,orsubstantiallythesame,astheearlierpermit.(3)Subsection(2)(c)(iii)doesnotpreventthechiefexecutiveissuing a permit that is not the same, or
substantially the same,as the earlier permit.18See also schedule 2, part 7 (Using or
possessing purse seine nets) and schedule 3,part 7 (Using or
possessing purse seine nets).
s
3663s 41Fisheries
Regulation 1995Division 3Resource
allocation authorities36Power to
issueThe chief executive may issue resource
allocation authorities.37Restriction on
issue of particular resource allocationauthorities(1)The
chief executive may issue a resource allocation authorityrelating to prescribed declared fish habitat
area developmentonly if the chief executive is satisfied the
development is for 1ormoreprescribeddeclaredfishhabitatareadevelopmentpurposesforthedeclaredfishhabitatareatowhichthedevelopment relates.(2)Also,
before deciding whether to issue the authority, the chiefexecutive must have regard to the following
for the declaredfish habitat area to which the development
relates—(a)the effect of the development on the
maintenance of thecommunity use of the area, in particular, in
relation tofishing activities;(b)for a
part of the area that is a management A area—theeffectofthedevelopmentonthemaintenanceofthenatural condition of fish habitats and
natural processesin the area;(c)for a
part of the area that is a management B area—theeffectofthedevelopmentonthemaintenanceofthecurrent fish habitat values and
functions of the area.Division 4Fishery symbols
on authoritiesSubdivision 1When fishery
symbol may bewritten on an authority41General provision for writing fishery
symbol(1)Thechiefexecutivecannotwriteafisherysymbolonan
s
4264s 42BFisheries
Regulation 1995authorityotherthanacommercialfishingboatlicenceorcommercial harvest fishery licence.(2)Subject to the other provisions of
this division or any relevantmanagement plan,
the chief executive may—(a)write on a
commercial fishing boat licence any fisherysymbol for a
commercial fishery; or(b)write on a
commercial harvest fishery licence—(i)any
fishery symbol for a commercial fishery underschedule 15;
or(ii)the fishery symbol ‘E’.Note—The fishery
symbol ‘E’ is the commercial fishery for eels underthe
Freshwater Plan. See part 8 of that plan.42Restriction on writing multiple fishery
symbolsThe chief executive can not write on an
authority the samefishery symbol more than once, other than
the fishery symbol‘C3’.42ARestrictions on writing fishery symbol
‘SM’The chief executive may write the fishery
symbol ‘SM’ on acommercial fishing boat licence only—(a)ifthechiefexecutivehasapprovedafisherysymbolmovementapplicationand,undertheapplication,thesymbol is to be written on the licence;
or(b)if the licence is a replacement of a
commercial fishingboatlicenceonwhichthesymbolwaswrittenunderformer schedule 5B, part 2, or the part as
applied undersection 122 or 123.1942BRestrictions on writing fishery symbol
‘L4’The chief executive may write the fishery
symbol ‘L4’ on a19Schedule 5B expired 11 September
2006.
s
4365s 44Fisheries
Regulation 1995commercial fishing boat licence only
if—(a)thechiefexecutivehasapprovedafisherysymbolmovementapplicationand,undertheapplication,thesymbol is to be written on the licence;
or(b)thelicenceisareplacementofacommercialfishingboat
licence on which the symbol was written.43Restrictions on writing fishery symbols on
authoritiesallowing the use of boats of certain lengths
incommercial fisheries(1)Thechiefexecutivemaywriteafisherysymbolonanauthority
allowing the use of a boat in a commercial fisheryonly
if the boat is not longer than the length permitted under afishery provision for the fishery.(2)However, the chief executive may issue
an authority with afisherysymbolonitallowingtheuseofaboatinacommercialfisheryeventhoughtheboatislongerthanthelength stated in
a fishery provision relating to the boat’s use inthe
fishery, but only if—(a)the boat is a
replacement for a boat identified in anotherauthority;
and(b)the other authority was in force
immediately before thecommencement and has the fishery
symbol on it.Subdivision 2General
provisions about fisherysymbols44Things authorised by fishery symbol(1)A person acting under an authority
with a fishery symbol on itmay take fish only in—(a)the commercial fishery identified by
the symbol; or(b)if an area is stated on the
authority—the stated area.2020See
however the fisheries offences in part 5, division 4 of the Act and
part 8 of thisregulation.
s
4566s 45Fisheries
Regulation 1995(2)Ifafisheryprovisionforthecommercialfisherystatesthatonly particular fish may be taken, the
person may take onlythe stated fish.(3)Also,
the person may take fish in the commercial fishery onlyby
using fishing apparatus—(a)permitted by a
fishery provision for the fishery; and(b)in
accordance with a fishery provision for the fishery.(4)If a fishery provision for the
commercial fishery does not statehow many of a
particular type of fishing apparatus a personmay use, the
person may use only 1 of each type at a time.(5)Subsection (4) applies even if more than 1
person is actingunder the authority.45Restriction on things authorised by an
authority withmore than 1 fishery symbol on it(1)Ifacommercialfishingboatlicenceorcommercialharvestfishery licence has more than 1 fishery
symbol on it, personsactingunderthelicencecannottakefishinmorethan1commercial fishery at a time.(2)However, if 1 of the fishery symbols
is for the crab fishery,the persons may take crabs in that
fishery and fish in 1 othercommercial fishery at the same
time.(3)Also,thepersonsmaytakethefollowingfishatthesametime—(a)coral
reef fin fish under fishery symbol ‘RQ’;(b)finfish,otherthancoralreeffinfish,underfisherysymbol ‘L1’,
‘L2’, ‘L3’, ‘L6’, ‘L7’ or ‘L8’.(4)Also,thepersonsmaytakethefollowingfishatthesametime—(a)spanish mackerel under fishery symbol
‘SM’;(b)finfish,otherthanspanishmackerel,underfisherysymbol ‘L1’, ‘L2’, ‘L3’, ‘L6’, ‘L7’ or
‘L8’.
s
4667s 47Fisheries
Regulation 199546Fishery symbol does not authorise
taking fish in certainJoint Authority fisheriesThisdivisiondoesnotallowaperson,inaJointAuthorityfishery managed under Queensland law, and
acting under anauthority,totakefishtowhichtheJointAuthorityfisheryapplies
unless—(a)the Joint Authority endorses the
authority to extend itsoperationtoactivitiesoverwhichtheJointAuthorityhas
powers under the Act; and(b)takingthefishisanactivityoverwhichtheJointAuthority has
powers under the Act.47Application to
move fishery symbol to another licence(1)Thissectionappliesifafisherysymboliswrittenonacommercial fishing boat licence or
commercial harvest fisherylicence (thefirst
licence).(2)Theholderofthefirstlicenceandtheholderofanotherlicence on which
the fishery symbol may, under this divisionandanyrelevantmanagementplan,bewritten(thesecondlicence)mayapplytothechiefexecutivetoamendthelicences by—(a)removing from the first licence—(i)the fishery symbol; and(ii)if,undersection33,21anumber,otherthananunlimited number, of tender boats was
decided tobeauthorisedforuseunderthefisherysymbol—thedecidednumberandthebracketscontaining the number; and(b)writing on the second licence—(i)the same fishery symbol; and(ii)if,undersection33,anumber,otherthananunlimited number,
of tender boats was decided tobeauthorisedforuseunderthefishery21Section 33 (Requirement to decide number of
tender boats for particular licences)
s
4768s 47Fisheries
Regulation 1995symbol—the decided number, in the way
requiredunder that section; and(c)ifanyofthelicencescontainadministrativeconditions—amending the conditions in a way
the chiefexecutiveconsidersappropriatetoreflecttheamendments under paragraphs (a) and
(b).(3)The application—(a)must
be in the approved form and accompanied by—(i)the
fee prescribed under schedule 10; and(ii)the
written approval of each person, other than theholder, who has
an interest in the first licence, asnoted in the
register; and(b)maybemadeeventhoughthesamepersonholdsthefirst
licence and the second licence.(4)Thechiefexecutivemayapprovetheapplicationsubjecttoconditions.(5)Ifthechiefexecutiveapprovestheapplicationthechiefexecutivemustamendthefirstlicenceandsecondlicenceto—(a)give effect to
the approval; and(b)includeanyamendmentstoadministrativeconditionsdecided by the chief executive under
subsection (2)(c).(6)If the chief executive decides
to—(a)refuse the application; or(b)approve the application subject to
conditions to whichthe applicants have not agreed in writing;
or(c)amend the administrative conditions of
the first licenceor second licence and the applicants have
not agreed inwriting to the amendment;thechiefexecutivemustgivetheapplicantsaninformationnotice about the
decision.(7)In this section—administrativeconditions,ofthefirstlicenceorsecondlicence,meanstheconditionsofthelicenceimposedother
s
4869s 49Fisheries
Regulation 1995than under a regulation or management
plan.holder, of a licence,
does not include a temporary transfereeof the
licence.Division 5Things
authorised by, andconditions of, authoritiesSubdivision 1General
authorisations48Operation of sdiv 1(1)Thissubdivisionprovides,undersection52oftheAct,forwhat things are
permitted to be done under an authority.(2)However, this subdivision does not limit
what the authority oramanagementplanmayauthorisetobedoneundertheauthority.(3)The
carrying out of a thing authorised under this subdivision,a
management plan or the authority is subject to any relevantprohibitionsorrestrictionsunderthisregulation,amanagementplanoraconditionorotherprovisionoftheauthority.Examples of relevant restrictions—the restrictions under section 44(1)
to (4)2249Buyer
licenceA buyer licence holder may do all or any of
the following—(a)buy fisheries resources lawfully taken
under an authoritythatauthorisesthepersonsellingtheresourcestosellthem to the buyer;(b)sell
fisheries resources;(c)process, other than in or on a boat or
vehicle, fisheriesresources for trade or commerce;22Section 44 (Things authorised by
fishery symbol)
s
5070s 52Fisheries
Regulation 1995(d)authorise someone else to do any thing
the holder maydo under paragraphs (a) to (c).50Carrier boat licenceA
carrier boat licence holder may—(a)use
the boat identified in the licence to carry fish takenfor
trade or commerce by—(i)a fisher;
or(ii)someoneelsewho,underthisregulationoramanagementplan,isauthorisedtotakefishfortrade
or commerce under another authority; or(b)authorisesomeoneelsetousetheboatinthewaymentioned in
paragraph (a).51Charter fishing licenceAcharterfishinglicenceholdermayconduct,orauthorisesomeoneelsetoconduct,charterfishingtripsinoffshorewaters.52Commercial fisher licence(1)A commercial fisher licence holder may
do all or any of thefollowing—(a)buy
commercial fishing apparatus;(b)use
or possess commercial fishing apparatus;(c)take
fish for trade or commerce, but only while using acommercial fishing boat;(d)possess the fish;(e)sell
the fish to someone else who—(i)holdsanotherauthoritythatauthorisestheotherperson to buy the
fish; or(ii)is,underthisregulationoramanagementplan,authorisedtobuythefishunderanauthoritymentioned in
subparagraph (i);
s
5371s 53Fisheries
Regulation 1995(f)process the fish;(g)authorise someone else to do any thing the
holder maydo under paragraphs (a) to (f).Note—ForthefisheryundertheEastCoastTrawlPlantherearerestrictions on what an assistant fisher may
do. See section 48(3)of this regulation and section
3323of that plan.(2)Apersonauthorisedundersubsection(1)(g)isanassistantfisher.(3)Despite
subsection (1)(g)—(a)anassistantfishermaydothefollowingonlyiftheassistant fisher is acting under direction
of the holder—(i)a thing the holder may do under
subsection (1) (b)or (c);(ii)a
thing the holder may do under subsection (1) (d),(e)
or (f) if the thing is being done on a boat; and(b)an assistant fisher may, other than on
a boat, do a thingthe holder may do under subsection (1)(a),
(d), (e) or (f)onlyiftheassistantfisherisfollowingtheholder’sinstructions.53Commercial fishing boat licence(1)A commercial fishing boat licence
holder may do all or any ofthe following—(a)usetheprimarycommercialfishingboatidentifiedinthelicencetotakefishfortradeorcommerceinthecommercial fisheries identified in the
licence;(b)for any 1 of the commercial fisheries,
use at the sametime, to take fish for trade or commerce, no
more thanthe number of other boats decided, under
section 33,24tobe authorised for
use under the fishery symbol for thefishery;23Section 48 (Operation of sdiv 1) of
this regulation and section 33 (Assistant fishers)of
the East Coast Trawl Plan24Section 33
(Requirement to decide number of tender boats for particular
licences)
s
5372s 53Fisheries
Regulation 1995(c)use a boat mentioned in paragraph (b)
as if it were theprimary boat if—(i)the
primary boat is not also being used to take fishfor
trade or commerce; and(ii)the licence is
kept on board the boat mentioned inparagraph (b)
while it is being used as the primaryboat;(d)use any boat mentioned in this
subsection to carry fishtaken under this subsection if they
have been lawfullytaken in a commercial fishery;(e)sell the fish to someone else
who—(i)holdsanotherauthoritythatauthorisestheotherperson to buy the
fish; or(ii)is,underthisregulationoramanagementplan,authorisedtobuythefishunderanauthoritymentioned in
subparagraph (i);(f)process fish mentioned in paragraph
(a) or (b);(g)authorise someone else to do any thing
the holder maydo under paragraphs (a) to (f).(2)For subsection (1)(a), a commercial
fishery is identified in thelicence only if
the fishery symbol for the fishery is written onthe
licence.(3)For subsection (1)(c), the use of the
primary boat to take fishdoes not include merely having fishing
apparatus or fish onboard the boat.(4)While
a boat other than a primary fishing boat is being usedunder
subsection (1)(c), the provisions of this regulation andany
relevant management plan apply to the boat as if it were aprimary boat.(5)Despitesubsection(4),thelicenceholderneednotcomplywith a VMS
equipment or manual reporting condition for thecommercial
fishing boat if—(a)the VMS equipment or manual reporting
condition forthe primary boat is complied with;
and(b)duringthewholeperiodtheboatisbeingusedastheprimary boat, no
trawl net, or fish taken by the use of a
s
5473s 54Fisheries
Regulation 1995trawl net, is on or attached to it.(6)In this section—VMSequipmentormanualreportingconditionmeansacondition imposed under the East Coast
Trawl Plan, chapter 3,part 5.2554Commercial harvest fishery
licence(1)A commercial harvest fishery licence
holder may do all or anyof the following—(a)buy,
use or possess commercial fishing apparatus;(b)takefishfortradeorcommerceinthecommercialfisheries
identified in the licence;(c)use a boat to
take the fish and to carry the fish;(d)possess the fish;(e)sell
the fish to someone else who—(i)holdsanotherauthoritythatauthorisestheotherperson to buy the
fish; or(ii)is,underthisregulationoramanagementplan,authorisedtobuythefishunderanauthoritymentioned in
subparagraph (i);(f)process the fish;(g)authorise a nominated person to do any thing
the holdermay do under paragraphs (a) to (f).Note—The commercial
fishery for eels under the Freshwater Plan hasauthorisationsandrestrictionsforcommercialharvest
fisherylicences with the fishery symbol ‘E’ written
on them. See section48(3) of this regulation and part 8 of that
plan.(2)For subsection (1)(b), a commercial
fishery is identified in thelicence only if
the fishery symbol for the fishery is written onthe
licence.25EastCoastTrawlPlan,chapter3(Generalprovisionsforlicencesandfisherysymbols), part 5
(VMS equipment and manual reporting conditions)
s
5574s 56Fisheries
Regulation 1995(3)In this section—nominated
personmeans—(a)generally—a person who, under schedule
15,26has beennominated by the
licence holder; or(b)ifthelicenceisaneellicenceundertheFreshwaterPlan—the holder’s
approved nominee under that plan.55Developmental fishing permitAdevelopmentalfishingpermitholderandanyoneelseidentified in the permit may do all or any
of the following—(a)assessthecommercialviabilityofafishingactivity,fishing apparatus
or boat for a fishery identified in thepermit, other
than a commercial fishery;(b)buy,useorpossessfishingapparatustocarryouttheassessment;(c)possess or process fish lawfully taken while
carrying outthe assessment;(d)sell
the fish to someone else who—(i)is
identified in the permit; or(ii)holdsanotherauthoritythatauthorisestheotherperson to buy the
fish; or(iii)is,underthisregulationoramanagementplan,authorisedtobuythefishunderanauthoritymentioned in
subparagraph (ii).56Indigenous fishing permitAnindigenousfishingpermitholderandanyoneelseidentified in the permit may do all or any
of the following—(a)assessthecommercialviabilityofafishingactivity,fishing apparatus
or boat proposed to be carried out byanindigenouspersonoracommunityofindigenouspersons in a
commercial fishery identified in the permit;26Schedule 15 (Commercial harvest
fisheries)
s
5775s 57Fisheries
Regulation 1995(b)buy,useorpossessfishingapparatustocarryouttheassessment;(c)possess or process fish lawfully taken while
carrying outthe assessment;(d)sell
the fish to someone else who—(i)is
identified in the permit; or(ii)holdsanotherauthoritythatauthorisestheotherperson to buy the
fish; or(iii)is,underthisregulationoramanagementplan,authorisedtobuythefishunderanauthoritymentioned in
subparagraph (ii).57Resource allocation authority(1)A resource allocation authority holder
may do all or any of thefollowing—(a)foranauthorityrelatingtoprescribeddeclaredfishhabitat area development or
development mentioned inthe Planning Act, schedule 8, part 2,
table 1, item 3(b),(c) or (d) or table 4, item 3(b), (c), (d)
or (e)—interferewiththedeclaredfishhabitatareamentionedintheauthority;(b)foranauthorityrelatingtoprescribedaquaculturedevelopment—interferewiththefishhabitatintheQueenslandwatersorontheunallocatedtidallandmentioned in the authority;(c)foranauthorityrelatingtodevelopmentmentionedinthePlanningAct,schedule8,part2,table4,item4(a)—collect dead
marine wood for trade or commercefromtheunallocatedStatelandmentionedintheauthority;(d)foranauthorityrelatingtodevelopmentmentionedinthePlanningAct,schedule8,part2,table4,item4(c)—remove,
destroy or damage marine plants in theareamentionedintheauthority,iftheremoval,destruction or
damage is reasonably necessary—(i)for
educational or research purposes; or
s
5876s 58Fisheries
Regulation 1995(ii)tomonitortheimpactofdevelopmentonmarineplants.(2)However, the holder may do an act
mentioned in subsection(1) only if—(a)the
holder does the act in relation to the development towhich
the authority relates; and(b)thedevelopmentiscarriedoutinawaythatisauthorised under
the Planning Act.Subdivision 1AGeneral
conditions58Buyer licence(1)It is
a condition of a buyer licence that anyone acting underthe
licence (thebuyer) must sign the
relevant part of a catchdisposal record for a relevant licence
if—(a)thebuyerhasboughtcoralreeffinfishorspanishmackerel from the
holder of, or a person acting under,the relevant
licence; and(b)theholderorpersonhasaskedthebuyertosigntherelevant part of
the record; and(c)the buyer is reasonably satisfied the
record is accurate tothe extent the record relates to the
coral reef fin fish orspanish mackerel bought by the buyer
from the holder orperson.(2)In
this section—catchdisposalrecord,forarelevantlicence,meanstheapproved form for recording the sale
of coral reef fin fish orspanish mackerel under the
licence.relevant licencemeans—(a)an SM fishery licence; or(b)a licence with the fishery symbol ‘RQ’
written on it.
s
58AA77Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58AC58AACharter fishing licenceIt is
a condition of a charter fishing licence that anyone whoconducts a charter fishing trip under the
licence must not take,or allow someone else to take, maray
or pilchards during thetrip unless—(a)they
are taken to use as bait for fishing during the trip;and(b)the taking
complies with schedule 8, part 3.2758ABCommercial fisher licenceIt is
a condition of a commercial fisher licence that its holdermust
not act, or direct an assistant fisher to act, in the samecommercialfisheryundermorethan1commercialfishingboat licence at
the same time.58ACCommercial fishing boat licence(1)Thissectionprescribesconditionstowhichacommercialfishing boat
licence is subject.(2)Only a commercial fisher or an
assistant fisher under directionof the commercial
fisher may use the primary boat or any ofits tender
boats.(3)The primary boat may be used in a
commercial fishery, otherthan the ‘N6’ fishery, only if the
fishery symbol for the fisheryis written on the
licence.(4)The primary boat and any of its tender
boats may be used inthe‘N6’fisherytotake‘N6’fishwithoutthe‘N6’fisherysymbol being
written on the licence if the boat and the takingof
the fish complies with the ‘N6’ fishery provisions.(5)However, if the primary boat or any of
its tender boats is usedas mentioned in subsection (4), the
‘N6’ fish may be sold onlyif the ‘N6’ fishery symbol is written
on the licence.(6)A tender boat may be used in a
commercial fishery only if—(a)its length is no
more than 7m; and27Schedule 8 (Recreational fishing—use
of fishing apparatus), part 3 (Nets)
s
58AD78Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58AD(b)its primary boat—(i)may
be used in the fishery; and(ii)isnotbeingusedinanothercommercialfishery,other than the
crab fishery.(7)In this section—‘N6’fishmeansfishthatmay,underthe‘N6’fisheryprovisions, be taken in the ‘N6’
fishery.‘N6’ fisherymeans the
fisheries described in schedule 13, part1 and the Gulf
Plan, section 37.‘N6’fisheryprovisionsmeansschedule13,part1andtheGulf Plan, part 5, division 4.58ADAuthority that authorises the sale of
fisheries resources(1)This section prescribes conditions to
which an authority thatauthorises a person to sell fisheries
resources is subject.(2)If—(a)a fishery symbol is written on the
authority; and(b)a fishery provision for the commercial
fishery identifiedby the fishery symbol states the way in
which fisheriesresources may be sold;a person may sell
fisheries resources under the authority onlyin that
way.(3)Iftheauthoritystatesthewayinwhichfisheriesresourcesmay be sold, a
person may sell fisheries resources under theauthority only in
that way.(4)This section does not limit another
provision of this regulationoramanagementplanapplyingtothesaleoffisheriesresourcesbytheauthorityholderorsomeoneelseactingunder the
authority.
s
58AE79Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58AFSubdivision 1BBoat mark
conditions58AEApplication of sdiv 1BThis
subdivision applies to an authority that authorises the useof a
boat if—(a)the authority has, stated on it, a
sequence of letters ornumbers for the boat; or(b)thechiefexecutivehasgiventheauthorityholderawritten notice stating a sequence of
letters or numbersfor the boat.58AFAuthority holder’s obligation to ensure boat
mark isplaced(1)It is
a condition of the authority that its holder must ensure thefollowing mark (theboat markfor
the boat) is placed on theboat, in a way that complies with
section 58AH—(a)if the boat is a primary boat or
another boat identified inthe authority—the stated or notified
sequence of lettersor numbers;(b)if
the boat is a tender boat or another boat not identifiedintheauthority—thestatedornotifiedsequenceofletters or numbers, followed
by—(i)a dash; and(ii)a
number, chosen by the authority holder, for thetender boat or
other boat.28(2)For subsection
(1)(b)(ii), the chosen number must not be thesameasthenumberforanyotherboatusedundertheauthority and marked under subsection
(1)(b).(3)The boat mark is in addition to any
other marking required tobe placed on the boat under another
Act.28See also section 103A (Removing boat
mark).
s
58AG80Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58AHExample of a marking required under another
Act—the marking required under theTransport Operations (Marine Safety)Regulation 2004, section
792958AGObligation of
person in control to ensure boat is not usedwithout boat
markIt is a condition of the authority that the
person in control ofthe boat must not use the boat, or allow it
to be used, to takefish for trade or commerce, unless—(a)theboatmarkfortheboathasbeenplaced,andcontinuestobeplaced,inawaythatcomplieswithsection 58AH; or(b)the
person has a reasonable excuse for not placing theboat
mark for the boat as mentioned in paragraph (a).58AHRequirements for placing boat
mark(1)The boat mark for the boat
must—(a)be placed on each side of the boat’s
hull and on—(i)if the boat has a deck or shelter at
its front—thedeck or shelter or an enclosed cabin or
wheelhouseon the deck; or(ii)iftheboatdoesnothaveadeckorshelteratitsfront—a flat surface on the boat;
and(b)have a yellow background; and(c)be written in black; and(d)notbeplacedbelowthewaterlineorbeotherwiseobscured from view.(2)If
the boat has a length of less than 10m—(a)eachletterornumberintheboatmarkmusthaveaheight of at least 20cm; and(b)each stroke or serif of the letter or
number must have a29Transport Operations (Marine Safety)
Regulation 2004, section 79 (Markings forparticular tenders)
s
58A81Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58Bwidth of at least 2cm but no more than
2.5cm.(3)If the boat has a length of 10m or
more but less than 25m—(a)eachletterornumberintheboatmarkmusthaveaheight of at least 30cm; and(b)each stroke or serif of the letter or
number must have awidth of at least 3.5cm but no more than
4cm.(4)If the boat has a length of 25m or
more—(a)eachletterornumberintheboatmarkmusthaveaheight of at least 45cm; and(b)each stroke or serif of the letter or
number must have awidth of at least 6cm but no more than
6.5cm.Subdivision 2Conditions for
SM units58APurpose of sdiv 2This subdivision
prescribes conditions to which the followingare
subject—(a)SM units;(b)for a
commercial fisher acting under SM units held byanother
person—the fisher’s commercial fisher licence.58BDefinitions for sdiv 2In this
subdivision—amending notice deadline, for an amending
notice for a priornotice, means—(a)for
an amending notice amending the landing period orlanding place mentioned in the prior
notice—the earlierof the following—(i)whenthefirstauthorisedboat,fortheSMunitholder by or for whom the prior notice
was given,enterstheareawithin0.5nmilesofthelandingplace mentioned
in the prior notice;
s
58B82Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58B(ii)if the landing place mentioned in the
prior notice isat or north of latitude 15º50.30'
south30—3 hoursbeforethelandingperiodmentionedinthepriornotice
ends;(iii)if the landing
place mentioned in the prior notice issouthoflatitude15º50.30'south—1hourbeforethelandingperiodmentionedinthepriornoticeends;
or(b)for an amending notice to add 5 fish
or less—when thefirst authorised boat, for the SM unit
holder by or forwhom the prior notice was given, enters the
area within0.5n miles of the landing place mentioned in
the priornotice; or(c)foranotheramendingnotice—theearlierofthefollowing—(i)whenthefirstauthorisedboat,fortheSMunitholder by or for whom the prior notice was
given,enterstheareawithin0.5nmilesofthelandingplace mentioned
in the prior notice;(ii)1 hour before the landing period
mentioned in theprior notice ends.authorised
boat, for an SM unit holder, means—(a)the primary boat under any of the SM
fishery licencesheld by the SM unit holder; or(b)any of the primary boat’s tender
boats.authorisedunloadingtime,forunloadingspanishmackerelfor which a prior
notice or transhipment notice has not beengiven,
means—(a)if the person unloading the spanish
mackerel has beengiven permission, by an inspector, to unload
the spanishmackerel on or after a stated time—the
stated time; or(b)otherwise—(i)if
the authorised boat or transport vessel on whichthespanishmackerelareonboardlandedator30Latitude
15º50.30' south approximately runs through Rattlesnake
Point.
s
58B83Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58Bnorthoflatitude15º50.30'south31andanunnotifiablelandingnoticeforthelandingwasgivenbefore9a.m.onthedaytheboatorvessellanded—3p.m.onthedaytheboatorvessellanded; or(ii)if
the authorised boat or transport vessel on whichthespanishmackerelareonboardlandedatornorthoflatitude15º50.30'southandanunnotifiablelandingnoticeforthelandingwasgiven
between 9a.m. and 4p.m. on the day the boator vessel
landed—6 hours after the boat or vessellanded; or(iii)if the authorised
boat or transport vessel on whichthespanishmackerelareonboardlandedatornorthoflatitude15º50.30'southandanunnotifiablelandingnoticeforthelandingwasgivenafter4p.m.onthedaytheboatorvessellanded—3p.m. on the day after the boat or
vessellanded; or(iv)if
the authorised boat or transport vessel on whichthe
spanish mackerel are on board landed south oflatitude
15º50.30' south—3 hours after the boat orvessel
landed.identification code, for a transport
vessel, means the sequenceof numbers that is to be used to
identify the vessel and is—(a)nominated by the
chief executive; and(b)published on the department’s
website.32landing period, for a prior
notice, see definitionprior noticeparticulars, paragraph
(e).landing place—(a)forapriornotice—seedefinitionpriornoticeparticulars, paragraph (c);
or31Latitude 15º50.30' south approximately
runs through Rattlesnake Point.32At 1
July 2004, the department’s website was at
<www.dpi.qld.gov.au> and the partofthewebsiterelatingtofisheriesresourcesandfishhabitatswasat<www.dpi.qld.gov.au/fishweb>.
s
58B84Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58B(b)for a transhipment notice—see
definitiontranshipmentnotice
particulars, paragraph (d)(i); or(c)foranunnotifiablelandingnotice—seedefinitionunnotifiable landing notice
particulars, paragraph (c)(i).notifying
period, in relation to a prior notice or
transhipmentnotice, means the period—(a)starting when the first authorised
boat, for the SM unitholderwhoisrequiredtogivethepriornoticeortranshipment notice, leaves for a fishing
trip; and(b)ending—(i)for a
prior notice—when the prior notice deadlinefor the notice
has passed; or(ii)for a transhipment notice—immediately
before thetransport vessel, to which the spanish
mackerel onboardtheauthorisedboatsfortheholderweretransferred, lands.prescribed numerical code, for
a place, means the sequenceofnumbersthatmaybeusedidentifythelatitudeandlongitude coordinates for the place and
is—(a)nominated by the chief executive;
and(b)published on the department’s
website.prescribed personmeans each of the
following—(a)the holder of SM units;(b)a fisher acting under SM units held by
another person.prescribedreason,fornotgivingapriornoticeortranshipment notice, means either of
the following—(a)thenoticecouldnotbegivenbecausealltherelevantequipment on board the authorised boats for
the SM unitholder who was required to give the
notice—(i)wasdestroyedormadeunusableduringthenotifyingperiodbyanunforeseeableanduncontrollable event; and(ii)wasnot,andcouldnotreasonablyhavebeen,replacedormadeusableduringthenotifyingperiod;
s
58B85Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58B(b)for not giving a prior notice—(i)theauthorisedboatsfortheSMunitholderwhowas
required to give the notice landed because ofanunforeseeableanduncontrollableevent,including, for example, a medical emergency,
fireand extreme weather conditions; and(ii)the notice could not be given because
of the event.prior notice areameans any of the
following—(a)a defined port area;(b)anotherarea thatiswithin0.5nmilesofapartoftheState where landing of a boat is
practicable.prior notice deadline, for a prior
notice, means the earlier ofthe following
times—(a)the time the first authorised boat,
for the SM unit holderbyorforwhomthenoticeisgiven,entersthepriornotice
area;(b)if the landing place mentioned in the
notice is at or northoflatitude15º50.30'south33andthelandingperiodmentioned in the notice ends during the
period startingat 3p.m. and ending at 10p.m. on a day—6
hours beforethe first of the authorised boats, for the
SM unit holderby or for whom the notice is given, that
will be landed atthe place will land at the place;(c)if the landing place mentioned in the
notice is at or northoflatitude15º50.30'southandthelandingperiodmentioned in the
notice ends during the period startingat 10p.m. on a
day (thefirst day) and ending at
3p.m. onthe following day—4p.m. on the first
day;(d)if the landing place mentioned in the
notice is south oflatitude 15º50.30' south—3 hours before the
first of theauthorised boats, for the SM unit holder by
or for whomthe notice is given, that will be landed at
the place willland at the place.prior notice
particulars, for a prior notice, means each of
the33Latitude 15º50.30' south approximately
runs through Rattlesnake Point.
s
58B86Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58Bfollowing—(a)thecurrentfisherPINfortheSMunitstowhichthenotice relates;(b)thenumericalpartofthelicencenumberoftheSMfisherylicencetowhichthespanishmackerelthesubject of the notice relate;(c)theprescribednumericalcodeorthelatitudeandlongitude coordinates for the place
(thelanding place)at
which any or all of the authorised boats, for the SMunit
holder by or for whom the notice is given, will belanded;(d)whether or not it is proposed to unload
spanish mackerelfromorbyusing1ormoreoftheauthorisedboatsbefore the boats leave the unloading area
for the landingplace;(e)if
the person giving the prior notice is prompted by theAIVRsystemtoenterthefollowinginformation—thefollowing
information—the estimated number of hours(thelanding period), rounded to the
nearest whole hour,betweenwhenthenoticeisgivenandwhentheauthorised boats
will land at the landing place;(f)if
the person giving the prior notice is prompted by theAIVRsystemtoenterthefollowinginformation—thefollowing
information—the total number of each of thefollowingonboardalltheauthorisedboatswhenthenotice is
given—(i)spanish mackerel;(ii)containers containing filleted spanish
mackerel;(iii)spanish mackerel
that are not filleted.relevant equipmentmeans equipment
that can be used—(a)to use the AIVR system; or(b)to contact a person on land or on
board a boat.retained fish conditions—1Theretainedfishconditions,forapriornotice,arethat—
s
58B87Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58B(a)anauthorisedboatmustnotleavetheunloadingarea for the
landing place for the prior notice withspanishmackerelunlesstheholder,orsomeoneelseactingfortheholder,hasgiventhechiefexecutiveanotice(aretainedfishnotice)thatcomplies with paragraph 2; and(b)ifanyofthefollowingapply,noneoftheauthorisedboatsmayleavetheunloadingareaunless an inspector has given the holder a
writtennotice approving the departure—(i)thetotalamountofspanishmackerelonboard all the authorised boats is 50kg
or less;(ii)any of the spanish mackerel on board
are notfrozen.2The
retained fish notice must—(a)begivenatleastthefollowingperiodbeforetheboat
leaves or is proposed to leave the unloadingarea—(i)if the landing place is at or north of
latitude15º50.30' south—6 hours;(ii)ifthelandingplaceissouthoflatitude15º50.30' south—3
hours; and(b)state the retained fish notice
particulars.retainedfishnoticeseedefinitionretainedfishconditions,paragraph 1(a).retainedfishnoticeparticulars,foraretainedfishnotice,means each of the
following—(a)thecurrentfisherPINfortheSMunitstowhichthenotice relates;(b)thenumericalpartofthelicencenumberoftheSMfisherylicencetowhichthespanishmackerelthesubject of the notice relate;(c)if the person giving the retained fish
notice is promptedby the AIVR system to enter the transaction
number forthepriornoticeinrelationtowhichtheretainedfishnotice is given—the transaction
number;
s
58B88Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58B(d)the total number of each of the
following that will be onboard all the authorised boats, for
the SM unit holder byor for whom the notice is given,
immediately after theboatsleavetheunloadingareaforthelandingplacementionedinthepriornoticeinrelationtowhichtheretained fish notice is given—(i)spanish mackerel;(ii)containers containing filleted spanish
mackerel;(iii)spanish mackerel
that are not filleted.transhipmentnoticeparticulars,foratranshipmentnotice,means
each of the following—(a)thecurrentfisherPINfortheSMunitstowhichthenotice relates;(b)thenumericalpartofthelicencenumberfortheSMfisherylicencetowhichthespanishmackerelthesubject of the notice relate;(c)the identification code for the
transport vessel to whichthe notice relates;(d)theprescribednumericalcodeorthelatitudeandlongitude coordinates for the
places—(i)atwhichthevesselwillbelanded(thelandingplace);
and(ii)at which the spanish mackerel that
were transferredfrom the authorised boats, for the SM unit
holderby or for whom the notice is given, to the
vesselwill be unloaded;(e)thedateonwhichthespanishmackerelthatweretransferred from
the authorised boats to the vessel willbe
unloaded;(f)thetotalnumberofeachofthefollowingthatweretransferred from the authorised boats
to the vessel—(i)spanish mackerel;(ii)containers containing filleted spanish
mackerel;(iii)spanish mackerel
that are not filleted.
s
58B89Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58Bunloaded fish notice particulars, for
an unloaded fish notice,means each of the following—(a)thecurrentfisherPINfortheSMunitstowhichthenotice relates;(b)thenumericalpartofthelicencenumberfortheSMfisherylicencetowhichthespanishmackerelthesubject of the notice relate;(c)if the person giving the unloaded fish
notice is promptedby the AIVR system to enter the transaction
number forapriornotice,transhipmentnoticeorunnotifiablelanding notice
given in relation to the spanish mackerelmentioned in the
unloaded fish notice—the transactionnumber;(d)the weight of each of the following
that were unloadedby or for the holder—(i)whole
spanish mackerel;(ii)gilled and gutted spanish
mackerel;(iii)trunked spanish
mackerel;(iv)filleted spanish mackerel.unloading area, for a landing
place, means—(a)if the landing place is within a
defined port area—thedefined port area; or(b)if the landing place is not within a
defined port area—anarea within 0.5n miles of the landing
place.unloadingparticular,forapriornotice,meanstheinformation mentioned in the notice
about whether or not it isproposed to unload spanish mackerel
from or by using 1 ormore authorised boats, for the SM unit
holder by or for whomthe notice is given, before the boats
leave the unloading areafor the landing place mentioned in the
notice.unnotifiable landing noticesee
section 58J(2)(b).unnotifiablelandingnoticeparticulars,foranunnotifiablelanding notice,
means each of the following—(a)thecurrentfisherPINfortheSMunitstowhichthenotice relates;
s
58C90Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58D(b)thenumericalpartofthelicencenumberfortheSMfisherylicencetowhichthespanishmackerelthesubject of the notice relate;(c)theprescribednumericalcodeorthelatitudeandlongitude coordinates for the
places—(i)at which the authorised boats or
transport vessel towhichthenoticerelateshavebeenlanded(thelanding
place); and(ii)at
which the spanish mackerel on board the boatsor vessel will be
unloaded;(d)thetotalnumberofeachofthefollowingthatareonboard the boats
or vessel when the notice is given—(i)spanish mackerel;(ii)containers containing filleted spanish
mackerel;(iii)spanish mackerel
that are not filleted.58CRequirements for
taking or possessing spanish mackerelon authorised
boatAprescribedpersonmaytakespanishmackerelfrom,orpossess spanish mackerel on board, an
authorised boat for anSM unit holder in an SM year only if
the holder holds SMunits with unused entitlements for the SM
year.58DRequirement to give prior
notice(1)This section applies if—(a)spanish mackerel are on board an
authorised boat for anSM unit holder; and(b)anauthorisedboatforthe holderentersapriornoticearea;
and(c)if the prior notice area is not a
defined port area—it isproposedtoland1ormoreauthorisedboatsfortheholder within the
area.(2)The holder must give notice (prior notice) of the prior
noticeparticularstothechiefexecutivebeforethepriornoticedeadline for the notice has
passed.
s
58E91Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58E(3)Theholdercomplieswithsubsection(2)ifanotherpersongivesthenotice,incompliancewiththesubsection,fortheholder.(4)This
section does not apply if—(a)the authorised
boats that are proposed to be landed areproposed to be
landed at a place—(i)north of latitude 15º16.57'
south;34or(ii)on an
island other than Bribie Island, Fraser Island,MagneticIsland,MoretonIsland,NorthStradbroke Island or South Stradbroke
Island; and(b)itisnotproposedtounloadspanishmackerelattheplace.58ERequirement to give replacement prior notice
ifunloading particular changes(1)This section applies if—(a)a prior notice has been given by or
for an SM unit holderunder section 58D; and(b)the notice stated that spanish
mackerel were not to beunloaded from or by using 1 or more
authorised boatsfor the holder before the boats leave the
unloading areafor the landing place mentioned in the
notice; and(c)theholder,oranotherpersonactingfortheholder,proposestounloadspanishmackerelbeforetheboatsleave the
unloading area.(2)The holder must give another notice
(also aprior notice) tothechiefexecutivestatingthatspanishmackerelwillbeunloaded before
the boats leave the unloading area.(3)The
notice must—(a)state all the prior notice
particulars; and(b)be given before the prior notice
deadline for the noticehas passed.34Latitude 15º16.57' south runs through South
Cape Bedford.
s
58F92Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58G(4)Apriornoticegivenunderthissectionreplacesthepriornotice given
under section 58D.(5)Theholdercomplieswithsubsection(2)ifanotherpersongivesthenotice,incompliancewiththesubsectionandsubsection (3), for the holder.58FAmendment or withdrawal of prior
notice(1)This section—(a)applies if a prior notice has been given by
or for an SMunit holder; and(b)states the only circumstances in which the
notice may beamended or withdrawn.(2)If a
prior notice particular, other than an unloading particular,for
the notice changes, the holder, or a person acting for theholder,maybynotice(amendingnotice)tothechiefexecutive amend
the prior notice to reflect the change.(3)Anamendingnoticemustbegivenbeforetheamendingnotice deadline
for the notice has passed.(4)Also, the holder,
or a person acting for the holder, may, bynotice to the
chief executive, withdraw the prior notice at anytime
before spanish mackerel are taken from any authorisedboat
for the holder.58GGeneral requirements after prior
notice given(1)This section applies if a prior notice
has been given by or foran SM unit holder.(2)Thepersonincontrolofarelevantauthorisedboatmustensure
that—(a)the boat lands—(i)at
the landing place mentioned in the notice; and(ii)notmorethan1hourbeforeorafterthelandingperiod mentioned
in the notice ends; and(b)the total number
of each of the following on board alltheauthorisedboatsfortheholderwhentherelevantauthorised boat lands is a number that is
the same as the
s
58H93Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58Hnumber stated in the prior notice or is,
having regard tothe circumstances, close to that
number—(i)spanish mackerel;(ii)containers containing filleted spanish
mackerel;(iii)spanish mackerel
that are not filleted.(3)Also, if a
relevant authorised boat lands at the landing placementioned in the notice before the landing
period mentionedinthenoticeends,thepersonincontroloftheboatmustensuretheboatstaysatthelandingplaceuntilafterthelanding period has ended.(4)Subsection(2)(a)doesnotapplyiftherelevantauthorisedboat does not
land at the place, or does not land within theperiod,mentionedinthatsubsectionbecauseofareasonbeyond the control of the person in control
of the boat.(5)Indecidingundersubsection(2)(b)whetheranumberisclose,regardmustbehadtothedegreeofdifficultyincounting the number stated in the prior
notice.(6)Subsection (3) does not require the
person in control of therelevant authorised boat to be on
board the boat after the boathas
landed.(7)In this section—relevant
authorised boat, in relation to a prior notice,
meansan authorised boat, for the SM unit holder
by or for whom thenotice was given, that is proposed to be
landed at the landingplace mentioned in the notice.58HAdditional requirements if prior
notice stated spanishmackerel will be unloaded(1)This section applies if—(a)apriornoticehasbeengivenbyorforanSMunitholder;
and(b)thenoticestatedthatspanishmackerelweretobeunloaded from or by using 1 or more
authorised boatsfor the holder before the boats leave the
unloading areafor the landing place mentioned in the
notice.
s
58I94Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58I(2)A prescribed person must not take
spanish mackerel from anauthorisedboatfortheholderaftertheprescribedtimeunless—(a)allthespanishmackerelonboardalltheauthorisedboats for the
holder have been unloaded; and(b)anunloadedfishnoticehasbeengiven,asrequiredunder section
58M, for the spanish mackerel that havebeen
unloaded.(3)Subsection (2)(a) does not apply if
the retained fish conditionsare
satisfied.(4)If asked by an inspector after an
authorised boat for the holderlands at the
landing place, a prescribed person must tell theinspector—(a)theplace(theunloadingplace)wherethespanishmackerelon
boardtheauthorisedboatsfortheholderare
to be unloaded; and(b)theestimatedtime(theunloadingtime)atwhichthespanish mackerel are to be unloaded.(5)If subsection (4) applies, a
prescribed person must not unload,or allow to be
unloaded, the spanish mackerel on board theauthorised boats
other than at the unloading place and at theunloading
time.(6)In this section—prescribed
time, in relation to a prior notice, means when
thefirst authorised boat, for the holder by or
for whom the noticeis given, enters the area within 0.5n miles
of the landing placementioned in the notice.58IRequirement to give transhipment
notice(1)This section applies if spanish
mackerel are—(a)takenfromanauthorisedboatforanSMunitholder;and(b)transferred, before the spanish
mackerel are unloaded, toa following vessel (atransport vessel)—(i)a boat identified in a carrier boat
licence;
s
58J95Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58J(ii)a commercial ship registered under
theTransportOperations
(Marine Safety) Act 1994; and(c)proposed to be unloaded from or by using the
vessel.(2)Assoonaspracticableafterthespanishmackerelaretransferredtothevessel,theholdermustgivenotice(transhipment notice) of the
transhipment notice particularsto the chief
executive.(3)Theholdercomplieswithsubsection(2)ifanotherpersongivesthenotice,incompliancewiththesubsection,fortheholder.(4)In
this section—commercialshipseetheTransportOperations(MarineSafety) Regulation 2004, schedule
15.58JGeneral requirement for unloading
spanish mackerel(1)A prescribed person must not unload,
or allow to be unloaded,spanishmackereltakenfromanauthorisedboatforanSMunit
holder unless—(a)a prior notice as required under
section 58D or 58E hasbeen given by or for the holder and
the notice stated thespanish mackerel were to be unloaded
from or by using1ormoreauthorisedboatsfortheholderbeforetheboatsleavetheunloadingareaforthelandingplacementioned in the
notice; or(b)a transhipment notice as required
under section 58I hasbeen given by or for the holder for
the spanish mackerel.(2)It is a defence
to an offence relating to non-compliance withsubsection (1) if
the prescribed person proves—(a)the
prior notice or transhipment notice was not given byor
for the holder because of a prescribed reason; and(b)the holder or another person acting
for the holder gavethechiefexecutiveanotice(anunnotifiablelandingnotice)forthelandingoftheauthorisedboatsfortheholder, or the transport vessel to
which spanish mackereltaken from the authorised boats were
transferred—(i)immediatelyafterthefirstoftheboats,orthe
s
58K96Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58Kvessel, lands; and(ii)stating the unnotifiable landing notice
particulars;and(c)theprescribedpersondidnot,beforetheauthorisedunloading
time—(i)move, or allow to be moved, the boats
or vessel toa place more than 200m from, or not visible
to apersonat,thelandingplacementionedintheunnotifiable landing notice; or(ii)move, or allow to be moved, the
spanish mackerelfrom the boats or vessel.58KAdditional requirements for unloading
spanish mackerelif prior notice given(1)This
section applies if—(a)apriornoticehasbeengivenbyorforanSMunitholder;
and(b)thenoticestatedthatspanishmackerelweretobeunloaded from or by using 1 or more
authorised boatsfor the holder before the boats leave the
unloading areafor the landing place mentioned in the
notice.(2)A prescribed person must not unload,
or allow to be unloaded,the spanish mackerel unless section
58G has been compliedwith in relation to the notice.(3)Also,aprescribedpersonmayunload,orallowtobeunloaded, the spanish mackerel—(a)only after the landing period
mentioned in the notice hasended; and(b)if
the spanish mackerel are to be unloaded from, or byusing, a tender boat—only if the tender boat
is attachedto, or is within 200m of, its primary boat;
and(c)only at a place that is open for
entry, under the Act, byan inspector and is any of the
following—(i)the landing place mentioned in the
notice;(ii)ifthelandingplaceiswithinadefinedport
s
58L97Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58Marea—another place that is within the
defined portarea;(iii)ifthelandingplaceisnotwithinadefinedportarea—another place that is within 0.5n miles
of thelanding place.(4)Subsection (3)(a) does not apply if—(a)the spanish mackerel are unloaded by
moving the boatcarryingthespanishmackereltoaplaceonlandand,until
the landing period has ended—(i)the
spanish mackerel are kept on board the boat;and(ii)the boat is kept at a place that is
within 200m of,and visible to a person at, the landing
place; or(b)an inspector supervises the person
unloading the spanishmackerel.58LRequirements for weighing unloaded spanish
mackerel(1)This section applies if spanish
mackerel taken by or for an SMunit holder have
been unloaded from or by using an authorisedboat for the
holder or a transport vessel.(2)The
holder—(a)mustweigh,orcausetobeweighed,thespanishmackerelassoonaspracticableafterthespanishmackerel have
been unloaded; and(b)mayweigh,orallowtobeweighed,thespanishmackerel only at
a place that is open for entry, under theAct, by an
inspector.(3)The weight of the spanish mackerel
must be worked out usingascalethatisverifiedorcertifiedundertheTradeMeasurement Act
1990.58MRequirement to
give unloaded fish notice(1)This section
applies if spanish mackerel—(a)weretakenfromanauthorisedboatforaSMunitholder; and
s
58N98Fisheries Regulation 1995s
58O(b)areunloadedfromorbyusingtheboatoratransportvessel.(2)Theholdermustgivenotice(unloadedfishnotice)oftheunloaded fish
notice particulars to the chief executive—(a)assoonaspracticableafterthefirsttimethespanishmackerel on board
the boat or vessel are unloaded fromor by using the
boat or vessel; and(b)if the spanish mackerel are first
unloaded by moving theboat or vessel carrying the spanish
mackerel to a placeonland—assoonaspracticableafterthespanishmackerel are
first moved from the boat or vessel.(3)Also,
the holder, or a commercial fisher acting for the holder,mustretainpossessionofthespanishmackereluntiltheunloaded fish notice is given.(4)Theholdercomplieswithsubsection(2)ifanotherpersongivesthenotice,incompliancewiththesubsection,fortheholder.58NNotices to chief executive under this
subdivision(1)This section applies to a notice given
to the chief executiveundersection58B,definitionretainedfishconditions,paragraph1(a)orsection58D,58E,58F,58I,58J(2)(b)or58M.(2)The notice must
be given to the chief executive by using theAIVR
system.35Division 5APrescribed
suspension andcancellation criteria for SM units58OCriteria for suspending SM
units(1)This section prescribes criteria under
section 68B(4)(b)(i)36of35Seepart12(Miscellaneous),division3(Automatedinteractivevoiceresponsesystem).36Section 68B (Suspension or
cancellation of authority by court) of the Act
s
58P99Fisheries Regulation 1995s
59the Act for a court suspending SM units
under section 68B(2)of the Act.(2)The
prescribed criteria apply if, in an SM year—(a)the
SM unit holder takes an amount of spanish mackerelfortheSMunitsthatexceedstheholder’stotalentitlements under the SM units; or(b)anySMfisherylicenceheldbytheSMunitholderissuspended.(3)The
prescribed criteria are—(a)for subsection
(2)(a)—suspension for the following SMyear of the
number of SM units with entitlements equalto the amount by
which the entitlements were exceeded;or(b)for subsection (2)(b)—suspension for
the SM year of allthe holder’s SM units with unused
entitlements.58PCriteria for cancelling SM
units(1)This section prescribes criteria under
section 68B(4)(b)(i) ofthe Act for a court cancelling SM
units under section 68B(2)of the Act.(2)The
prescribed criteria apply if, in an SM year, an SM unitholderisconvictedofaseriousfisheriesoffenceinvolvingtakingorpossessinganamountofspanishmackerelthatexceeds the holder’s unused SM unit
entitlements for the SMyear by 500kg (whole weight) or
more.(3)Theprescribedcriteriaiscancellationofthenumberoftheholder’sSMunitswithanentitlementequivalenttotheamount of spanish
mackerel unlawfully taken or possessed bythe
holder.Division 6Transfer of
authorities59Commercial fisher licence not
transferableA commercial fisher licence is not
transferable.
s
60A100Fisheries Regulation 1995s
6260ARestriction on transfer of SM (Flat
Rock) fishery licencesThechiefexecutivemayapproveanapplication(atransferapplication)forthetransferofanSM(FlatRock)fisherylicence only
if—(a)thetransferapplicationisaccompaniedbyanapplication by the holder to amend the
licence to removethe authorisation of the holder, or a person
acting underthe licence, to take fish by surface
trolling in the westernFlat Rock protection area; and(b)thelicenceisamendedtoremovetheauthorisationbefore or when
the chief executive approves the transferapplication.Division 7Other matters about authoritiesSubdivision 1General
provisions61Authority holder only needs 1
authority for an activityAholderofanauthorityallowinganactivityforwhichanotherauthoritymaybeissuedunderthisregulationoramanagement plan does not also need the
other authority forthe activity.62Particulars to be contained in
register(1)The register must contain the
following particulars about eachauthority the
chief executive issues—(a)authority type,
category and number;(b)fishery symbols written on it;(c)holder’s full name;(d)the holder’s postal address;(e)otherdetails,decidedbythechiefexecutive,aboutaboat
identified in the authority;(f)a
third party interest notified to the chief executive;
s
63101s 63Fisheries
Regulation 1995(g)forallquotaauthoritiesofthesametypeheldbythesame
person—(i)the person’s name; and(ii)how many of them the person holds;
and(iii)ifconditionshavebeenimposedonanyofthethem—the conditions; and(iv)ifanyofthemaresuspended—howmanyaresuspended and the period of the
suspension;(h)foran‘M2’licenceundertheEastCoastTrawlPlan—theboatmarkfortheboatidentifiedinthelicence and the
following details under the plan aboutthe boat—(i)its hull units;(ii)its
beam, depth and length;(iii)itsmainenginepowerinmaximumcontinuousbrake
kW.(2)In this section—quota
authoritiesmeans any of the following—(a)SM units;(b)ITQ
units;(c)T1 effort units;(d)T2
effort units;(e)CT line units;(f)OS
line units;(g)RTE line units under the Coral Reef
Plan.63Holder to notify chief executive of
certain changesAnauthorityholdermustgivethechiefexecutivewrittenparticulars of a
change in any of the following37—37See section 73(3)
(Registers of authorities and fisheries development approvals)
ofthe Act.
s
64102s 64AFisheries
Regulation 1995(a)the holder’s name;(b)if
the holder is an individual—the holder’s residential,business or mailing address;(c)iftheholderisacorporation—theaddressoftheholder’s
registered office in Queensland;(d)iftheholderisacorporation—thecorporation’sdirectorship or
nominees;(e)third party interests notified to the
chief executive;(f)details contained in the register
about a boat identified inthe authority.64Authorities inspectors may have an interest
inAninspectormayholdorhaveaninterestinanauthorityfor—(a)conductingresearchortrainingaboutfisheriesresources,fishingapparatusorcommercialfishingboats; or(b)taking or possessing fish for stocking
waters; or(c)releasing fish; or(d)takingfishfromastockedimpoundmentbyusingafishinglineorasetlineundertheFisheries(Freshwater)
Management Plan 1999.Subdivision 2Fishing
priority64ADefinitions for sdiv 2In
this subdivision—prescribed areameans an area
within the boundary, identifiedbyreferenceto2prescribedflags,formedbythefollowinglines—(a)the line that—(i)isperpendiculartothelinebetweenthe2prescribed flags;
and
s
64B103Fisheries Regulation 1995s
64B(ii)runsfromthepointthatis500mseawardof1prescribed flag
(thefirst flag) to the point
that is500m landward of the first flag;(b)the line that—(i)is
perpendicular to the line mentioned in paragraph(a);
and(ii)runs from the point that is 500m
landward of thefirst flag to the point that is 500m
landward of theother prescribed flag (thesecond flag);(c)the line that—(i)is
perpendicular to the line mentioned in paragraph(b);
and(ii)runs from the point that is 500m
landward of thesecond flag to the point that is 500m
seaward of thesecond flag;(d)the
line that—(i)is perpendicular to the line mentioned
in paragraph(c); and(ii)runsfromthepointthatis500mseawardofthesecond flag to
the point that is 500m seaward of thefirst
flag.prescribed flag, in relation to
a prescribed area, means a flagthat—(a)is orange; and(b)has
an area of no less than 1m2; and(c)has the following written on
it—(i)the boat mark of the boat being used
to take fish inthe prescribed area; and(ii)the
words ‘fishing priority’.64BMeaning ofready
to fishA commercial fisher isready to
fishwith a net in an area of acommercial fishery if—(a)the
fisher has, in the area—
s
64C104Fisheries Regulation 1995s
64D(i)a commercial fishing boat licensed to
take fish inthe area; and(ii)atleasttheminimumnumberofassistantfishersrequired to take fish in the area;
and(b)there is, on the boat, a net permitted
to be used to takefish in the area.64CFishing priority(1)Commercialfishershavetherighttousenetsunderanauthorityinanareaofacommercialfishery,forwhichtheauthority is issued, in the order in which
the fishers are readyto fish with the nets in the
area.(2)If 2 or more commercial fishers
jointly use nets, they are takento be 1
commercial fisher.(3)A right under subsection (1)
lasts—(a)for not more than 6 hours from when
the fisher is readyto fish with a net in the area; and(b)only while the fisher is ready to fish
with a net in thearea.(4)Also,
a right under subsection (1) only applies—(a)for
an ocean beach fishery—(i)ifthefisherholdsalicencewithasymbol‘K1’,‘K2’,
‘K3’, ‘K4’, ‘K5’, ‘K6’, ‘K7’ or ‘K8’ writtenon it; and(ii)to the prescribed area identified by
reference to the2prescribedflagsplacedbythefisher,nomorethan 1km apart, along the water’s edge
as near aspossible to the water’s edge; or(b)for another fishery—to an area around
the boat with aradius equal to the length of a net the
fisher is permittedto use in the fishery.64DInterfering with prescribed flag(1)A person must not interfere with a
prescribed flag placed forsection 64C(4)(a)(ii).
s
65105s 65Fisheries
Regulation 1995Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.(2)In this section—interferewith,inrelationtoaprescribedflag,includestoremove the flag.Part 8Fisheries offencesDivision 1Prohibited acts about fish65Prohibition on taking, possessing or
selling regulatedfish(1)Taking,
possessing or selling regulated fish is prohibited.38(2)However,subsection(1)doesnotapplytothefollowingpersons—(a)a
person who takes, possesses or sells a regulated fishunder
an authority allowing the person to take, possessor
sell the fish;(b)a person who cultivates a regulated
fish, or possesses orsells a regulated fish that is
cultivated, in a way that isauthorised under
the Planning Act;(c)a person who takes or possesses a
great white or greynursesharkunderagreatwhiteorgreynursesharkfishing
contract;(d)a person who possesses or sells a
shark fin, other than afin of a great white or grey nurse
shark, if—(i)the person did not take or possess the
shark, fromwhichthefinwastaken,underasharkfishingcontract; and(ii)the
person either—38See also section 78 (Prohibited acts
about regulated fish) of the Act and part 5,division 1,
subdivision 3 (Exemptions) of this regulation.
s
66106s 67Fisheries
Regulation 1995(A)alsopossessesthebodyofthesharkfromwhich
the fin was taken; or(B)is not on a
boat.(3)Also, a person may possess fish
regulated by number if theperson did not take the fish.(4)In this section—sharkfishingcontractmeansanagreementbetweenanypersonandtheStateforthetaking,tagging,ordisposalofsharks.66Prohibited ways of taking fishUnlessotherwiseallowedunderthisregulationoramanagementplan,thefollowingwaysoftakingfishareprohibited—(a)jagging;(b)usingunderwaterbreathingapparatus(otherthanasnorkel);(c)using
fishing apparatus across a waterway or navigationchannel in a way that makes more than
one-half of itswidth impassable to a boat or fish;(d)using a crab hook;(e)a way
that contravenes a fishery provision.39Division 2Acts only an
authority holder maydo67Purpose of divisionThis division
prescribes the acts that must be done only by theholder of a relevant authority.4039See also section
80 (Fish not to be taken in prohibited way) of the Act.40See also section 82 (Offence to do
prescribed act) of the Act.
s
68107s 70Fisheries
Regulation 199568Buying, possessing or using commercial
fishingapparatus(1)Thissectionappliestothebuying,possessionoruse(theactivity) of
commercial apparatus.(2)A person may
carry out the activity only if—(a)thepersonholdsanauthoritythatauthorisesthecarrying out of the activity; or(b)under this regulation or a management
plan, the personis authorised to carry out the activity
under a authoritymentioned in paragraph (a).Note—Section 85 of the
Act prohibits the sale of commercial fishing apparatusin
particular circumstances.69Using
boats(1)A person may use a primary boat or
tender boat to take fishfor trade or commerce only if the
person—(a)holds,orisactingunder,acommercialfishingboatlicence for the boat; and(b)is—(i)a
commercial fisher; or(ii)anassistantfisheractingunderdirectionofacommercial fisher who is also using
the boat.(2)A person may use another type of boat
to take fish for trade orcommerceonlyifthepersonholds,orisactingunder,anauthority under which the boat may be
used for taking fish fortrade or commerce.70Conducting particular charter fishing
tripsIfanypartofacharterfishingtripistobeconductedinoffshorewatersapersonmayconductthetriponlyiftheperson holds or is acting under a
charter fishing licence.
s
71108s 72Fisheries
Regulation 199571Taking fish(1)Apersonmaytakefishfortradeorcommerceonlyiftheperson—(a)is a commercial fisher; or(b)is an assistant fisher under
direction; or(c)holds,orisauthorisedtoactunder,anotherauthoritythat authorises
the taking of fish for trade or commerce.(2)Also,apersonmaytakefishfortradeorcommerceinacommercial fishery only if the person
holds, or is authorisedto act under, an authority that
authorises the taking of fish inthe
fishery.72Carrying fish(1)A
person may use a boat, or allow it to be used, to carry fishtaken
for trade or commerce only if the person holds a carrierboat
licence or another authority allowing the boat’s use forcarrying fish.(2)However,subsection(1)doesnotapplytoapersonwhocarries prescribed fish in Queensland waters
north of latitude17º52' south on—(a)a
commercial fishing boat; or(b)aboatregisteredasacommercialshipundertheTransport Operations (Marine Safety) Act
1994.(3)In this
section—prescribed fishmeans—(a)for subsection (2)(a)—fish other
than—(i)coral reef fin fish; or(ii)fish not mentioned in subparagraph (i)
intended tobe sold live; and(b)for
subsection (2)(b)—fish other than—(i)live
coral reef fin fish; or(ii)fish not
mentioned in subparagraph (i) intended tobe sold
live.
s
73109s 74Fisheries
Regulation 199573Buying Queensland fisheries resources
before secondpoint of saleA person
(thebuyer) may buy from
someone else (theseller)fisheries resources taken from Queensland
waters only if—(a)thefisheriesresourceshavealreadybeensold(theearliersale)bysomeoneelse(theearlierseller)toaperson
(theearlier buyer) other than the
buyer and—(i)at the time of the earlier sale both
the earlier sellerandtheearlierbuyerheldanauthoritythatauthorised the earlier sale; or(ii)the earlier seller cultivated the
fisheries resourcesin a way that is authorised under the
Planning Act;or(b)boththebuyerandthesellerholdanauthoritythatauthorises the purchase; or(c)thepurchaseisauthorisedunderschedule15oramanagement plan;
orNote—Forthe
authorisation for commercial harvest fishery licenceswith
the fishery symbol ‘E’ written on them, see section 48(3) ofthis
regulation and part 8 of the Freshwater Plan.(d)the
seller cultivated the fisheries resources in a way thatis
authorised under the Planning Act.74Selling Queensland fisheries resources
before secondpoint of saleA person
(theseller) may sell by
wholesale fisheries resourcestakenfromQueenslandwaterstosomeoneelse(thebuyer)only if—(a)thefisheriesresourceshavealreadybeensold(theearliersale)bysomeoneelse(theearlierseller)toaperson
(theearlier buyer) other than the
seller and—(i)at the time of the earlier sale both
the earlier sellerandtheearlierbuyerheldanauthoritythatauthorised the earlier sale; or(ii)the earlier seller cultivated the
fisheries resources
s
75110s 75Fisheries
Regulation 1995in a way that is authorised under the
Planning Act;or(b)boththesellerandthebuyerholdanauthoritythatauthorises the sale; or(c)thesaleisauthorisedunderschedule1541oramanagement plan; or(d)the
seller cultivated the fisheries resources in a way thatis
authorised under the Planning Act; or(e)under
the sale, the fisheries resources are sold for use asbait
and the seller—(i)reasonablyexpectsthattheseller’sannualgrossincome from the sale of fisheries resources
for useas bait in the financial year in which the
fisheriesresourcesaresoldwillnotbemorethan$7500;and(ii)does not hold an authority that
authorises the saleof the fisheries resources.75Processing Queensland fisheries
resources beforesecond point of saleA person
(theprocessor) may process for
trade or commercefisheries resources taken from Queensland
waters only if—(a)at any time before the processor took
possession of thefisheries resources, they were sold by
someone else (theearlier seller) to a person
other than the processor and—(i)when
the earlier seller sold the fisheries resources,theearliersellerheldorwasactingunderanauthority that authorised the earlier
seller to sell thefisheries resources; or(ii)the
earlier seller cultivated the fisheries resourcesin a
way that is authorised under the Planning Act;or(b)the processing is authorised under an
authority; or41Schedule 15 (Commercial harvest
fisheries)
s
77111s 79Fisheries
Regulation 1995(c)the processor cultivated the fisheries
resources in a waythat is authorised under the Planning
Act.77Releasing aquaculture fisheries
resourcesApersonmayreleaseaquaculturefisheriesresourcesintoQueensland waters only if—(a)the person holds a general fisheries
permit for releasingthe resources; or(b)thepersonmayreleasetheresourcesunderamanagement plan; or(c)thereleaseisforcarryingoutfisheriesdevelopmentrelatingtoaquacultureandthedevelopmentiscarriedout in a way that
is authorised under the Planning Act.78Fisheries resources cultivated other than
for sale(1)Thissectionappliestofisheriesresourcescultivatedotherthan
for sale.(2)Apersonmayputfisheriesresourcestakenfromanarea(whetherinQueenslandorelsewhere)inanotherareainQueenslandonlyifthepersonholdsanauthorityforthepurpose.79Carrying out particular work in declared
fish habitat area(1)ApersonmaycarryoutdevelopmentmentionedinthePlanning Act,
schedule 8, part 2, table 1, item 3(b) or (c) ortable
4, item 3(b) or (c), in a declared fish habitat area, only
ifthepersonholdsaresourceallocationauthorityauthorisingthe person to
interfere with the declared fish habitat area.(2)Subsection(3)appliesforcarryingout,inadeclaredfishhabitatarea,developmentmentionedinbothofthefollowing—(a)the
Planning Act, schedule 8, part 2, table 1, item 3(d) ortable
4, item 3(d) or (e);(b)schedule 1, table 3 of the minor
impact works code.
s
79A112Fisheries Regulation 1995s
80(3)A person may carry out the development
in the declared fishhabitatareaonlyifthepersonholdsaresourceallocationauthority authorising the person to
interfere with the declaredfish habitat area.79ACollecting dead marine wood from unallocated
State landApersonmaycarryoutdevelopmentmentionedinthePlanningAct,schedule8,part2,table4,item4(a),onunallocatedStatelandonlyifthepersonholdsaresourceallocationauthorityauthorisingthepersontocollectdeadmarine wood for trade or commerce from the
land.79BRemoving, destroying or damaging
particular marineplantsApersonmaycarryoutdevelopmentmentionedinthePlanning Act,
schedule 8, part 2, table 4, item 4(c), in an areaonlyifthepersonholdsaresourceallocationauthorityauthorising the
person to remove, destroy or damage marineplants in the
area.80Nonindigenous fisheries
resources(1)Apersonmaydothefollowingthingsinvolvingnonindigenous
fisheries resources only if the person holds anauthority for the
purpose or if the person may do the thingsunder a
management plan—(a)bringthemorcausethemtobebroughtintoQueensland;(b)possess, rear, sell or buy them;(c)releasethem,orcausethemtobereleased,intoQueensland waters.(2)Subsections(1)(a)and(b)donotapplytononindigenousfisheriesresourcesmentionedinschedule6ifthefisheriesresourcesarereleasedintowatersotherthanwatersonunallocated State land and are kept in a way
preventing theirescape into other waters.
s
81113s 87Fisheries
Regulation 199581Noxious fisheries resourcesApersonmaydothefollowingthingsinvolvingnoxiousfisheries
resources only if the person holds an authority for thepurpose—(a)bringthemorcausethemtobebroughtintoQueensland;(b)possess, rear, sell or buy them;(c)releasethem,orcausethemtobereleased,intoQueensland waters.Division 3Miscellaneous85Contravening a condition of an
authorityApersonactingunderanauthoritymustnotcontraveneacondition of the authority.Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.86Contravening certain fishery
provisions(1)A person must not contravene a fishery
provision.Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.(2)Thissectiondoesnotapplytoafisheryprovisionaboutaquota or a way of taking fish.4287Fish habitat area
offences(1)Apersonmustnottakebaitbyusingadiggingimplement(other than a hand pump for taking yabbies)
in a fish habitatarea.Maximum
penalty—100 penalty units.(2)A person must not
unlawfully do any of the following in a fishhabitat
area—42See also sections 79 (Quota offences)
and 80 (Fish not to be taken in prohibitedway) of the
Act.
s
88114s 89Fisheries
Regulation 1995(a)remove weeds;(b)use a
pesticide;(c)engage in biological control of a
pest.Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.(3)Forsubsection(2),apersondoesnotunlawfullydoanactmentionedinthesubsectionifthepersondoestheactincompliance with a relevant code of practice
for the act.(4)In this section—biological
control, of a pest, means to control the presence
orspread of the pest by introducing a natural
enemy of the pest,including,forexample,anaturalpredatorofthepestorabacteriaorvirusthepresenceofwhichmaybefataltothepest.relevantcodeofpractice,foranact,meansacodeofpractice—(a)prepared by the chief executive under
section 11943ofthe Act;
and(b)applying to the act.88Interfering with official signsA
person must not interfere with an official sign, unless theperson has a reasonable excuse.Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.89Leaving fish in fishing
apparatus(1)A person using fishing apparatus must
not allow a part of theapparatus containing fish to be out of
the water other than toimmediately remove the fish from the
apparatus.Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.(2)A person taking fish with fishing
apparatus must immediatelyrelease regulated fish, or fish the
person did not intend to take,into water deep
enough to allow the fish to escape.43Section 119 (Codes of practice) of the
Act
s
90115s 91Fisheries
Regulation 1995Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.(3)Subsections(1)and(2)donotapplyifthepersonhasareasonable excuse.90Obstructing persons fishing under an
authority(1)A person must not obstruct a fisher,
or someone else actingunder an authority, who is using a net
to take fish, unless theperson has a reasonable excuse.Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.(2)A person must not obstruct a
commercial fisher in exercisinga fishing
priority under section 64A, unless the person has areasonable excuse.Maximum
penalty—100 penalty units.(3)A person must not
disturb fish to prevent a fisher or someoneelse acting under
an authority from taking them.Maximum
penalty—100 penalty units.90APossessing
spanish mackerel without pectoral fin(1)The
following persons must not possess, on board a boat, adead
spanish mackerel unless a pectoral fin has been removedfrom
the spanish mackerel—(a)apersonconductingacharterfishingtriporacrewmember for the trip;(b)a recreational fisher.Maximum penalty—20 penalty units.(2)Thissectiondoesnotapplytoapersonpossessingspanishmackerel before 1 March 2005.91Possessing certain crabs or crab
meat(1)A person must not possess a mud or
blue swimmer crab withitscarapacemissing,orcrabmeat,(thecrab)unlesstheperson may, under section 73, 74 or
75, buy, sell or process
s
91A116Fisheries Regulation 1995s
92the crab.44Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.(2)This section does not apply if the
crab is bought by retail orthe person possesses it for immediate
consumption.91APossession or sale of crab claws by
fishers(1)A fisher who takes a crab under an
authority must not possessor sell the crab’s claws
unless—(a)the fisher possesses or sells—(i)if the crab was taken with 1 claw—the
claw; or(ii)ifthecrabwastakenwith2claws—bothclaws;and(b)the fisher possesses or sells the
crab’s body.Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.(2)In this section—crab bodymeans
a crab body that has its carapace attached toit.92Taking and possessing oysters,
generally(1)A person must not take an oyster from
the place where it isgrowing, unless the person eats the
oyster where it is taken.Maximum penalty—50 penalty
units.(2)A person must not possess an oyster
the person took from theplacewhereitwasgrowing,otherthanattheplacefromwhich it was taken.Maximum penalty—50 penalty units.(3)This section does not apply to
oysters—(a)grown under an authority or a
development approval for44Section 73
(Buying Queensland fisheries resources before second point of
sale), 74(SellingQueenslandfisheriesresourcesbeforesecondpointofsale)or75(Processing Queensland fisheries
resources before second point of sale)
s
92AA117Fisheries Regulation 1995s
93prescribed aquaculture development;
or(b)bought by the person.4592AAEntering, or
taking particular oysters from, particularareas(1)A person, other than a relevant
person, must not do either ofthe following
unless the person has a reasonable excuse—(a)enter
a marked authority area;(b)takeablacklipoysterormilkyoysterfromamarkedauthority area.Maximum
penalty—100 penalty units.(2)In this
section—marked authority areameans an area
that—(a)isstatedonanauthoritywiththefisherysymbol‘O’written on it; and(b)has
been identified, by using markers and signs, by orfor
the holder of the authority as the area to which theauthority relates.relevant
person, in relation to a marked authority area,
meanstheholderoftheauthorityonwhichtheareaisstatedoraperson nominated
by the holder.92ADividing sharkApersonwhopossessesasharkmustnotdivideitintoportions other than in a way that
allows an inspector to easilycount the number
of sharks possessed by the person.Maximum
penalty—100 penalty units.93Using nets(1)A person must not do any of the
following things about nets—45See
also section 87 (Interference etc. with aquaculture activity or
fishing apparatus)of the Act.
s
94118s 94Fisheries
Regulation 1995(a)join 2 or more nets;(b)allow nets to overlap;(c)set nets less than 1m apart;(d)put or do anything between 2 nets to
stop fish escaping.Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.(2)However,subsection(1)doesnotapplyiftheactivityisotherwiseallowedunderthisregulationoramanagementplan.(3)Apersonusinganetinacommercialfisherymustnotdoanythingthateffectivelyreducesthenet’smeshsizebelowthe minimum size
stated for the net in a fishery provision forthe fishery,
unless the person has a reasonable excuse.Maximum
penalty—100 penalty units.Examplesofanythingthateffectivelyreducesanet’smeshsizeinsubsection (3)—•overlapping nets•covering a net(4)Subsection (3) does not apply to anything
the person may dounder another provision of this regulation
or a managementplan.Part 9Protection and conservation offish
habitats94Fish habitat areas(1)Eachareadescribedin,orshownonaplanmentionedin,schedule 7 is a fish habitat area.(2)Each fish habitat area in schedule 7,
part 1 includes tidal landof lagoons, lakes and waterways
joining the area described as,or shown on the
plan for, the area, even though it is outsidethe area
described or shown.(2A)Each fish habitat area in schedule 7,
part 2 includes tidal land
s
94119s 94Fisheries
Regulation 1995of lagoons, lakes and waterways that—(a)is unallocated State land or national
park land; and(b)adjoins the area within the outer
boundary shown on theplan.(3)Each
fish habitat area does not include the following—(a)an area the plan states is not
included;(b)an area schedule 7, parts 1 or 2 state
is not included;(c)the area of a channel marked by aids
to navigation;(d)for a fish habitat area in schedule 7,
part 2—land that isnotunallocatedStatelandwithintheouterboundaryshown
on the plan unless schedule 7, part 2 states it isincluded.(4)Anythingindicatedonaplanabouttheboundaryofafishhabitatareahaseffectfordecidingthelocationoftheboundary.(5)However, a line or hatching on a plan of a
fish habitat areamaynotindicatethecurrentpositionofaboundary,butmerely indicates—(a)what
forms the boundary; and(b)the area is on
the hatched side of the boundary.(6)If a
boundary shown on a plan of a fish habitat area has a gapin
it, the boundary continues in a straight line across the gap
tothe nearest point of the boundary on the
other side of the gap.(7)Theplansmentionedinschedule7areheldbythechiefexecutive.4646Copies of the
plans are available for inspection at the department’s office at 80
AnnStreet, Brisbane on business days during
office hours.
s
95120s 95BFisheries
Regulation 1995Part 10Enforcement95Persons who may be appointed
inspectorsFor section 140(1)(d) of the Act, the
following persons maybe appointed inspectors under the
Act—(a)a local government employee or
officer;(b)a person with relevant knowledge of
fisheries resourcesor fish habitat in a particular area;(c)a person appointed to enforce
Commonwealth or Statefisheries legislation.Example of person with relevant knowledge in
paragraph (b)—a member of a fish stocking
group95AEvidence of person taking fishIf,inaproceedingforanoffenceagainsttheActorotherfisheries
legislation, it is relevant to establish a person tookfish,
evidence that the person possessed the fish at any time isevidence that the person took the
fish.Part 11Recreational
fishingDivision 1General95BDeclaratory provision about
recreational fishing rights ofpersons who may
take fish for trade or commerce(1)This
section applies to a person who—(a)holds
an authority that authorises its holder to take fishfor
trade or commerce; or(b)is,underthisregulationoramanagementplan,authorised to take fish for trade or
commerce under anauthority mentioned in paragraph
(a).
s
96121s 98Fisheries
Regulation 1995(2)To remove any doubt, it is declared
that the person may act asa recreational fisher.(3)However, the acting of the person as a
recreational fisher issubject to any relevant prohibitions
or restrictions under thisregulation or a management
plan.Note—If the person
holds, or is acting under, an SM unit or line unit, fish
takenbythepersonasarecreationalfisherareincludedintheuseofentitlements under relevant quotas under
this regulation or the CoralReef Plan. See
part 7, division 5, subdivision 2 and the Coral Reef Plan,chapter 3, part 3, division 2, subdivision
4.4796Things
recreational fishers may do—tidal waters(1)This
section applies only to tidal waters.48(2)Arecreationalfishermayuseorpossessonlyfishingapparatus
permitted under schedule 8 or a management plan.(3)Arecreationalfishermayusetheapparatusonlyiftheapparatusanditsusecomplieswithschedule8oramanagement
plan.97Using commercial fishing boats for
recreational fishingApersonusingacommercialfishingboatforrecreationalfishing must not
cover or remove its boat mark.Maximum
penalty—100 penalty units.Division 2Prohibitions to
allow identificationor measurement of fish98General prohibitions(1)A recreational fisher who possesses
fin fish on a boat must notremove the skin from the fish until it
is brought ashore.47Part 7, division 5, subdivision 2
(Conditions for SM units) and the Coral Reef Plan,chapter 3, part 3, division 2, subdivision 4
(Line units)48For waters that are not tidal, see the
Freshwater Plan.
s
98A122Fisheries Regulation 1995s
98AMaximum penalty—100 penalty units.(2)If a recreational fisher brings a fin
fish ashore and removes itsskin,therecreationalfishermustnotreturnthefishtotheboat.Maximum
penalty—100 penalty units.(3)Despite
subsection (1), a recreational fisher who is on a boatduring an extended licensed charter fishing
trip may removethe skin from a fin fish (other than a
square area of the skin,each side of which is at least
3cm).(4)A recreational fisher who possesses a
fish must not divide itinto portions other than in a way that
allows an inspector toeasily count the number of fish
possessed by the recreationalfisher.Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.(5)This section does not apply to a
recreational fisher for coralreef fin
fish.98AProhibition for prawns taken by
recreational fishers(1)This section applies only to a
recreational fisher for prawnstaken by the
recreational fisher or another recreational fisher.(2)The recreational fisher must not
possess the prawns if morethan 10 of the prawns have had their
heads or any other partremoved,unlesstheremovalwastoprocesstheprawnsforimmediate consumption.Maximum penalty
for subsection (2)—100 penalty units.
s
99123s 99AFisheries
Regulation 1995Part 12MiscellaneousDivision 1General99Amounts payable into Fisheries Research
FundFees paid to the chief executive under the
Act must be paidinto the Fisheries Research Fund.99AAChief executive’s power to enter into
agreements orarrangements—Act, s 20A(1)(g)Forsection20A(1)(g)oftheAct,thechiefexecutivemayenter into an agreement or arrangement
with the Great BarrierReefMarineParkAuthority49forthemanagement,use,development or protection of fisheries
resources.99APrescribed entity—chief executive’s
power unders 20A(1)(h) of the Act for delegation or
subdelegation(1)Forsection21(1)(a)oftheAct,thechiefexecutivemaydelegate—(a)the
chief executive’s power, under section 20A(1)(h) oftheAct,toformulateandoperatearrangements,includingfunding,foradjustingtheuseoffisheriesresourcestotheQueenslandRuralAdjustmentAuthority;
and(b)the chief executive’s power, under the
Freshwater Plan,section44,50toissueapermittofishinastockedimpoundment
to—(i)a government entity under thePublicServiceAct1996;51or49For
the Authority’s establishment, see theGreat Barrier
Reef Marine Park Act 1975(Cwlth), section 6.50Freshwater Plan, section 44 (Permit to
fish with fishing line or set line in stockedimpoundment)51See
thePublicServiceAct1996, section 21
(What is agovernmententity)
fordefinition.
s
100124Fisheries Regulation 1995s
100(ii)abodycorporatethatcarriesonabusinessorprovidesaservicerelatingtofishing,whetherornot for trade or commerce; or(iii)an association
incorporated under theAssociationsIncorporationAct1981,ifsomeorallofthemembers of the
association are involved in fishing;or(iv)a person who owns or manages a—(A)bait or tackle shop, kiosk, service
station orother retail business; or(B)tourist information centre.(2)However,thedelegateundersubsection(1)mustbeanappropriately qualified person.(3)The delegate under subsection (1) may
subdelegate the powertoanemployee,memberorofficerofthedelegateundersubsection(1)onlyifthesubdelegateisanappropriatelyqualified
person.(4)For section 21(1)(a) of the Act, the
chief executive may alsodelegate the chief executive’s power
to make a decision underthe East Coast Trawl Plan, chapter 3,
part 6, about effort unitstotheindependentreviewcommittee,asconstitutedfromtimetotime,establishedbythechiefexecutiveformattersrelating to the
administration of the plan.(5)In this
section—appropriatelyqualifiedincludeshavingthequalifications,experience or
standing appropriate to exercise the power.QueenslandRuralAdjustmentAuthoritymeanstheQueensland Rural Adjustment Authority
established under theRural Adjustment Authority Act
1994.100Declared
fisheries resourcesFish of a species of regulated fish are
fisheries resources towhich section 15452of
the Act applies.52Section 154 (Seizure of fisheries
resources in heap etc.) of the Act
s
100A125Fisheries Regulation 1995s
103A100AThreshold percentage for declared
fisheries resources(1)Thethresholdpercentagefordeclaredfisheriesresourcesunder section 154
of the Act is 5%.(2)This section does not apply to
fisheries resources to which theEast Coast Trawl
Plan applies.53101Expenses
prescribed for definition ofnet proceeds
ofsalein the ActFor the
definition ofnetproceedsofsaleof seized fisheriesresources, the following expenses are
prescribed—(a)expensesincurredinperforminganynecessaryprocessing of the
fisheries resources;(b)expensesreasonablyincurredinkeepingthefisheriesresources in the
best possible saleable condition.102Forfeiture offencesAn offence about
taking, possessing or selling a regulated fishisaforfeitureoffencetowhichsection154oftheActapplies.54103ARemoving boat mark(1)This
section applies if—(a)an authority holder has placed, or
caused to have placed,a boat mark on a boat, whether or not
the mark complieswith all the requirements under section
58AH; and(b)theboatisreplacedortheauthorityunderwhichtheboat
is used is cancelled, surrendered or has expired.(2)Theauthorityholderor,iftheauthorityiscancelled,surrendered or
has expired, the former authority holder, mustremove the boat
mark.Maximum penalty—100 penalty units.53For the threshold percentage for fish
to which the East Coast Trawl Plan applies, seechapter 5, part 1
(Threshold percentage for declared fisheries resources) of that
plan.54See also section 78 (Prohibited acts
about regulated fish) of the Act.
s
104126Fisheries Regulation 1995s
107104Nonindigenous fisheries resources that
need not bedestroyed etc. under the ActForsection92(2)55oftheAct,nonindigenousfisheriesresources are stated in schedule 6.105Prescribed authorities—Act, s
70CThe following authorities are prescribed for
section 70C56ofthe Act—(a)buyer licences;(b)charter fishing licences;(c)commercial fishing boat
licences;(d)commercial harvest fishery
licences;(e)resource allocation
authorities;(f)SM units;(g)effort units;(h)ITQ
units;(i)line units.107Particulars to be legible, visible and in
English(1)A person required under this
regulation or a management planto write or mark
particulars in or on anything must write ormark the
particulars in or on the thing legibly, visibly and inEnglish.Examples—•markings on
floats attached to fishing apparatus•markings on boats•particulars to be contained on a docket for
the wholesale sale offisheries resourcesMaximum penalty—100 penalty units.55Section92(Dutyofpersonwhotakesorpossessesnoxiousornonindigenousfisheries
resources) of the Act56Section 70C
(Continuance of particular authorities) of the Act
s
108127Fisheries Regulation 1995s
108AA(2)Subsection (1) does not prevent a
person writing or markingthe particulars in another language as
well as in English.108Serious fisheries offencesEach
of the following is a serious fisheries offence—(a)aforfeitureoffenceforwhichaninspectormayseizefisheries
resources in a heap;57(b)an
offence against fisheries legislation about any of thefollowing—(i)contraveningaclosedseasonorclosedwatersdeclaration;(ii)buying or selling fish;(iii)obstructing, hindering or resisting an
inspector;(iv)using or possessing fishing
apparatus;(c)anoffenceagainstthePlanningAct,iftheoffencerelates to fisheries development.Division 2Statistical
returns and otherinformation108AA Definitions
for div 2In this division—authorised
boatmeans—(a)for a
holder of a commercial fishing boat licence—theprimary boat
identified in the licence; or(b)for a
holder of another relevant fishing authority—(i)a
boat identified in the authority; or(ii)ifatypeofboatisidentifiedintheauthority—aboat of the
type.57See section 154 (Seizure of fisheries
resources in heap etc.) of the Act.
s
108AA128Fisheries Regulation 1995s
108AAbuying and selling particulars, for
a person who has bought(thebuyer) or
sold (theseller) spanish
mackerel, means eachof the following—(a)thedateonwhichthebuyerstartedpossessingthespanish mackerel sold by the seller to the
buyer;(b)the name of the buyer and the number
of the authorityunder which the buyer is acting or, if the
buyer is notacting under an authority, the address of
the buyer;(c)the name of the seller and the number
of the authorityunderwhich thesellerisactingor,ifthesellerisnotacting under an
authority, the address of the seller;(d)the
weight of any of the following sold by the seller tothe
buyer—(i)whole spanish mackerel;(ii)gilled and gutted spanish
mackerel;(iii)trunked spanish
mackerel;(iv)filleted spanish mackerel;(v)spanishmackerelinaformnotmentionedinsubparagraphs (i) to (iv).coral reef fin fish particularsmeans—(a)the
weight of the following—(i)wholecoraltrout,redthroatemperor,orothercoral reef fin
fish (recorded in the prescribed way);(ii)gilled and gutted coral trout, red throat
emperor, orother coral reef fin fish (recorded in the
prescribedway);(iii)filletedcoraltrout,redthroatemperor,orothercoral reef fin
fish (recorded in the prescribed way);(iv)coral
trout, red throat emperor, or other coral reeffin fish
(recorded in the prescribed way) in a formnot mentioned in
subparagraphs (i) to (iii);(b)thenumberoflivecoraltrout,redthroatemperor,orother coral reef fin fish (recorded in
the prescribed way).
s
108AA129Fisheries Regulation 1995s
108AAgroupofspecies,ofcoralreeffinfish,meansallofthespeciesofcoralreeffinfishidentifiedunderaheadinginschedule 16A.prescribed
way, for recording the weight or number of
coralreeffinfishotherthancoraltroutandredthroatemperor,means recording
the weight or number of the fish—(a)as a
total weight or number for all species of the fish; or(b)as a weight or number for—(i)each individual species of the fish;
or(ii)each group of species of the fish;
or(iii)a combination of
individual species and groups ofspecies of the
fish.relevant fishing authoritymeans—(a)a
commercial fishing boat licence; or(b)another authority that allows the holder of
the authorityto take or possess fish for trade or
commerce; or(c)a charter fishing licence.relevant species particularsmeans—(a)for
coral reef fin fish—the coral reef fin fish particulars;or(b)for spanish
mackerel—the spanish mackerel particulars;or(c)forotherfish—theestimatedquantity,byweightornumber, of the fish.spanishmackerelparticularsmeanstheweightofthefollowing—(a)whole
spanish mackerel;(b)gilled and gutted spanish
mackerel;(c)trunked spanish mackerel;(d)filleted spanish mackerel;(e)spanish mackerel in a form not
mentioned in paragraphs(a) to (d).
s
108A130Fisheries Regulation 1995s
108Atakingparticulars,forapersonwhohastakenspanishmackerel,
means—(a)the date the person took the spanish
mackerel; and(b)the number of spanish mackerel taken
by the person.108AParticulars to be contained on dockets
for wholesale saleof fisheries resources etc.Adocketundersection86oftheActmustcontainthefollowing particulars—(a)the
name of the buyer and the number of the authorityunder
which the buyer is acting or, if the buyer is notacting under an authority, the address of
the buyer;(b)the name of the seller and—(i)ifthesellerisactingunderanauthority—thenumber of the
authority; or(ii)if the seller cultivated the fisheries
resources, or isactingforapersonwhocultivatedthefisheriesresources,underadevelopmentapproval—thenumber of the
approval; or(iii)otherwise—the
address of the seller;(c)if the seller is
a fish stocking entity incorporated undertheAssociations Incorporation Act 1981—its
certificateof incorporation number;(d)the
date of the sale to which the docket relates;(e)the
relevant species particulars for each species of fishsold;(f)the
estimated total quantity, by weight or number, of allfish
sold;(g)how the fish are sold.Examples of paragraph (g)—•live•whole, or in fillets
s
109A131Fisheries Regulation 1995s
109B109AStatistical records and information
about spottedmackerel or tailor(1)Thefollowingpersonsmustkeepandgivetothechiefexecutive the
returns required by the chief executive—(a)a
commercial fisher who takes more than the followingin a
24 hour period—(i)15 spotted mackerel;(ii)100kg of tailor;(b)abuyerwhobuysanyamountofspottedmackerelortailor.(2)A
commercial fisher who sells spotted mackerel or tailor toanypersonmustkeepandgivetothechiefexecutivetheperson’s name and other identifying details,
as required by thechief executive.109BRequirements about particular persons
keeping returnsfor holders—using holder’s boat(1)This section applies if—(a)the chief executive has required a
holder of a relevantfishing authority to keep and give to the
chief executiveinformationrelatingtothedailyuseofanauthorisedboat for the
holder; and(b)the holder is not the person in
control of the boat on aday or a number of days (therelevant period) for
whichthe boat is being used; and(c)anotherpersonisincontroloftheboatduringtherelevant period.(2)Thepersonincontroloftheauthorisedboatduringtherelevant period must—(a)fill
in the relevant part of the form approved by the chiefexecutiveforkeepingtheinformationforeachdayduring the
relevant period; and(b)ensuretheformiskeptonboardtheboat,andisavailable for immediate inspection, at
all times while thepersonisincontroloftheboatduringtherelevantperiod;
and
s
109C132Fisheries Regulation 1995s
109C(c)at the end of the relevant
period—(i)if the holder has requested the person
to give theformtotheholderattheendoftherelevantperiod—give the
form to the holder; or(ii)otherwise—ensuretheformisleftonboardtheboat.(3)The
holder must—(a)ensure the form is on board the
authorised boat at thetime the person who is to be in
control of the boat duringthe relevant period starts to be in
control of the boat; and(b)give the form to
the chief executive at the time requiredby the chief
executive.(4)For subsection (2)(a), the person must
fill in the relevant partof the form as soon as practicable
after the boat stops beingused for fishing under the authority
on the day.(5)Subsection(2)(b)doesnotapplyiftheauthorisedboatisused—(a)in a commercial fishery to which a
quota does not apply;and(b)for a
period of not more than 24 hours.(6)Aholderofarelevantfishingauthoritycomplieswithsubsection (3) if another person
complies with the subsectionfor the
holder.109CRequirements about particular persons
keeping returnsfor holders—fishing under holder’s
authority(1)This section applies if—(a)the chief executive has required a
holder of a relevantfishing authority to keep and give to the
chief executiveinformation relating to the daily fishing
activities underthe authority; and(b)the
holder is not fishing under the authority on a day or anumber of days (therelevant
period); and(c)another person (therelevant
person) is fishing under theauthority during
the relevant period.
s
109D133Fisheries Regulation 1995s
109D(2)The relevant person must—(a)fill in the relevant part of the form
approved by the chiefexecutiveforkeepingtheinformationforeachdayofthe
relevant period; and(b)ensure the form is kept at or near the
place where theperson is fishing under the authority, and
is available forimmediateinspection,atalltimeswhilethepersonisfishingundertheauthorityduringtherelevantperiod;and(c)give the form to
the holder as soon as practicable afterthe end of the
relevant period.(3)The holder must—(a)give
the form to the relevant person before the personstartsfishingundertheauthorityduringtherelevantperiod;
and(b)give the form to the chief executive
at the time requiredby the chief executive.(4)Forsubsection(2)(a),therelevantpersonmustfillintherelevant part of the form as soon as
practicable after fishingunder the authority ends on the
day.(5)Aholderofarelevantfishingauthoritycomplieswithsubsection (3) if another person complies
with the subsectionfor the holder.109DRecords to be kept about wholesale sales of
spanishmackerel(1)Thissectionappliesifaperson(theseller)sellsspanishmackerel by wholesale to a person
(thebuyer) in the
State.(2)The seller and buyer must keep a
written record of the buyingandsellingparticularsforthespanishmackerelsoldbytheseller to the buyer.(3)The
seller must keep the record for 5 years after the day theseller stopped possessing the spanish
mackerel.(4)The buyer must keep the record for 5
years after the day thebuyer stopped possessing the spanish
mackerel.
s
109E134Fisheries Regulation 1995s
109E109ERecords to be kept about imports of
spanish mackerel(1)This section applies if a
person—(a)hastakenspanishmackerelfromwatersoutsidetheState and brings the spanish mackerel
into the State fortrade or commerce; or(b)has
bought spanish mackerel from a person outside theState
and brings the spanish mackerel into the State fortrade
or commerce; or(c)hastaken,fortradeorcommerce,spanishmackerelfromQueenslandwatersotherthanwaterswithinthe‘SM’ fishery area and unloads the
spanish mackerel inthe State.(2)The
person must keep a written record of—(a)ifthepersontookthespanishmackerel—thetakingparticulars for the spanish mackerel taken
by the person;or(b)if the person
bought the spanish mackerel from anotherperson—thebuyingandsellingparticularsforthespanish mackerel bought by the
person.(3)The person must keep the record for
the following period—(a)starting—(i)forapersonmentionedinsubsection(1)(a)or(b)—when the person brings the spanish
mackerelinto the State; or(ii)forapersonmentionedinsubsection(1)(c)—immediately before the person unloads
thespanish mackerel in the State;(b)ending 5 years after the day the
person stops possessingthe spanish mackerel.(4)Forsubsection(1)(c),apersonconductingacharterfishingtrip
who takes spanish mackerel during the charter fishing tripdoes
not take the spanish mackerel for trade or commerce.(5)In this section—the Stateincludes Queensland waters.
s
109F135Fisheries Regulation 1995s
109H109FRecords to be kept about commercial
carriage of spanishmackerel(1)This
section applies if a person in control of a boat or vehicleis
transporting, on the boat or in the vehicle, spanish
mackerelfor another person and for trade or
commerce.(2)Thepersonmustensure,atalltimeswhilethespanishmackerel are on
board the boat or in the vehicle—(a)a
written record of the carriage information is kept onboard
the boat or in the vehicle; and(b)the
record is available for immediate inspection.(3)In
this section—carriageinformation,forapersontransportingspanishmackerel for another person, means each of
the following—(a)thenameoftheotherpersonforwhomthepersonistransporting the spanish
mackerel;(b)theaddressoftheplacewherethespanishmackerelwere
collected by the person;(c)the address of
the place where the spanish mackerel areto be delivered
by the person.109GRecords to be kept about commercial
storage of spanishmackerel(1)Thissectionappliesifapersonstores,ataplace,spanishmackerel for another person and for trade or
commerce.(2)Thepersonmustensure,atalltimeswhilethespanishmackerel are
stored at the place—(a)a written record of the name of the
person for whom thepersonisstoringthespanishmackereliskeptattheplace; and(b)the
record is available for immediate inspection.109HNotice requirement for bringing spanish
mackerel into‘SM’ fishery area(1)Thissectionappliesifacommercialfishingboatonwhichspanish mackerel,
taken from waters other than waters within
s
109H136Fisheries Regulation 1995s
109Hthe ‘SM’ fishery area, are on board enters
the ‘SM’ fisheryarea.(2)The
person in control of the boat must notify the nominatedperson of the following information—(a)the name of the person giving the
notice;(b)the name and boat mark of the
boat;(c)the total number of spanish mackerel
on board the boatwhen the boat enters the area;(d)if there are filleted spanish mackerel
on board the boatwhen the boat enters the area—(i)thenumberofcontainerscontainingfilletedspanish mackerel
on board the boat when the boatenters the area;
and(ii)the number of spanish mackerel that
are not filletedand are on board the boat when the boat
enters thearea.(3)A
notice under subsection (2) must be given—(a)by
telephone or facsimile; and(b)before or
immediately after the person enters the ‘SM’fishery
area.(4)Apersoncomplieswithsubsection(2)ifthepersontelephones the nominated person and leaves a
message on ananswering machine provided by the nominated
person.(5)In this section—commercialfishingboatincludesaboatthatapersonisentitled to use to take fish for trade or
commerce under a lawof the Commonwealth or another State.nominatedpersonmeansthepersonwhoholdstheofficenominatedforthissectionbythechiefexecutive,bypublishing the following on the department’s
website—
s
110A137Fisheries Regulation 1995s
110B(a)the title of the office;(b)the contact details for persons
holding the office.58110APrescribed
matters and equipment for certificates—Act,s 184(1)Forsection184(4)(g)59oftheAct,thefollowingareprescribed—(a)information,orasummaryofinformation,fromreturns—(i)given
to the chief executive under section 109A or109B; or(ii)held by the chief executive that were
given to—(A)the former Authority; or(B)theformerQueenslandFishManagementAuthorityundertherepealedFishingIndustryOrganisationandMarketingAct1982;(b)thehullunitsforaboat,workedoutundertheEastCoast Trawl Plan.(2)AnyequipmentusedaspartofasystemthatmonitorsthepositionandoperationofaboatisprescribedfortheAct,section
184(5).110BReview relating to spanish
mackerel(1)The chief executive must conduct
reviews about the level ofcommercial and recreational fishing
for spanish mackerel.(2)A review under
subsection (1) must—(a)be conducted every second year after
2004; and(b)end before 1 March in the year of the
review.58At 1 July 2004, the department’s
website was at <www.dpi.qld.gov.au> and the partofthewebsiterelatingtofisheriesresourcesandfishhabitatswasat<www.dpi.qld.gov.au/fishweb>.59Section 184 (Evidentiary provisions)
of the Act
s
110C138Fisheries Regulation 1995s
110D(3)However,thechiefexecutivemayconductareviewatanearlier time as the chief executive
considers appropriate.Division 3Automated
interactive voiceresponse systemSubdivision
1Preliminary110CPurpose of div 3This
division—(a)provides for the chief executive to
establish and operatean automated interactive voice
response system; and(b)states the requirements and procedures
that apply to theoperation and use of the system.Subdivision 2The AIVR
system110DChief executive must establish and
operate AIVR systemThe chief executive must establish and
operate an automatedinteractivevoiceresponsesystem(AIVRsystem)forthefollowing transactions—(a)a
person giving information required to be given, undertheAct,tothechiefexecutivebyusingtheAIVRsystem;(b)a
person obtaining information required or permitted tobe
obtained, under the Act, from the chief executive byusing
the AIVR system;(c)a person changing the fisher PIN for
line units or SMunits.6060ThephonenumberforaccessingtheAIVRispublishedonthedepartment’swebsite. At 1
July 2004, the department’s website was at
<www.dpi.qld.gov.au> andthepartofthewebsiterelatingtofisheriesresourcesandfishhabitatswasat<www.dpi.qld.gov.au/fishweb>.
s
110E139Fisheries Regulation 1995s
110I110ERequirements for AIVR system(1)The AIVR system must—(a)keep a record of each transaction
carried out by a personusing the system; and(b)give the person carrying out the
transaction a transactionnumber to identify the record.(2)The record must include the
following—(a)any information entered into the
system by the person;(b)any information
given by the system to the person.110FRecord kept by AIVR system is evidence of
particularinformationA record of a
transaction kept by the AIVR system is evidenceoftheinformationthatwasenteredinto,orgivenby,thesystem for the transaction.110GTransaction number given by AIVR
system is evidence oftransactionA transaction
number given for a transaction is evidence ofthe
transaction.Subdivision 3Using the AIVR
system110HRequirement to keep record of
transaction numberA person using the AIVR system to carry out
a transactionmustkeeparecordofthetransactionnumberforthetransaction for 6
months after the transaction.110IProcedure if AIVR system not working
properly(1)This section applies if—(a)a person is required or permitted
under the Act to give orobtaininformation,ortochangeafisherPINforlineunits or SM
units, by using the AIVR system; and
s
110J140Fisheries Regulation 1995s
110J(b)the system is not working
properly.(2)Thechiefexecutivemustensurethesystemtransferstheperson’stelephonecalltoeitherofthefollowing(eachanominated person)—(a)an officer or employee of the
department;(b)atelecommunicationsserviceproviderforthechiefexecutive
appointed by gazette notice.(3)If a
person is transferred to a nominated person—(a)the
nominated person must give the person a transactionnumber for the transaction; and(b)thechiefexecutivemust,within14daysafterthetransaction, give the person a written
notice stating thefollowing—(i)anyinformationgivenbythepersontothenominated
person;(ii)any information given by the nominated
person tothe person.(4)A
transaction number given under subsection (3)(a) is taken tohave
been given by the AIVR system.(5)Awrittennoticegivenundersubsection(3)(b)includinginformationmentionedinsubsection(3)(b)(i)or(ii)isevidence of that information.(6)Subjecttosection110J,apersonwhoistransferredtoanominatedpersonandwhogivesinformationto,orobtainsinformationfrom,thenominatedpersonistakentohavecomplied with the requirement under
the Act to give or obtainthe information by using the
system.110JChief executive may make guidelines
about using AIVRsystem(1)The
chief executive may make guidelines about how to use theAIVRsystemtogiveorobtaininformationrequiredorpermitted under the Act to be given or
obtained by using theAIVR system.
s
110K141Fisheries Regulation 1995s
110N(2)A person is taken to have given or
obtained the informationrequired to be given or obtained by
using the system if, to theextent they are relevant, the
guidelines are complied with.Subdivision
4Provisions about guidelines110KApplication of sdiv 4Thissubdivisionappliesifthechiefexecutivemakesguidelines under section 110J.110LNotification(1)As
soon as practicable after making the guidelines, the chiefexecutive must notify the guidelines in the
gazette.(2)The Minister must, within 14 sitting
days after the gazettal,tabletheguidelinesintheLegislativeAssemblyasiftheywere
subordinate legislation.(3)TheStatutoryInstrumentsAct1992,part6,61appliestotheguidelines as if
they were subordinate legislation.110MInspectionThe chief
executive must ensure a copy of the guidelines isavailable for inspection at the department’s
head office, free ofcharge,bymembersofthepublicduringofficehoursonbusiness days.110NAdmissibility of guidelines in
proceedings(1)This section provides for the
admissibility of the guidelines incertain offence
proceedings.(2)TheguidelinesareadmissibleinaproceedingrelatingtocontraventionofarequirementundertheActtogiveinformation to, or obtain information
from, the chief executiveby using the AIVR.61StatutoryInstrumentsAct1992, part 6 (Procedures after making of
subordinatelegislation)
s
110O142Fisheries Regulation 1995s
110P(3)However,theguidelinesarenotadmissibleinevidenceagainstapersonunlesstheguidelinesweregazettedandtabled in the Legislative Assembly before
the act or omissionthat is alleged to form the offence.Division 4FeesSubdivision 1Fees relating to
development underPlanning Act110OFees
relating to development under Planning ActSubject to
sections 110P and 110Q, schedule 9 states the feespayable—(a)for a
resource allocation authority; or(b)for a
fish movement exemption notice; or(c)to
the chief executive in relation to the chief executive’sfunctions,underthePlanningAct,asassessmentmanager or a
concurrence agency.110PWorking out relevant assessment
fee(1)Therelevantassessmentfeestatedinschedule9foranassessment of an
application is, for an application requiring—(a)a
level 1 assessment—$412.60; or(b)a
level 2 assessment—$1270.80; or(c)a
level 3 assessment—$2435.60; or(d)a
level 4 assessment—$4976.20; or(e)a
level 5 assessment—$12388.10.(2)For
subsection (1), an application requires a level 1, 2, 3, 4
or5assessmentifthechiefexecutivebelievestheapplicationwill require that
level of assessment having regard to each ofthe
following—(a)the number of hours, and number of
persons, that will beinvolved in assessing the
application;
s
110Q143Fisheries Regulation 1995s
111(b)the complexity of assessing the
development or activitythe subject of the application against
the Act;(c)the number of site inspections that
will be required forassessing the application;(d)whether an environmental impact
statement has been, orisrequiredunderanActtobe,preparedforthedevelopment or activity the subject of
the application.(3)In this section—applicationincludes a
request.110QApplicable fee if application relates
to more than 1developmentIf a development
application is for more than 1 developmentmentionedinschedule9,thefeefortheassessmentoftheapplication is the higher of the
applicable fees stated in theschedule for the
developments.Example—A
development application is for both of the following—(a)a material change of use of premises
for aquaculture for which therelevant
assessment fee is the fee for a level 5 assessment;(b)operationalworkthatistheremoval,destructionordamageofmarine plants for which the relevant
assessment fee is the fee for alevel 3
assessment.The fee payable for the assessment of a
development application foronly the development mentioned in
paragraph (a) is $11700. The feepayable for the
assessment of a development application for only thedevelopment mentioned in paragraph (b) is
$2300.Therefore,thefeepayablefortheassessmentofadevelopmentapplication for
both of the developments is $11700 (being the higher ofthe
fees payable for the developments).Subdivision
2Other fees111Witness fees for persons appearing before
the TribunalAmountspayableaswitnessfeestoapersonrequiredtoappear as a witness before the Tribunal
are—
s
112144Fisheries Regulation 1995s
112(a)amounts payable as attendance fees
under theUniformCivil Procedure
Rules 1999to a person appearing as awitness before a court; and(b)amountspayableastravellingallowancesunderadirective issued under thePublic Service Act 1996to anofficer of the public service travelling on
official duty.112Other fees payable under the
Act(1)The fees payable under the Act, other
than the fees payableunder section 110O and schedule 9 or
section 111, are statedin schedule 10.(2)Thefeesstatedinschedule10,table1,areannualfees,payable in arrears at the start of each
quarter.(3)If schedule 10, table 1, states a fee
for an authority, the fee ispayable by the
holder of the authority.(4)If schedule 10,
table 1, states a fee for a fishery symbol—(a)the
fee is for each fishery symbol of that type written ona
licence; and(b)the amount of the fee is—(i)iftheschedulestatesaunitoranareaforthefishery symbol—the amount stated for
each of theunits or areas; or(ii)otherwise—the amount stated for the symbol;
and(c)the fee is payable by the holder of
the licence; and(d)the fee is payable in addition to any
registration fee forthe licence stated in the table.(5)If a fee stated in schedule 10, table
1, is not paid as requiredunder subsection (4), the amount of
the fee becomes a debtpayable to the State.(6)If,underschedule10,afeeforamatterisstatedtobeatreasonable cost,
but no more than actual cost—(a)thechiefexecutivemustdecidetheamountthechiefexecutive
considers is the likely reasonable cost for thematter;
and
s
113145Fisheries Regulation 1995s
113B(b)iftheactualcostofdecidingthematterordoingthething
to which the fee relates is less than the fee paid,the
chief executive must refund to the person who paysthe
fee the difference between the fee paid and the actualcost.(7)In
this section—holder,ofalicenceorotherauthority,doesnotincludeatemporary transferee of the
licence.113Chief executive may refund or waive a
feeThe chief executive may, wholly or partly,
refund or waive afee payable under the Act.Examples—1Chief executive may refund part of a
fee for an authority if theauthority is surrendered before its
expiry.2Chiefexecutivemayrefundorwaiveafeeforassessinganapplication for an authority if the
application is withdrawn beforethe chief
executive decides the application.Division 5Codes for IDAS113APurpose of div 5This division
declares, under section 22(2)62of
the Act, thecodesforIDASforfisheriesdevelopmentthatisself-assessable development.113BCodes for building work in declared
fish habitat areaEach of the following documents, prepared
and held by thechiefexecutive,isacodeforIDASforself-assessabledevelopment
mentioned in the Planning Act, schedule 8, part2, table 1, item
3—62Section 22 (Integrated development
assessment system regulations and guidelines)of the
Act
s
113C146Fisheries Regulation 1995s
113E(a)thedocumentcalled‘Codeforself-assessabledevelopment—Maintenanceworksonexistinglawfulstructures (other than powerlines and
on-farm drains) inadeclaredfishhabitatareaorinvolvingtheremoval,destruction or
damage of marine plants’;(b)thedocumentcalled‘Codeforself-assessabledevelopment—Maintenanceworksonpowerlinesandassociatedpowerlineinfrastructureinadeclaredfishhabitatareaorinvolvingtheremoval,destructionordamage of marine plants’;(c)the minor impact works code.113CCode for material change of use of
premises foraquacultureThedocumentcalled‘Codeforself-assessabledevelopment—Lowimpactaquaculture’,preparedandheldby the chief
executive, is a code for IDAS for self-assessabledevelopment mentioned in the Planning Act,
schedule 8, part2, table 2, item 1.113DCodes
for operational work for constructing or raising awaterway barrier worksEach of the
following documents, prepared and held by thechiefexecutive,isacodeforIDASforself-assessabledevelopment
mentioned in the Planning Act, schedule 8, part2, table 4, item
2—(a)thedocumentcalled‘Codeforself-assessabledevelopment—Minorwaterwaybarrierworksonloworder inland
waterways’;(b)thedocumentcalled‘Codeforself-assessabledevelopment—Temporarywaterwaybarrierworksinfreshwater’.113ECodes
for operational work completely or partly within adeclared fish habitat areaEach
of the following documents, prepared and held by thechiefexecutive,isacodeforIDASforself-assessable
s
113F147Fisheries Regulation 1995s
113Fdevelopment mentioned in the Planning Act,
schedule 8, part2, table 4, item 3—(a)thedocumentcalled‘Codeforself-assessabledevelopment—Worksforeducational,researchormonitoringpurposesinadeclaredfishhabitatareaorinvolving the removal, destruction or
damage of marineplants’;(b)thedocumentcalled‘Codeforself-assessabledevelopment—Maintenanceworksonexistinglawfulstructures (other than powerlines and
on-farm drains) inadeclaredfishhabitatareaorinvolvingtheremoval,destruction or
damage of marine plants’;(c)thedocumentcalled‘Codeforself-assessabledevelopment—Maintenanceworksonpowerlinesandassociatedpowerlineinfrastructureinadeclaredfishhabitatareaorinvolvingtheremoval,destructionordamage of marine plants’;(d)the minor impact works code.113FCodes for operational work that is the
removal,destruction or damage of marine
plantsEach of the following documents, prepared
and held by thechiefexecutive,isacodeforIDASforself-assessabledevelopment
mentioned in the Planning Act, schedule 8, part2, table 4, item
4—(a)thedocumentcalled‘Codeforself-assessabledevelopment—Removalofdeadmarinewoodfromunallocated State land for trade or
commerce’;(b)thedocumentcalled‘Codeforself-assessabledevelopment—Worksforeducational,researchormonitoringpurposesinadeclaredfishhabitatareaorinvolving the removal, destruction or
damage of marineplants’;(c)thedocumentcalled‘Codeforself-assessabledevelopment—On-farmdrainmaintenanceworksinvolving the removal, destruction or damage
of marineplants’;
s
113G148Fisheries Regulation 1995s
114(d)thedocumentcalled‘Codeforself-assessabledevelopment—Maintenanceworksonexistinglawfulstructures (other than powerlines and
on-farm drains) inadeclaredfishhabitatareaorinvolvingtheremoval,destruction or
damage of marine plants’;(e)thedocumentcalled‘Codeforself-assessabledevelopment—Maintenanceworksonpowerlinesandassociatedpowerlineinfrastructureinadeclaredfishhabitatareaorinvolvingtheremoval,destructionordamage of marine plants’;(f)the minor impact works code.113GCodes available for inspection(1)A document mentioned in this division
is—(a)available for inspection by the public
during office hourson business days at the department’s head
office; and(b)published on the department’s
website.63(2)Also,apersonmayobtainacopyofthedocument,freeofcharge, from the department’s head
office.Part 13Transitional and
savingsprovisionsDivision 1Transitional provision for FisheriesAmendment Regulation (No. 1) 2004114Existing notice identity
numbersFromthecommencementofthissection,anoticeidentity63At the commencement of this
section—•the department’s head office was at 80
Ann Street, Brisbane•the department’s website was at
<www.dpi.qld.gov.au>.
s
115149Fisheries Regulation 1995s
116numberforSMunitsstatedonanoticeorcertificategivenunder
this regulation is taken to be the unit PIN for the SMunits.Division 2Transitional provision for Fisheriesand
other Legislation AmendmentRegulation (No.
1) 2006115Definition for div 2In
this division—unamendedregulationmeansthisregulationasinforceimmediately
before 1 July 2006.116Existing buyer licences, carrier boat
licences andcommercial fisher licences(1)This section applies to a buyer
licence, carrier boat licence orcommercialfisherlicence(anexistinglicence)inforceimmediately before 1 July 2006.(2)From 1 July 2006, the term of an
existing licence is taken tobe the term that
ends on its cancellation or surrender or otherexpiry under the
Act.(3)Thechiefexecutivemustissuetotheholderofanexistinglicence a licence
(thereplacement licence) of the same
type toreplace the existing licence.(4)The replacement licence—(a)must not take effect before 1 July
2006; and(b)mustbethesame,orsubstantiallythesameastheexisting licence it replaced.(5)However,thetermofthereplacementlicencemustbetheterm
mentioned in subsection (2).
s
117150Fisheries Regulation 1995s
117117Primary commercial fishing boat
licences under theunamended regulation(1)A
primary commercial fishing boat licence (theold
licence)under the unamended regulation that is
in force immediatelybefore1July2006is,on1July2006,takentobeacommercial fishing boat licence (theconverted licence).(2)If—(a)the
fishery symbol ‘L5’ was written on the old licence;and(b)thefisherysymbol‘L4’wasnotwrittenontheoldlicence;the
fishery symbol ‘L4’ is taken to be written on the convertedlicence instead of the fishery symbol
‘L5’.(3)For section 53(1)(b), the number of
other boats decided, undersection 33,64to be
authorised for use under a fishery symbolfor a commercial
fishery identified in the converted licence istaken to be the
following number (thedesignated numberoftender boats for the fishery symbol)—(a)forthefisherysymbol‘L4’ifsubsection(2)applies—the number of tender
commercial fishing boatlicencesundertheunamendedregulationschedule12,part
5,65in force for the fishery symbol ‘L5’
written onthe old licence;(b)forthefisherysymbol‘L4’ifsubsection(2)doesnotapply or if the
fishery symbol is ‘SM’, ‘L1’, ‘L2’, ‘L3’,‘L6’,‘L7’,‘R’or‘RQ’—thenumberoftendercommercialfishingboatsthat,undertheunamendedregulation, may
be used in the fishery with the primaryboat;(c)otherwise—an unlimited number.(4)The term of the converted licence is
taken to be the term thatends on its cancellation or surrender
or other expiry under theAct.64Section 33 (Requirement to decide number of
tender boats for particular licences)65Unamended regulation, schedule 12, part 5
(Line fishery (Queensland FisheriesJoint Authority
(No. 2))
s
118151Fisheries Regulation 1995s
118(5)The chief executive must issue to the
holder of the convertedlicenceacommercialfishingboatlicence(thereplacementlicence) to
replace the converted licence.(6)Subsection (5) applies despite section
42B.66(7)Subjecttosubsections(8)and(9),thereplacementlicencemust
be the same, or substantially the same, as the old licence.(8)The replacement licence—(a)must not take effect before 1 July
2006; and(b)must be for the term mentioned in
subsection (4); and(c)must, despite section 33,67provide, in the way requiredunderthatsection,foreachfisherysymbolwrittenonthelicence,tohavethedesignatednumberoftenderboats for the
fishery symbol.(9)If, under subsection (2), the fishery
symbol ‘L4’ is taken to bewritten on the converted licence, the
replacement licence—(a)must not have the fishery symbol ‘L5’
written on it; and(b)must have the fishery symbol ‘L4’
written on it togetherwiththedesignatednumberoftenderboatsforthefishery symbol,
in the way required under section 33.(10)Forafisherysymbolmovementapplicationrelatingtotheconverted or
replacement licence, the number of tender boatsfor each fishery
symbol written on the licence is to have beendecided under
section 33.118Authorities to take under the
unamended regulation(1)An authority to take under the
unamended regulation that is inforce immediately
before 1 July 2006 is, on 1 July 2006, takentobeacommercialharvestfisherylicence(theconvertedlicence).(2)The term of the
converted licence is taken to be the term thatends on its
cancellation or surrender or other expiry under theAct.66Section 42B
(Restrictions on writing fishery symbol ‘L4’)67Section 33 (Requirement to decide number of
tender boats for particular licences)
s
119152Fisheries Regulation 1995s
119(3)The chief executive may issue to the
holder of the convertedlicence a commercial harvest fishery
licence (thereplacementlicence) to
replace the converted licence.(4)The
replacement licence—(a)must not take effect before 1 July
2006; and(b)mustbethesame,orsubstantiallythesameastheconverted licence.(5)However,thetermofthereplacementlicencemustbetheterm
mentioned in subsection (2).119Particular general fisheries permits(1)Thissectionappliesifageneralfisheriespermitinforceimmediately
before 1 July 2006 authorises—(a)theconductofcommercialfishingtoursinoffshorewaters using a
boat; or(b)an activity mentioned in section 55 or
56.68(2)To the extent the
general fisheries permit authorises the tours,thepermitis,on1July2006,takentobeacharterfishinglicence (theconverted
licence) to conduct the tours.(3)The
term of the converted licence is taken to be the term thatends
on its cancellation or surrender or other expiry under theAct.(4)Thechiefexecutivemustissuetotheholderofthegeneralfisheries permit
a charter fishing licence (thenew
licence) toconduct the tours, to replace the
converted licence.(5)Totheextentthegeneralfisheriespermitisforactivitiesmentioned in
section 55, the permit is, on 1 July 2006, takento be
a developmental fishing permit for the same activities.(6)Thechiefexecutivemustissuetotheholderofthegeneralfisheriespermitadevelopmentalfishingpermitfortheactivities mentioned in subsection
(5).68Section 55 (Developmental fishing
permit) or 56 (Indigenous fishing permit)
s
120153Fisheries Regulation 1995s
120(7)Totheextentthegeneralfisheriespermitisforactivitiesmentioned in
section 56, the permit is, on 1 July 2006, takento be
an indigenous fishing permit for the same activities.(8)Thechiefexecutivemustissuetotheholderofthegeneralfisheries permit
an indigenous fishing permit for the activitiesmentioned in
subsection (7).(9)A licence or permit required to be
issued under this sectionmust not take effect before 1 July
2006.(10)The conditions of a licence or permit
issued under this sectionaretheconditionsofthegeneralfisheriespermitthatarerelevanttotheactivitiesauthorisedunderthelicenceorpermit.(11)This
section does not affect the general fisheries permit to theextent it is for activities not mentioned in
subsection (1).120Fees paid under old schedule 10(1)This section applies if—(a)before1July2006,apersonwhoholdsanauthoritypaysthechiefexecutiveanannualfeeunderoldschedule 10; and(b)thepaymentrelatestoallorpartofafinancialyearstarting on or after 1 July 2006; and(c)the amount paid is more than—(i)ifthepaymentwasforallofthefinancialyear—the fee
payable under new schedule 10 forthe year
(thenew schedule 10 fee); or(ii)ifthepaymentwasforpartofthefinancialyear—the
proportion of the fee payable under newschedule 10
attributable to that part of the year.(2)Thechiefexecutivemustcredittheamountoftheoverpayment to any future fees payable
under new schedule10 for authorities held by the person from 1
July 2006.(3)However, subsection (2) does not limit
section 113.6969Section 113
(Chief executive may refund or waive a fee)
s
121154Fisheries Regulation 1995s
121(4)In this section—new schedule
10means schedule 10 as in force from time
totime from 1 July 2006.old schedule
10means schedule 10 as in force from time
totime before 1 July 2006.overpaymentmeans the
difference between the amount of thepayment
and—(a)if the payment was for all of the
financial year—the newschedule 10 fee; or(b)if the payment was for part of the
financial year—theproportionofthefeepayableundernewschedule10attributable to that part of the
year.Division 3Savings
provisions for formerschedule 5BSubdivision
1Definitions121Definitions for div 3In this
division—eligible SM unit applicantmeans
a person who—(a)beforetheexpiryofformerschedule5B,madeanappeal that—(i)was
against a decision the subject of a notice undersection 21(1), 24(2) or 32(2) of the
schedule; and(ii)hadnotbeendecidedbeforetheexpiryoftheschedule; and(b)asaresultofthedecisionontheappeal,oralaterdecision made by the chief executive or the
tribunal, istheholderofalicenceonwhichthefisherysymbol‘SM’
has been written.relevant existing decisionsee
section 122(1)(a).
s
122155Fisheries Regulation 1995s
123relevant SM unit provisionssee
section 124(2)(a).SM unit decisionsee section
125(1).Subdivision 2Directions and
appeals relating torelevant existing decisions122Continuation of former sch 5B for
following tribunal’sdirections(1)This
section applies if—(a)beforetheexpiryofformerschedule5B,apersonappealedagainstadecision(arelevantexistingdecision) the subject of
a notice under former schedule5B, section
21(1), 24(2), 32(2) or 49(8); and(b)theappealis,orwas,decidedaftertheexpiryoftheschedule, whether before or after the
commencement ofthis section; and(c)in
deciding the appeal, the tribunal sets, or has set, therelevantexistingdecisionasideandreturns,orhasreturned,themattertothechiefexecutivewithdirections under section 199(1)(c) of
the Act.(2)To remove any doubt, for following the
directions, including,if directed by the tribunal, making a
decision, former schedule5B,parts1and2andpart3,divisions1to3,continuetoapply, and are taken to have always
applied, as if the schedulehad not expired.(3)Subsection (2) also applies, if in deciding
an appeal against adecisionmentionedinthesubsection,thetribunalsetsthedecisionasideandreturnsthemattertothechiefexecutivewith
directions under section 199(1)(c) of the Act.123Continuation of former sch 5B for deciding
certainappeals(1)This
section applies if—(a)beforetheexpiryofformerschedule5B,apersonappealed against a relevant existing
decision; and
s
124156Fisheries Regulation 1995s
125(b)the appeal has not been
decided.(2)This section also applies if a person
appeals against a decisionmentioned in section 122(2).(3)Fordecidingtheappeal,former schedule
5B, parts 1 and 2and part 3, divisions 1 to 3, continue to
apply, and are taken tohave always applied, as if the
schedule had not expired.Subdivision 3Applications for
SM units124Continuation of former sch 5B for
eligible SM unitapplicant applying for SM units(1)AneligibleSMunitapplicantmayapplytothechiefexecutive, under
former schedule 5B, part 3, for the issue ofSM units.(2)For an eligible SM unit applicant
making the application andthe application being decided—(a)thefollowingprovisionsofformerschedule5B(therelevant SM unit
provisions) continue to apply as if theschedule had not expired—(i)parts 1 and 2;(ii)part
3, divisions 1 to 3, other than sections 36(2),section37,definitioneligibleholder,47(e),48(2)(a) and 56;
and(b)a reference in a relevant SM unit
provision to an eligibleholder is taken to be a reference to
an eligible SM unitapplicant.125Continuation of former sch 5B for deciding
appealsagainst SM unit decisions(1)Subsection (3) applies if an eligible
SM unit applicant appealsagainstadecisionmadeunderformerschedule5B,section49(1), as applied
under section 124(2), (anSM unit decision).(2)Subsection(3)alsoappliesifaneligibleSMunitapplicantappeals against a
decision mentioned in section 126(2).
s
126157Fisheries Regulation 1995s
126(3)For deciding the appeal, the relevant
SM unit provisions, aschangedundersection124(2)(b),continuetoapplyasifformer schedule 5B had not
expired.126Continuation of former sch 5B for
following tribunal’sdirections(1)Subsection (2) applies if, in deciding an
appeal against an SMunit decision, the tribunal sets the
decision aside and returnsthe matter to the chief executive with
directions under section199(1)(c) of the Act.(2)Forfollowingthedirections,including,ifdirectedbythetribunal, making a decision, the
relevant SM unit provisions,aschangedundersection124(2)(b),continuetoapplyasifformer schedule 5B had not
expired.(3)Subsection (2) also applies, if in
deciding an appeal against adecisionmentionedinthesubsection,thetribunalsetsthedecisionasideandreturnsthemattertothechiefexecutivewith
directions under section 199(1)(c) of the Act.
158Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2Closed
waters—commercialfishingsections 16(1)
and 17(1)Part 1Taking or
possessing any fishDivision 1Fish taken under
any fisherysymbol1Prohibited activitiesTakingorpossessinganyfishinwatersdescribedinthisdivision is prohibited.15Coombabah Lake and Coombabah
CreekCoombabahLake,andtidalwatersofCoombabahCreekupstream from the lake.16Swan
Bay, North Stradbroke IslandSwan Bay, and
tidal waters of the unnamed creek joining thebay’s northern
end.18Pumicestone StraitPumicestone
Strait.19Mary RiverWatersoftheMaryRiverfromtheMaryRiverBarrageto400m
downstream of the barrage.
159Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)20Tinana CreekWatersofTinanaCreekfromtheTinanaCreekBarrageto400m downstream of the barrage.21Fraser Island between Indian Head and
Waddy Point(1)Eastern foreshore waters of Fraser
Island and waters within400m out to sea from the eastern shore
at low water, between400m north of Waddy Point and 400m
south of Indian Head.(2)The waters are
closed from midday on 1 August to midday on30
September.22Burnett RiverWaters of the
Burnett River from the Burnett Barrage to 400mdownstream of the
barrage.23Kolan RiverWaters of the
Kolan River from the Kolan Barrage to 400mdownstream of the
barrage.24Fitzroy RiverWaters of the
Fitzroy River from the Fitzroy Barrage to 400mdownstream of the
barrage.30Keppel Bay near Middle Island
ObservatoryKeppelBaywithina150mradiusoftheMiddleIslandUnderwater Observatory.33Hook
IslandWaters within a 100m radius of the Hook
Island Observatory.
160Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)33AYanks
Jetty at Orpheus IslandWatersunderorwithin100mofYanksJettyatOrpheusIsland.35Centenary Lakes, CairnsSaltwaterCreek,LilyCreekandlakesjoiningthecreeks,between
Greenslopes Street and Collins Avenue, Cairns.36Barron RiverThe Barron River,
at the place commonly known as BarronWaters, between
F↑B signs on opposite sides of the river
nearits junction with Stony Creek and near its
junction with CampOven Creek.37Mission BayMission Bay south
of a line between Cape Grafton and FalseCape, and waters
flowing into that part of the bay.38Bizant River, Princess Charlotte BayGermanBarLagoon,andtheBizantRiverfromtheroadcrossingcommonlyknownasGermanBardownstreamfor2km.39South Mitchell
RiverThe South Mitchell River and waterways
joining it, other thanSurprise Creek, between F↑B signs near the river’s banks
andF↑B signs near its
junction with Surprise Creek.40Torres Strait near Hammond IslandWaters within the following boundary—•from Turtle Head, Hammond Island, to
Hammond Rock•to 1n mile east of Menmuir Point,
Hammond Island
161Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)•to
the northern tip of Kapuda Island•to
Bruce Point, Hammond Island•alongtheeasternshoreofHammondIslandtoTurtleHead.Division 2Fish taken under
fishery symbol C1,L1, L6, L7, N1, N2, N6, N7, N8, SM orT4Subdivision 1Flat Rock grey
nurse sharkprotection area40AProhibited activities(1)The
following activities are prohibited—(a)takinganyfishunderthefisherysymbol‘C1’,‘L1’,‘L6’,
‘L7’, ‘N1’, ‘N2’, ‘N6’, ‘N7’, ‘N8’, ‘SM’ or ‘T4’ inwaters described in this subdivision;(b)possessingafishtakenincontraventionofparagraph(a).(2)However,subsection(1)(a)doesnotapplytofishtakenbysurface trolling in the western Flat Rock
protection area from6a.m. to 6p.m. on any day if the fish are
taken—(a)underthefisherysymbol‘L1’,‘L6’,‘L7’or‘SM’written on an SM (Flat Rock) fishery
licence; and(b)in accordance with any conditions
stated in the licence.40BFlat Rock grey
nurse shark protection areaWaterswithina1.2kmradiusoflatitude27º23.41'south,longitude
153º33.07' east.
162Fisheries Regulation 1995Subdivision 2Schedule 2
(continued)Other grey nurse shark protectionareas40CProhibited activitiesThe following
activities are prohibited—(a)takinganyfishunderthefisherysymbol‘C1’,‘L1’,‘L6’,
‘L7’, ‘N1’, ‘N2’, ‘N6’, ‘N7’, ‘N8’, ‘SM’ or ‘T4’ inwaters described in this subdivision;(b)possessingafishtakenincontraventionofparagraph(a).40DHenderson Rock grey nurse shark
protection areaWaterswithina1.2kmradiusoflatitude27º07.92'south,longitude
153º28.71' east.40ECherub’s Cave grey nurse shark
protection areaWaterswithina1.2kmradiusoflatitude27º07.67'south,longitude
153º28.67' east.40FWolf Rock grey nurse shark protection
areaWaterswithina1.2kmradiusoflatitude25º54.60'south,longitude
153º11.85' east.Division 3Fish taken under
fishery symbol A1or A240GProhibited activitiesThe following
activities are prohibited—(a)taking any fish,
other than coral reef fin fish,70under
the70For coral reef fin fish, see the Coral
Reef Plan.
163Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)fishery symbol
‘A1’ or ‘A2’ in waters described in thisdivision;(b)possessingafishtakenincontraventionofparagraph(a).40HWolf Rock grey nurse shark protection
areaWaterswithina1.2kmradiusoflatitude25º54.60'south,longitude
153º11.85' east.Part 2Taking or
possessing certainfish41Prohibited
activitiesThe following activities are prohibited in
waters described inthis division—(a)taking a stated fish in waters described in
this part;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention
of paragraph (a).42Platypus Bay(1)Platypus Bay, Fraser Island, and waterways
joining the bay,eastofalinebetweenF↑BsignsatRooneyPointandCoongul Point, Fraser Island.(2)Subsection (1) applies only to the
following fish—(a)barracuda;(b)black
king-fish;(c)catfish of the family Aariidae;(d)narrow-barred or spanish
mackerel;(e)queenfish;
164Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(f)slender barracuda;(g)yellowtail king-fish.43Eurimbula Creek (north of Round Hill
Creek)(1)Eurimbula Creek and waterways joining
it.(2)Subsection (1) applies only to mud
crabs.44South of latitude 20° south (near
Bowen) or west oflongitude 143° east(1)Waters south of latitude 20º south or waters
west of longitude143º east.(2)Subsection (1) applies only to
bêche-de-mer.45Fitzroy Island and High Island (near
Cairns)(1)Foreshore waters of Fitzroy Island and
High Island and waterswithin 400m out to sea from the shore
of each island at lowwater.(2)Subsection (1) does not apply to fin
fish.46Darnley Island, Torres Strait(1)Darnley Island foreshore waters west
of longitude 143º46'4"east.(2)Subsection (1) applies only to pearl
oysters.46AWaters adjacent to north Cape
York(1)Waters within the following
boundary—•fromwherelatitude10º44.97'southintersectsthemainlandshoreatFlyPointtowherelongitude142º37.26'eastintersectsthesoutherntipofAlbanyIsland•along the southern and western shore
of Albany Island
165Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)to where latitude
10º42.96' south intersects the shore atthe Island’s
north-western tip•tothenavigationallightonEboracIsland,approximately at latitude 10º40.95' south
and longitude142º31.96' east•towherelongitude142º24.40'eastintersectsthenorthern tip of Possession Island•alongthenorthernandeasternshoresofPossessionIsland to where
longitude 142º23.16' east intersects theshore at the
Island’s southern tip•totheintersectionoflatitude 10º52.87' south with theeastern shore of Woody Wallis Island•towherelongitude142º06.56'eastintersectsthenorthern shore of Crab Island•alongthewesternshoreofCrabIslandtowherelongitude142º06.46'eastintersectstheshoreattheIsland’s southern tip•to where latitude 10º59.84' south
intersects the mainlandshore south of Slade Point•alongthemainlandshoreinanortherlyandeasterlydirection to
where latitude 10º44.97' south intersects themainland shore at
Fly Point.(2)Subsection (1) applies only to black
jewfish.46BParticular foreshores of Wynnum(1)The following foreshore waters of
Wynnum—(a)the foreshore waters adjacent to the
Esplanade betweenitsintersectionwiththesouthernsideofCedarStreetand
its intersection with the northern side of CharlotteStreet;(b)theforeshorewaterswithin100mofhighwatermarkbetween the northern bank of Lota
Creek and the rockgroineextendingseawardsnearthenorthernendofWynnum North Esplanade.
166Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(2)Subsection (1) applies only to worms
belonging to the classPolychaeta.Part
3Taking or possessing somefish
and using or possessingsome apparatusDivision 1Fish
other than fin fish47Prohibited activities(1)The following activities are
prohibited in waters described inthis
division—(a)taking fish;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention of
paragraph (a);(c)possessing commercial fishing
apparatus.(2)Subsection (1) does not apply to fin
fish taken with a fishingrod or line or possession of a fishing
rod or line.48Michaelmas CayMichaelmasCayforeshorewatersandwaterswithin400mout to sea from the shore at low
water.49Upolu CayUpolu Cay
foreshore waters and waters within 400m out tosea from the
shore at low water.
167Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 2Schedule 2
(continued)Narrow-barred mackerel50Prohibited activitiesThe following
activities are prohibited in waters described inthis
division—(a)usingcommercialfishingnetstotakenarrow-barredmackerel;(b)possessingnarrow-barredmackereltakenincontravention of paragraph (a).51Waters east of longitude 142º09' eastWaters east of
longitude 142º09' east.Division 3Spotted
mackerel51AProhibited activities(1)The following activities are
prohibited in waters described inthis
division—(a)using commercial fishing nets to take
spotted mackerel;(b)possessingspottedmackereltakenincontraventionofparagraph (a).(2)Subsection (1) does not apply to a person
if—(a)the person—(i)took
the spotted mackerel using a net; and(ii)didnotintendtotakespottedmackerelbyusingthe net;
and(iii)couldnotreasonablyhaveavoidedtakingthespotted mackerel; and(b)the person possesses no more than 15
spotted mackerel.
168Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)51BAll
watersAll Queensland waters.Division 4Tailor51CProhibited activitiesThe following
activities are prohibited in waters described inthis
division—(a)using commercial fishing nets to take
tailor;(b)possessingtailortakenincontraventionofparagraph(a).51DFraser IslandThe following
waters of Fraser Island—(a)eastern foreshore
waters and waters within 200m fromthe shore at low
water, between Hook Point and SandyCape; and(b)western foreshore waters and waters
within 200m fromthe shore at low water, between Sandy Cape
and SandyPoint.
169Fisheries Regulation 1995Part
4Schedule 2 (continued)Taking or
possessing any fishand using or possessingcertain fishing
apparatusDivision 1Fishing with
commercial fishingnets52Prohibited
activitiesThe following activities are prohibited in
waters described inthis division—(a)using
a net to take fish;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention
of paragraph (a);(c)possessing a net.53Lakes
and lagoons south of Endeavour River and east oflongitude 142°31'49" east(1)AlllakesandlagoonssouthofthenorthernbankoftheEndeavour River and east of longitude
142º31'49" east.(2)Thewatersareclosedfrom6p.m.onFridayto6p.m.onSunday if they are not otherwise closed
during the period.54Currumbin BeachForeshore waters
and waters within 400m out to sea from theshore at low
water, between the northern tip of Elephant Rockandtheshore’sintersectionwiththeshortestlinefromthenorthern tip of
Currumbin Rock to the shore.55Currumbin CreekCurrumbin Creek
and waterways joining it.
170Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)56Tallebudgera CreekTallebudgera
Creek and waterways joining it.57Tallebudgera Creek to Burleigh(1)Foreshore waters and waters within
400m out to sea from theshoreatlowwater,betweenthesouthernbankofTallebudgera Creek and a point on the
shore in line with thenorthern edge of First Avenue,
Burleigh Heads.(2)The waters are closed from 1 September
to 30 April.58The Broadwater (southern part) and the
Nerang RiverThe following waters—(a)the
Nerang River and waterways joining it;(b)the
part of The Broadwater upstream of a line between apoint
on the shore of The Broadwater in line with thenorthern edge of
Stevens Street, Southport and an F↑Bsign on the shore of The Spit near the
floating helipadnear Seaworld.59Gold
Coast SeawayThe Gold Coast Seaway within the following
boundary—•fromanF↑BsignwestoftheSeawayToweronthenorthernshoreofTheSpittoanF↑BsignonSouthStradbroke Island
west of the island’s southern tip•along
the island’s southern shore to the seaward end ofthe
Seaway’s northern breakwater wall•to
the seaward end of the Seaway’s southern breakwaterwall
at Nerang Head on The Spit•along The Spit’s
northern shore to the F↑B sign west
ofthe Seaway Tower on The Spit’s northern
shore.
171Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)60The
Broadwater (central part)(1)The Broadwater
within the following boundary—•fromanF↑BsignontheoppositesideofTheBroadwater’s western navigation channel from
a pointon the shore in line with the northern edge
of StevensStreet, Southport, along the eastern edge of
the channelto the flashing green beacon nearest to the
northern tipof Carters Bank•to
the southern tip of Crab Island•to an
F↑B sign on South Stradbroke Island
westerly ofthe island’s southern tip•to an F↑B
sign westerly of the Seaway Tower on TheSpit’s northern
shore•along The Spit’s shore by the shortest
route to an F↑Bsign near the
floating helipad near Seaworld•totheF↑BsignontheoppositesideofTheBroadwater’s western navigation channel from
a pointon the shore in line with the northern edge
of StevensStreet, Southport.(2)The
waters are closed from 1 August to the end of February.(3)However, from 1 September to 30
November the waters arenot closed from 6p.m. to 6a.m. Sunday
to Friday.61The Broadwater (western part)The
Broadwater within the following boundary—•from
a point on the shore in line with the northern edgeof
Stevens Street, Southport, along the shore to an F↑Bsign near the
southern bank of the southern branch ofthe Coomera
River•towards the north-western tip of the
northernmost islandof the Sovereign Islands for 140m•alongalineparallelto,and140mfrom,SovereignIsland’s western
shore, to a line from an F↑B sign at
thecorner of the Esplanade and Nankeen Avenue,
Paradise
172Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)Point to the
northern tip of Ephraim Island•to
the northern tip of Ephraim Island•to
the southern tip of Ephraim Island•to
the northern tip of Crab Island•to
the southern tip of Crab Island•to
the flashing green beacon marking the eastern edge ofthe
western navigation channel, nearest to Carters Bank•along the channel’s eastern edge to an
F↑B sign in linewith the northern
edge of Stevens Street, Southport•to
the point on the shore in line with the northern edgeof
Stevens Street, Southport.62Coombabah Creek,
Oyster Lake and Saltwater CreekSaltwaterCreekandCoombabahCreek(includingOysterLake), downstream from Coombabah
Lake.63Coomera RiverThesouthernbranchoftheCoomeraRiverdownstreamofF↑Bsignsonoppositesidesofthesouthernbranchatitsjunction with the river’s northern
branch.64Dunwich(1)North
Stradbroke Island foreshore waters between F↑B
signsabout800meithersideoftheHaroldWalkerJettyatDunwich.(2)The
waters are closed from 1 August to 30 April.65Manly
Boat HarbourManly Boat Harbour and its foreshores, up to
a line betweenthe seaward ends of the harbour’s
breakwaters.
173Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)66Wynnum and ManlyForeshore waters
between the northern breakwater of ManlyBoat Harbour and
the southern bank of Wynnum Creek.67Brisbane RiverThe following
waters—(a)theBrisbaneRiver,upstreamofalinebetweenthenortherntipofthenorthernmostwharfonFishermanIslandsandthemainlandpassingthroughtherear(seaward) lead of
the Lytton Rocks Reach about 900mdownstream from
Luggage Point;(b)waterways joining the waters described
in paragraph (a)(otherthanthepartoftheBoatPassageeastofthebridge between Whyte Island and Fisherman
Islands).68Brisbane Airport floodway channel to
the Pine RiverThe following waters—(a)waterwaysflowingintoMoretonBaybetweenthesouthern bank of the Brisbane Airport
floodway channeland the southern tip of the Houghton
Highway;(b)waterwaysjoiningthewaterwaysdescribedinparagraph (a);(c)MoretonBayforeshorewatersbetweenthesouthernbank of the
Brisbane Airport floodway channel and thesouthern tip of
the Houghton Highway;(d)Jacksons Creek
(which joins the floodway channel nearthe channel’s
banks).69Sandgate PierBramble Bay
under, and within 200m of, the Sandgate Pier.70South
Pine River and North Pine RiverThe following
waters—
174Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(a)the
South Pine River upstream of F↑B
signs on oppositesidesoftheriver,about1.5kmupstreamfromitsjunction with the
North Pine River, at a place commonlyknown as Stones
Corner;(b)the North Pine River upstream of
F↑B signs on oppositesidesoftheriverabout2.5kmupstreamfromthenorthbound bridge
across the river near the start of theBruce
Highway.71Moreton Bay (including The
Broadwater)(1)Moreton Bay and waterways joining
it.(2)Thewatersareclosedfrom6p.m.onFridayto6p.m.onSunday if they are not otherwise closed
during the period.71ANorth Stradbroke Island—northern
beaches(1)Waterswithin200mfromtheshoreatlowwaterbetweenNorth
Gorge71and Adder Rock.(2)The
waters are closed from 20 September to 1 April.72Bribie Island’s eastern shore and the sand
spit at KingsBeachThe following
waters—(a)easternforeshorewatersofBribieIslandbetweenlatitude26º50.06'southontheisland’sshoreandtheisland’s northern tip;(b)foreshore waters at Caloundra between
the groyne at thesouthernendofKingsBeachandthewesterntipofBulcock
Beach.73Caloundra—Kings Beach to Shelly
Beach(1)Foreshore waters and waters within
400m out to sea from the71North Gorge is at
the southern end of Frenchman’s Beach.
175Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)shore at low
water, between the following lines—(a)a
line running south-east from the southern end of thesandspitbetweenKingsBeachandBulcockBeach,Caloundra;(b)alinerunningeast-north-eastouttoseafromanF↑Bsign at the southern end of Shelly
Beach, Caloundra.(2)The waters are closed from 1 January
to the end of Februaryand from 1 August to 31
December.74Currimundi Lake and Currimundi Creek
near CaloundraCurrimundi Lake, Currimundi Creek, and
waterways joiningthe lake and creek.75Mooloolah RiverThe Mooloolah
River and waterways joining it, upstream of aline between the
seaward ends of the breakwaters at its banks.76South
Maroochy River and the North Maroochy RiverTheMaroochyRiverupstreamofthejunctionbetweenitsnorthern and southern branches.77Maroochy River and ocean
foreshoresThe following waters—(a)theMaroochyRiverandwaterwaysjoiningit,downstream of a line between an
F↑B sign on the river’ssouthernsidenearthepublicboatrampattheplacecommonly known as
the Cod Hole and an F↑B sign onthe
opposite side of the river;(b)oceanforeshorewatersfor400m(measuredalongtheshore) from each bank of the Maroochy
River;(c)waters within 400m out to sea from the
part of the shoredescribed in paragraph (b) at low
water.
176Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)78Noosa
River and Noosa’s main beachThe following
waters—(a)the Noosa River downstream of a line
between an F↑Bsignontheriver’ssouthernsidenearThomasStreet,Noosaville and an F↑B
sign on the opposite side of theriver;(b)foreshore waters of Noosa’s main beach
between FirstPoint and the southern bank of the Noosa
River.79Weyba CreekWeyba Creek and
waterways joining it, downstream of LakeWeyba.80Lake Como, Kin Kin Creek, the upper
Noosa River andLake CootharabaLake Como, Kin
Kin Creek, the Noosa River and the part ofLake Cootharaba
north of the following line—•from
an F↑B sign on Lake Cootharaba’s
north-westernshore to an F↑B
sign on the southern tip of the peninsulaon the eastern
side of Shark Bay (which is part of thelake)•to an F↑B
sign at the southern tip of Kinaba Island•to an
F↑B sign on Lake Cootharaba’s eastern
shore.81Noosa River—ocean foreshore north of
its northern bank(1)Foreshore waters for 400m (measured
along the shore) northofthenorthernbankoftheNoosaRiverandwaterswithin400m
out to sea from that part of the shore at low water.(2)The waters are closed from 1 May to 31
August.82Waterways south of Double Island
Point(1)WaterwayssouthofDoubleIslandPointandwaterwaysjoining
them.
177Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(2)Thewatersareclosedfrom6p.m.onFridayto6p.m.onSunday if they are not otherwise closed
during the period.83Rainbow BeachWide Bay
foreshore waters and waters within 400m from theshore
at low water, between F↑B signs about 3km
south, and1km north, of Eight Mile Rocks at Rainbow
Beach.84Wide Bay BarWaters within the
following boundary—•from an F↑B
sign at Inskip Point near the flashing whitenavigation lead
on the shore, west for about 1.3km to anF↑B sign•to an
F↑B sign on the southern shore of Fraser
Islandabout 3km west of Hook Point•to an F↑B
sign at Hook Point near the south-eastern tipof Fraser
Island•to the F↑B
sign at Inskip Point near the flashing whitenavigation
lead.85Fraser Island—Hook Point to northern
tip(1)FraserIsland’seasternforeshorewatersandwaterswithin200m
out to sea from the shore at low water, between an F↑Bsign at Hook
Point and the northern tip of Fraser Island.(2)The
waters are closed from midday on 1 September to middayon 1
April.85AFraser Island—Tooloora Creek to Ngkala
Rocks(1)FraserIsland’seasternforeshorewatersandwaterswithin200m
from the shore at low water, between Tooloora Creekand
the Northern end of North Ngkala Rocks.(2)The
waters are closed from midday on 1 April to midday on 1September.
178Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)86Snapper Creek near Tin Can BaySnapper Creek and waterways joining it,
upstream of a linebetween F↑B
signs near its banks.87Great Sandy
Strait(1)Great Sandy Strait, Tin Can Inlet and
waterways joining thestrait and inlet, between the
following lines—(a)alinefromtheeasterntipofPointVernontoSandyPoint, Fraser
Island;(b)alinebetweenF↑BsignsatInskipPointandHookPoint, Fraser
Island.(2)The waters are closed—(a)from 2p.m. Friday to 2p.m. Sunday from
1 February to30 November; and(b)from
6p.m. Friday to 6p.m. Sunday from 1 December to31
January.88Hervey BayThe following
waters of Hervey Bay—(a)waters west of
the following line—•from the eastern tip of Point Vernon
to the seawardend of the public jetty at Scarness•to the seaward end of the Urangan
jetty•to the seaward end of the southern
rock wall of theUrangan Boat Harbour;(b)foreshore waters of the bay between Sixth
and SecondAvenues, Woodgate.89Theodolite CreekTheodolite Creek
and waterways joining it upstream of a linebetween F↑B signs near its banks.
179Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)90Coonar CreekCoonarCreekandwaterwaysjoiningit,upstreamofalinebetween F↑B signs near its banks.91Burnett RiverThe Burnett
River—(a)upstream of a line between F↑B signs on opposite sidesof
the river near its junction with Bundaberg Creek; and(b)downstreamofalinebetweenF↑Bsignsonoppositesides of the
river near the western tip of Harriett Island.92Round
Hill CreekRound Hill Creek and waterways joining it,
upstream of a linebetweenF↑Bsignsatthecreek’snorthernbankandthenortherntipofthe1770CampingGrounds,CaptainCookDrive, at the Town of Seventeen
Seventy.93Eurimbula CreekEurimbula Creek
and waterways joining it, upstream of a linebetween F↑B signs near its banks.94Rodds HarbourRodds Harbour and
waterways joining it, within the followingboundary—•from the eastern tip of Blackney Point
to the eastern tipof Bird Island•to
the western bank of Mort Creek, Rodds Peninsula•along
the shore to Blackney Point.95Wild
Cattle Creek(1)Wild Cattle Creek (also known as Red
Cliff Creek) betweenthe following lines—
180Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(a)a
line from an F↑B sign at the creek’s northern bank
tothe F↑B
sign at the northern tip of Wild Cattle Island;(b)a
line from an F↑B sign about 1600m (measured
alongthe bank) upstream from the F↑B sign at the northern tipofWildCattleIslandtoanF↑Bsignontheoppositebank of Wild
Cattle Creek.(2)The waters are closed from 1 September
to 30 April.96Boyne River and part of South Trees
Inlet(1)The Boyne River and waterways joining
it, upstream from aline between F↑B
signs near its banks.(2)SouthTreesInletbetweenthenorthernedgeofthebridgeover
the inlet on Boyne Island Road and the inlet’s junctionwith
the Boyne River.(3)Thewatersdescribedinthissectionareclosedfrom1September to 30 April.97Tannum Sands(1)Foreshore waters between F↑B signs near the southern bankoftheBoyneRiverandthenorthernbankofWildCattleCreek
(also known as Red Cliff Creek).(2)The
waters are closed from 1 September to 30 April.98Calliope RiverThe Calliope
River and waterways joining it, upstream of aline passing
through F↑B signs on opposite sides of the
rivernear the south-western tip of Farmers
Island.99The Narrows near Curtis Island(1)The waters between a line from an
F↑B sign near the southernbank
of the Boyne River to Gatcombe Head, Facing Island,andalinefromSeaHillPoint,CurtisIsland,toCardiganPoint, Balaclava
Island.
181Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(2)The
waters are closed from 6p.m. Friday to 6p.m. Sunday.(3)Forsubsection(1),theboundaryoftheNarrowsbetweenFacingIslandandCurtisIslandisalinefromNorthPoint,Facing Island, to South End, Curtis
Island.100Fitzroy River and waters near its
mouth(1)WatersnearthebanksoftheFitzroyRiverwithinthefollowing boundary—•from
Cardigan Point, Balaclava Island, to Cattle Point•to Sea Hill Point, Curtis
Island•to Cardigan Point, Balaclava
Island.(2)TheFitzroyRiverandwaterwaysjoiningit,upstreamofaline72—•from the
intersection between longitude 150º40.14' eastand the northern
bank of the river;73•totheintersectionbetweenlongitude150º40.34'eastand the southern bank of the
river.74(3)The waters
described in subsection (1) are closed from 6p.m.on
Friday to 6p.m. on Sunday.101Point Vernon to
Cape Manifold(1)Waterways flowing into the ocean
between Point Vernon andCape Manifold, other than the
following waters—(a)theFitzroyRiverandCasuarinaCreekbetweenalinefromCattlePointonthemainlandtoCardiganPoint,BalaclavaIsland,andelectricitytransmissionlines72Note, the line runs across the Fitzroy
River at the part of the river commonly knownas the cut
through.73The intersection between longitude
150º40.14' east and the northern bank of
theFitzroy River is approximately at latitude
23º30.19' south, longitude 150º40.14' east.74The
intersection between longitude 150º40.34' east and the southern bank of
theFitzroy River is approximately at latitude
23º30.39' south, longitude 150º40.34' east.
182Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)across the
Fitzroy River at the Lakes Creek Meatworks;(b)waterways (other than Connor Creek, Kamiesh
Passage,InkermanCreekandRaglanCreek)joiningwatersdescribed in paragraph (a).(2)Waterways joining the closed waters in
subsection (1).(3)Thewatersareclosedfrom6p.m.onFridayto6p.m.onSunday if they are not otherwise closed
during the period.102Cawarral CreekCawarral Creek
and waterways joining it, upstream of the linebetween F↑B signs near its banks.103Causeway Lake, Shoal BayCausewayLakeandwaterwaysjoiningit,upstreamoftheShoal Bay Causeway on the Yeppoon–Emu
Park Road.104Water Park CreekWaterParkCreek(whichflowsintoCorioBay)andwaterways joining it, upstream of the
shortest line across thecreek at the place commonly known as
Kelly’s Landing (about2.6km from the creek’s banks).105St. Lawrence Creek to Endeavour
River(1)Waterways between the northern bank of
St. Lawrence Creekand the northern bank of the Endeavour
River.(2)Thewatersareclosedfrom6p.m.onFridayto6p.m.onSunday if they are not otherwise closed
during the period.106Rocky Dam CreekRockyDamCreek(whichflowsintoLlewellynBay)andwaterways joining it, upstream of a
line between F↑B signs onoppositesidesofthecreekabout100mupstreamofthecreek’s junction with Cherry Tree
Creek.
183Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)107Louisa CreekLouisaCreek(whichflowsintoDalrympleBay)andwaterways joining it, upstream of a
line between F↑B signsnear its
banks.108Pioneer RiverThe Pioneer River
and waterways joining it, upstream of thePioneer Bridge at
Mackay.109Reliance Creek, west of EimioReliance Creek and waterways joining it,
upstream of a linebetween F↑B
signs near its banks.110Constant
CreekConstant Creek and waterways joining it,
upstream of a linebetween F↑B
signs near its banks.111Seaforth
CreekSeaforth Creek (which is north of
Mackay).112Victor CreekVictor
Creek.113Proserpine RiverThe Proserpine
River and waterways joining it, upstream of aline between
F↑B signs near its banks.114Pioneer BayPioneer Bay south
of the following line—•fromanF↑BsignatMandalayPointtoanF↑Bsignnear
the intersection of Broadwater Avenue and Ocean
184Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)View Avenue,
Airlie Beach•to an F↑B
sign at the eastern tip of Pigeon Island•to an
F↑B sign on the mainland shore about 2km
southfrom Bluff Point.115Merinda CreekMerindaCreek(alsoknownasMeatworksCreek)andwaterways joining it, upstream of a
line between F↑B signsnear its
banks.116Bowen Harbour and Magazine
IslandForeshorewatersofBowenHarbour,betweenthesouthernbank of Doughty
Creek and the eastern tip of the harbour’sentrance.117Groper Creek, Yellow Gin Creek and the
Burdekin RiverThe following waters—(a)Groper Creek and Yellow Gin Creek upstream
of a linebetweenanF↑Bsignontheshorenorth-easterlyofBeach
Hill and an F↑B sign at the southern tip of
PetersIsland;(b)the
Burdekin River upstream of a line between an F↑Bsign near the southern tip of Rita
Island and an F↑B signat the eastern
tip of Peter’s Island;(c)waterwaysjoiningthewatersdescribedinparagraphs(a) and
(b).118Burdekin RiverTheBurdekinRiverAnabranchandwaterwaysjoiningit,upstream of a line between an F↑B sign near the anabranch’snorthern bank and an F↑B
sign at its opposite bank near thenorth-eastern tip
of Rita Island.
185Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)119Plantation Creek and Seaforth CreekPlantation Creek and waterways joining it,
upstream of a linebetweenF↑Bsignsonoppositesidesofthecreekatthedownstream side
of its junction with Seaforth Creek.120Haughton River and the Short CutThe
following waters—(a)the Haughton River and waterways
joining it, upstreamof a line between an F↑B
sign near the river’s easternbank (near Big
Beach) and an F↑B sign on the oppositeside
of the river near the north-western tip of ConnorsIsland;(b)the
channel commonly known as the Short Cut, betweenthe
Haughton River and Barramundi Creek.121Barramundi CreekBarramundiCreekandwaterwaysjoiningit,upstreamofaline between F↑B
signs on opposite sides of the creek near itsjunction with the
channel commonly known as the Short Cut.122Townsville Harbour and Cleveland Bay(1)Townsville Harbour between the
following lines—(a)a line between an F↑B sign near the landward end of
theoil tanker berth and an F↑B sign at the landward end ofthe
harbour’s western breakwater;(b)a
line between the seaward tip of the harbour’s easternbreakwaterandthenortherntipoftherocksatthenorth-eastern end
of the western breakwater.(2)Cleveland Bay,
outside Townsville Harbour, within 400m ofthe mainland
shore at low water and between the followinglines—(a)alinerunningnorth-eastfromthepointontheshore(near
the landward end of the oil tanker berth) where the
186Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)easternbreakwaterofTownsvilleHarbourmeetstherock
seawall at the breakwater’s landward end;(b)a
line running north-east from Kissing Point.(3)For
subsection (2), the mainland shore—(a)at
the harbour entrance, is taken to be a line from theseaward tip of the eastern breakwater to the
northern tipoftherocksatthenorth-easternendofthewesternbreakwater; and(b)istakentoextendtotheseawardtipofanyartificialstructure on the shore.123Rollingstone CreekWaterswithinan800mradiusoftheF↑BsignnearthesouthernbankofRollingstoneCreek(whichflowsintoHalifax Bay).124Herbert RiverThe Herbert River
and waterways joining it, upstream of thebridge across the
river on the Ingham to Halifax-BemersideRoad.125Hinchinbrook Channel(1)HinchinbrookChannelandwaterwaysjoiningit,betweenalinefromLucindaPointtoGeorgePoint,HinchinbrookIsland, and a
line from Hecate Point, Hinchinbrook Island, tothe northern bank
of Meunga Creek.(2)Thewatersareclosedfrom6p.m.onFridayto6p.m.onSunday.126Meunga CreekMeungaCreek(whichflowsintoRockinghamBay)andwaterways joining it, upstream of a
line between F↑B signsnear its
banks.
187Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)127Murray RiverThe Murray River
(which flows into Rockingham Bay) andwaterways joining
it, upstream of a line running west acrossthe river through
the northern tip of the island at the banks ofBedford
Creek.128Johnstone RiverThe Johnstone
River and waterways joining it, upstream of aline,acrosstheriver,passingthroughthewesterntipofBananaIslandandthewesterntipoftheislandcommonlyknown
as Bergin Island.129Russell River, Mulgrave River and
Mutchero InletThe Russell River, the Mulgrave River,
Mutchero Inlet, andwaterwaysjoiningtheriversandinlet,upstreamofalinebetween F↑B
signs at Flirt Point and Constantine Point.130Trinity InletTrinityInletandwaterwaysjoiningit,upstreamofalinebetweenStaffordPointandthesouthernlandwardendofMarlin Jetty at the entrance to the
inlet.131Bloomfield RiverThe Bloomfield
River and waterways joining it, upstream of aline between
F↑B signs near its banks.132Annan RiverThe Annan River
and waterways joining it, upstream of a linebetween F↑B signs on opposite sides of the river
about 800mdownstream from the bridge across the river
on the CooktownDevelopmental Road.
188Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)133Endeavour RiverThe Endeavour
River and waterways joining it, upstream of aline between an
F↑B sign about 400m downstream of the
No.1 Public Wharf at Cooktown and an F↑B sign on Sachs Spitabout
400m north of Point Saunders (commonly known as St.Patrick’s Point).Division 2Fishing with certain commercialfishing nets177Prohibited activitiesThe following
activities are prohibited in waters described inthis
division—(a)using commercial fishing nets
mentioned in this divisionto take fish;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention of
paragraph (a);(c)possessingcommercialfishingnetsmentionedinthisdivision.179River
and creek foreshores(1)All river and creek foreshores.(2)This section applies only to tunnel
nets described in schedule13, sections 38 and 81.180Rivers and creeks east of longitude
142º09' east(1)Rivers and creeks east of longitude 142º09'
east.(2)This section applies only to set mesh
nets and nets that are notfixed or hauled described in schedule
13, sections 30, 36, 48,74 and 77.181Rivers and creeks south of Burnett
River(1)Rivers and creeks south of the
northern bank of the Burnett
189Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)River.(2)Thissectionappliesonlytonetsdescribedinschedule13,section 7(1).182Rivers and creeks south of Baffle
Creek(1)Rivers and creeks south of the
northern bank of Baffle Creek.(2)This
section applies only to mesh or seine nets described inschedule 13, sections 27 and 73.183South of North Stradbroke
Island(1)Waters south of the southern tip of
North Stradbroke Island.(2)This section
applies only to set mesh nets and nets that are notfixed
or hauled described in schedule 13, sections 30, 36, 48,74
and 77.184Moreton Bay(1)Moreton Bay.(2)MoretonBaynorthofthesoutherntipofNorthStradbrokeIsland and south of a line—•from Victoria Point to Pott’s Point,
Macleay Island•to Blakesleys Camp, North Stradbroke
Island.(3)Subsection (1) applies only to nets
described in schedule 13,section 7(1).(4)Subsection (2) applies only to set mesh nets
and nets that arenot fixed or hauled described in schedule
13, sections 30, 36,48, 74 and 77.185Cassim and King Islands (Moreton Bay)(1)ThewesternforeshoreofCassimIslandandthesouthernforeshore of King Island.
190Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(2)This
section applies only to tunnel nets described in schedule13,
section 38.188Moreton Island to Double Island
Point(1)Waters within the following
boundary—•fromDoubleIslandPointtoNorthPoint,MoretonIsland•to Skirmish Point, Bribie
Island•along the island’s eastern shore to
the F↑B sign at itsnorthern
tip•totheF↑Bsignatthesoutherntipofthesandspitbetween Kings Beach and Bulcock Beach,
Caloundra•along the shore to Double Island
Point.(2)This section applies only to set mesh
nets and nets that are notfixed or hauled described in schedule
13, sections 30, 36, 48,74 and 77.193Great
Sandy Strait and Hervey Bay(1)WatersofHerveyBay,GreatSandyStrait,WideBayHarbour,PelicanBay,TinCanBayandTinCanInletbetween the
following lines—•alinefromthesouthernbankofTheodoliteCreektoArch
Cliff, Fraser Island•a line from Hook Point, Fraser Island
to the eastern tipof Inskip Point.(2)Thissectionappliesonlytonetsdescribedinschedule13,section 7(1).193AHervey Bay scallop ranching areas(1)Waters of Hervey Bay—(a)within the following boundary—•from latitude 24º57.00' south,
longitude 153º05.00'
191Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)easttolatitude24º57.00'south,longitude153º08.50' east•tolatitude25º00.00'south,longitude153º08.50'east•tolatitude25º00.00'south,longitude153º05.00'east•tolatitude24º57.00'south,longitude153º05.00'east; and(b)within the following boundary—•from latitude 24º54.00' south,
longitude 152º37.00'easttolatitude24º54.00'south,longitude152º41.00'
east•tolatitude24º57.00'south,longitude152º41.00'east•tolatitude24º57.00'south,longitude152º37.00'east•tolatitude24º54.00'south,longitude152º37.00'east.(2)This
section applies only to a trawl net.194Hervey Bay(1)Waters of Hervey Bay—(a)within the following boundary—•fromthenorthernbankofBaffleCreektowardsRooney Point,
Fraser Island, to longitude 153º east•alonglongitude153ºeasttoFraserIsland’swestern shore near Sandy Point•to Dayman Point•alongtheshoretothenorthernbankofBaffleCreek; and(b)within the following boundary—•fromthesouthernbankofBaffleCreekto
192Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)longitude 153º
east•alonglongitude153ºeasttoFraserIsland’swestern shore near Sandy Point•to Dayman Point•alongtheshoretothesouthernbankofBaffleCreek.(2)Subsection (1)(a) applies only to mesh
or seine nets describedin schedule 13, sections 27 and
73.(3)Subsection (1)(b) applies only to set
mesh nets and nets thatare not fixed or hauled described in
schedule 13, sections 30,36, 48, 74 and 77.196Rivers and creeks on Fraser Island(1)RiversandcreeksonFraserIslandandflowingintoGreatSandy
Strait.(2)Thissectionappliesonlytosetmeshnetsdescribedinschedule 13, sections 32 and 100.199Rivers and creeks between Burnett
River and BaffleCreek(1)River
and creek foreshores between the northern bank of theBurnett River and the northern bank of
Baffle Creek.(2)Thissectionappliesonlytosetmeshnetsdescribedinschedule 13, sections 34 and 80.200Rivers and creeks north of Burnett
River(1)Rivers and creeks north of the
northern bank of the BurnettRiver.(2)Thissectionappliesonlytonetsdescribedinschedule13,section 7(2).
193Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)201River
and creek foreshores between Baffle Creek andCape
Flattery(1)Foreshoresofariverorcreekupstreamofastraightlinebetween its banks, between the
northern bank of Baffle Creekand Cape
Flattery.(2)Thissectionappliesonlytosetmeshnetsdescribedinschedule 13, section 99.202Rivers and creeks north of Baffle
Creek(1)Rivers and creeks north of the
northern bank of Baffle Creek.(2)This
section applies only to mesh or seine nets (other than anet
which is not fixed or hauled or a ring net) described inschedule 13, sections 16 and 28.204Keppel Bay(1)KeppelBaywestofalinefromWaterParkPointtoCapeCapricorn.(2)This
section applies only to set mesh nets and nets that are notfixed
or hauled described in schedule 13, sections 30, 36, 48,74
and 77.205Shoalwater Bay(1)Waters of Shoalwater Bay within the
following boundary—•from Macdonald Point to Cape
Townshend, TownshendIsland•alongtheisland’swesternandsouthernshorestotheisland’s eastern
tip•to Reef Point•along
the shore to Macdonald Point.(2)This
section applies only to a set mesh net.
194Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)207Pioneer River(1)ThePioneerRiverandwaterwaysjoiningit,betweenF↑BsignsnearitsbanksandthewesternedgeofthePioneerBridge at
Mackay.(2)This section applies to all commercial
fishing nets.(3)Despitesubsection(2),ameshorseinenetdescribedinschedule 13, sections 7(3), 16, 28 and 31
may be used.(4)However,anetdescribedinschedule13,section16or28mustnotbeusedasaringnetoranetthatisnotfixedorhauled.208O’Connell River(1)The
O’Connell River and waterways joining it, upstream of aline
between F↑B signs near its banks.(2)This section applies to all commercial
fishing nets.(3)Despitesubsection(2),ameshorseinenetdescribedinschedule 13, sections 7(3), 16, 28 and 31
may be used.(4)However,anetdescribedinschedule13,section16or28mustnotbeusedasaringnetoranetthatisnotfixedorhauled.211Queens Bay(1)QueensBaywestofalinefromCapeEdgecumbetothenorthern bank of the Don River.(2)This section applies only to set mesh
nets and nets that are notfixed or hauled described in schedule
13, sections 30, 36, 48,74 and 77.213Hinchinbrook Channel(1)Hinchinbrook Channel between the following
lines—•a line from Lucinda Point to George
Point•a line from Hecate Point to the
northern bank of Meunga
195Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)Creek.(2)HinchinbrookChannelandwaterwaysjoiningit,withinthefollowing boundary—•from
an F↑B sign east of Round Hill near the
north bankoftheunnamedwaterwaythatjoinsHinchinbrookChannel75•toanF↑BsignonHinchinbrookIslandnearlatitude18º18.76' south,
longitude 146º08.77' east•along the shore
to an F↑B sign at Fisherman Point•toanF↑BsignattheeasternbankofNeamesCreek(also
known as Neames Inlet)•along the shore
to the F↑B sign at the base of RoundHill.(3)Subsection (1) applies only to nets
described in schedule 13,section 7(2).(4)Subsection (2) applies only to commercial
fishing nets otherthan a set mesh net described in schedule
13, section 101.215Daintree River(1)The
Daintree River and waterways joining it, upstream of aline
between F↑B signs near its banks.(2)This section applies to all commercial
fishing nets.(3)Despitesubsection(2),aseinenetmaybeusedintheDaintreeRiverdownstreamoftheplacecommonlycalledBailey’s Creek
barge crossing if the net—(a)is not longer
than 400m; and(b)hasameshsizeofatleast50mmbutnotmorethan100mm; and(c)is
made of not more than 210/12 ply.75The
north bank of the unnamed waterway is near latitude 18º21.79' south, longitude146º07.55'
east.
196Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)216River
and creek foreshores north of Cape Flattery(1)River
and creek foreshores north of Cape Flattery.(2)Thissectionappliesonlytosetmeshnetsdescribedinschedule 13, section 103.Division 3Foreshore set
mesh nets218Prohibited activitiesThe
following activities are prohibited in waters described inthis
division—(a)using a set mesh net that may be used
on a foreshore totake fish;(b)using
a set mesh net that may be used in offshore watersto
take fish and has a monofilament diameter of morethan
1.06mm;(c)possessing fish taken in contravention
of paragraph (a)or (b);(d)possessing a net described in paragraph (a)
or (b).219When waters are closedThe
waters in this division are closed during the closed seasonfor
barramundi.220Bundaberg, Gladstone and Rockhampton
regionsThefollowingwaterwaysintheBundaberg,GladstoneandRockhampton regions—•Deepwater Creek•Jenny
Lind Creek•Boyne River•Auckland Creek•Middle Creek (The Narrows)
197Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)•Boat
Creek (The Narrows)•Montecristo Creek•Munduran Creek•Badger Creek•Mosquito Creek•Barker Creek•Maria
Creek•Seahill (Pacific) Creek•Causeway Creek•West
Water Creek•Island Head Creek•East
Creek•Head Creek•Mistake Creek•Georges Creek•Shoalwater Creek•Styx
River.221Mackay regionThe following
waterways in the Mackay region—•Carmilla Creek•Louisa Creek•Pioneer River•Seaforth Creek•Victor Creek•Blackrock Creek•Hervey Creek•Dempster Creek
198Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)•O’Connell River•Repulse Creek•Dingo
Creek•Inlet Creek.222Burdekin, Townsville and Ingham
regionsThefollowingwaterwaysintheBurdekin,TownsvilleandIngham regions—•Elliott River•Rocky
Pond Creek•Groper Creek•Yellow Gin Creek•Haughton River•Crocodile Creek•Alligator Creek•Ross
Creek•Ross River•Bohle
River•Cattle Creek•Palm
Creek•Damper Creek.223Innisfail regionThe following
waterways in the Innisfail region—•Meunga Creek•Wreck
Creek•Dallachy Creek•Murray River
199Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)•Tully
River•Hull River•Moresby River.224Cairns and Port Douglas regionsThefollowingwaterwaysintheCairnsandPortDouglasregions—•Mulgrave River•Russell River•Mutchero Inlet•Daintree River•Annan
River.225Middle Head to Norton PointWaterswithin1kmouttoseafromthemainlandshorebetween F↑B
signs east of Middle Head and west of NortonPoint.226South Trees InletWaterswithin1kmouttoseafromthemainlandshorebetween F↑B signs east and west of South Trees
Inlet.227Calliope RiverWaterswithin1kmouttoseafromthemainlandshorebetween F↑B signs east and west of the Calliope
River.228Waters off Curtis IslandWaters within 1km out to sea from the shore
of Curtis Islandbetween F↑B
signs at the following places—(a)north
and south of Graham Creek;
200Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(b)eastandwestofthecreekcommonlyknownasFirstLagoon
Creek;(c)east and west of the creek commonly
known as SecondLagoon Creek.229Cattle Point to Cardigan PointWaters within a boundary from Cattle Point,
along the shoreto Cardigan Point, then in a straight line
to Cattle Point.230South Bluff to Coconut PointWaters within a boundary from South Bluff,
along the shore toCoconut Point, then in a straight line to
South Bluff.231Island Bluff to Charon PointWaters within a boundary from Island Bluff,
along the shoreto Charon Point, then in a straight line to
Island Bluff.232Little Cape Creek to Shag CreekWaterswithinaboundaryfromthenorthernbankofLittleCapeCreek,alongtheshoretothenorthernbankofShagCreek,theninastraightlinetothenorthernbankofLittleCape
Creek.233Constant CreekWaterswithin1kmouttoseafromthemainlandshorebetween F↑B signs on the shore near the banks of
ConstantCreek.234Nobbies InletNobbies Inlet and
waterways joining it, east of a line runningnorth from a
point 200m north-east of the northern bank ofSandy Creek to
the northern bank of Nobbies Inlet.
201Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)235Burdekin River Anabranch areaWaterswithin1kmouttoseafromthemainlandshorebetweenapoint1kmnorthalongtheshorefromtheanabranch’s northern bank and a point
500m south along theshorefromthesouthernbankoftheBurdekinRiverAnabranch.236Sheep Station Creek to Barratta
CreekWaters within a boundary fromthenorthernbankofSheepStation Creek,
along the shore to the western bank of BarrattaCreek, then in a
straight line to the northern bank of SheepStation
Creek.237Victoria CreekWaters within a
boundary—•fromthenortherntipofthesandspitatthesouthernbank of Victoria
Creek, along the shore to a line runningnorth from the
northern tip of the sand spit at the creek’ssouthern
bank•in a straight line to the northern tip
of the sand spit at thesouthern bank of Victoria
Creek.238Gentle Annie CreekWaterswithin1kmouttoseafromthemainlandshorebetween the
northern bank of Gentle Annie Creek and a point1km south along
the shore from the creek’s southern bank.239Hinchinbrook ChannelWaters within the
following boundary—•from an F↑B
sign at Neames Creek’s eastern bank at itseastern entrance,
along the shore to the eastern bank ofSeaforth
Channel•north to the shore of Hinchinbrook
Island
202Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)•alongHinchinbrookIsland’sshoretoanF↑BsignatFisherman Point•to
the F↑B sign at Neames Creek’s eastern bank
at itseastern entrance.240Macushla Point to Forkey’s Creek on
Hinchinbrook IslandWaters within the following boundary—•fromthepointcommonlyknownasMacushlaPoint,HinchinbrookIsland,alongtheshoretolatitude18º16'50" south,
(about 1km west of the western bank ofthe creek
commonly known as Forkey’s Creek)•in a
straight line to Macushla Point.241Thompson Point to Flying Fish PointWaterswithinaboundaryfromThompsonPoint,alongtheshore
to Flying Fish Point (Johnstone River), then in a straightline
to Thompson Point.243Barron River areaWaters within
500m out to sea from the shore between a point1kmnorthalongtheshorefromthenorthernbankoftheBarron River and
a point 1km along the shore from the river’ssouthern
bank.244Port DouglasWaters within the
following boundary—•from the northern tip of Four Mile
Beach (south of PortDouglas) along the shore to latitude 16º29'
south•to the eastern tip of Magazine
Islet•along the eastern shore of the islet
to its northern tip•to 1km north of the islet’s northern
tip
203Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)•easttoalinerunningparallelto,and1kmfrom,themainland shore•along
the line to a line running east from the northern tipof
Four Mile Beach•to the northern tip of Four Mile
Beach.245Mossman River areaWaters within
500m out to sea from the shore between a point1kmnorthalongtheshorefromtheMossmanRiver’snorthern bank and a point 1km south along
the shore from theriver’s southern bank.246Endeavour River areaWaters within a
boundary from an F↑B sign north of PointSaunders, along the shore to the northern
tip of Grassy Hill,then in a straight line to the F↑B sign north of Point Saunders.Division 4Shell
dredges247Prohibited activitiesThe
following activities are prohibited in waters described inthis
division—(a)using a shell dredge to take
fish;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention
of paragraph (a).248All waterways, lakes and
lagoonsAll waterways, lakes and lagoons.249Moreton BayMoreton
Bay.
204Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)250Hervey Bay and Great Sandy StraitWaters between the following lines—(a)alinefromthesouthernbankofTheodoliteCreektoArch
Cliff, Fraser Island;(b)a line from an
F↑B sign at Inskip point near the
flashingwhitenavigationleadontheshoretoanF↑BsignatHook
Point near the south-east tip of Fraser Island.251Hinchinbrook ChannelHinchinbrook
Channel between the following lines—(a)alinefromLucindaPointtoGeorgePoint,Hinchinbrook Island;(b)alinefromthenorthernbankofMeungaCreektoHecate Point, Hinchinbrook
Island.Division 5Fish taken under
fishery symbol A1or A2252Prohibited activitiesThe following
activities are prohibited—(a)taking any fish,
other than coral reef fin fish,76under
thefishery symbol ‘A1’ or ‘A2’ in waters
described in thisdivision from 6p.m. to 6a.m. on any
day;(b)usingafishinglineorcastnettotakeanyfish,otherthan
coral reef fin fish, under the fishery symbol ‘A1’ or‘A2’
in waters described in this division from 6a.m. to6p.m.
on any day;(c)possessing a fish taken in
contravention of paragraph (a)or (b).76For coral reef fin fish, see the Coral
Reef Plan.
205Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)253Flat
Rock grey nurse shark protection areaWaterswithina1.2kmradiusoflatitude27º23.41'south,longitude
153º33.07' east.254Henderson Rock grey nurse shark
protection areaWaterswithina1.2kmradiusoflatitude27º07.92'south,longitude
153º28.71' east.255Cherub’s Cave grey nurse shark
protection areaWaterswithina1.2kmradiusoflatitude27º07.67'south,longitude
153º28.67' east.Part 5Using nets in
dugongprotection areasDivision 1Zone
A257Hervey Bay–Tin Can Bay(1)This section applies to waters within
the following boundaryand the adjoining waterways—•fromlatitude25º01'01''south,whereitintersectsthemainlandshoretolatitude25º01'01''south,longitude153º
east•to latitude 25º12'29'' south where it
intersects the shoreof Fraser Island•westerly and southerly along the shore of
Fraser Islandto longitude 153º04' east where it
intersects the shore•tolongitude153º04'eastwhereitintersectsthemainland shore at Inskip Point
206Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)•westerly and southerly along the shore to
the north bankof Myers Creek•to
the south bank of Teebar Creek•alongthemainlandshoretolatitude25º01'01''southwhere it
intersects the mainland shore.(2)A set
mesh net may only be used in offshore waters if—(a)the net is made of monofilament no
more than 0.65mmin diameter; and(b)the
net is no longer than 600m; and(c)the
net has a mesh size of at least 88mm and is no morethan
33 meshes deep; and(d)the net is used by at least 2 persons;
and(e)each person using the net is within
100m of it; and(f)the net is not used as a drift net;
and(g)the net is fixed in a way that—(i)prevents it from drifting; and(ii)ensures it is taut when it is being
used.(3)Also, a set mesh net must not be used
in waters—(a)withinthefollowingboundaryandtheadjoiningwaterways—•fromlatitude25º10'24''southwhereitintersectsthe mainland
shore near Burrum River to latitude25º10'24'' south,
longitude 152º39'06'' east•tolatitude25º13'24''south,longitude152º40'12''east•along latitude 25º13'24'' east to
where it intersectsthe mainland shore•alongthemainlandshoretolatitude25º10'24''south; and(b)of
Hervey Bay within the following boundary and theadjoiningwaterwaysbetween3.00p.m.and5.00a.m.
207Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)from 1 July to 31
October—•from the southern bank of Theodolite
Creek east tolongitude 152º40' east•to
the southern bank of O’Regan Creek•along
the mainland shore to the southern bank ofTheodolite
Creek.(4)A person may use up to 3 set mesh nets
in a river or creekbetween the north bank of Kauri Creek and
latitude 25º01'01''south where it intersects the mainland shore
only if—(a)each net is no longer than 50m;
and(b)each net has a mesh size of at least
150mm but no morethan 215mm; and(c)each
net has a drop of no more than 50 meshes; and(d)the
nets are no more than 800m apart; and(e)any
person using the nets is—(i)between the first
and the last net; and(ii)no more than 800m
from any of the nets; and(f)the nets are not
set downstream of the banks of the riveror creek.77(5)Despite
subsection (4), a person may use up to 3 set mesh netsif
each net is no longer than 120m, in the Mary River—(a)upstreamofalinefromthewesterntipofBrothersIslands running
northwest across the river; and(b)upstreamofalinefromthewesterntipofBrothersIslands running
southeast across the river.(6)A person must not
use a set mesh net in a part of the MaryRiver or Burrum
River that is less than 3km upstream of a linebetween the banks
of the river.77Seesection3(Referencestoboundaries,lines,shoresandotherpoints)of
theregulation.
208Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)258Port
Clinton (Reef Point–Cape Clinton)(1)This
section applies to waters within the following boundaryand
the adjoining waterways—•from Reef Point
to the eastern tip of Townshend Island•to
latitude 22º19'41'' south, longitude 150º39'32'' east•to latitude 22º21'36'' south,
longitude 150º41'10'' east•to latitude
22º22'26'' south, longitude 150º41'28'' east•to
latitude 22º24'58'' south, longitude 150º43'12'' east•to latitude 22º27' south, longitude
150º45'22'' east•to latitude 22º31'59'' south,
longitude 150º47'17'' east•to the eastern
tip of Cape Clinton•along the mainland shore to Reef
Point.(2)Using the following is
prohibited—(a)a set mesh net on a foreshore;(b)a set mesh net in offshore
waters;(c)a mesh net that is not fixed or
hauled.(3)However, a mesh, ring or seine net may
be used if—(a)the net is not fixed at any time;
and(b)the net has a mesh size of at least
50mm but no morethan 115mm.(3A)However, subsection (3) does not apply to
nets used under thefishery symbol ‘N6’.(4)A
person may use up to 3 set mesh nets in the areas shown onplan
no. DPA1 held by the chief executive78only
if—(a)each net is no longer than 50m;
and(b)each net has a mesh size of at least
150mm but no morethan 215mm; and78Copies of the plan are available for
inspection at the department’s office at 80 AnnStreet, Brisbane
on business days during office hours.
209Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(c)each
net has a drop of no more than 50 meshes; and(d)the
nets are no more than 800m apart; and(e)any
person using the nets is—(i)between the first
and the last net; and(ii)no more than 800m
from any of the nets.259Shoalwater
BayA person must not use or possess a net,
other than a cast net inwaterswithinthefollowingboundaryandtheadjoiningwaterways—•from
MacDonald Point to Cape Townshend, TownshendIsland•alongthewesternandsouthernshoresofTownshendIsland to the
island’s eastern tip•to Reef Point•along
the mainland shore to MacDonald Point.260Ince
Bay (Cape Palmerston–Allom Point)(1)This
section applies to waters within the following boundaryand
the adjoining waterways—•fromthenorth-easterntipofAllomPointtolatitude21º29'13'' south,
longitude 149º24' east•to latitude
21º30'40'' south, longitude 149º28'55'' east•to
the northern tip of Cape Palmerston•alongthemainlandshoretothenorth-easterntipofAllom Point.(2)Using
the following is prohibited—(a)a set
mesh net on a foreshore;(b)a set mesh net in
offshore waters;(c)a mesh net that is not fixed or is not
hauled.
210Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(3)However, a mesh, ring or seine net may be
used if—(a)the net is not fixed at any time;
and(b)the net has a mesh size of at least
50mm but no morethan 115mm.(3A)However, subsection (3) does not apply to
nets used under thefishery symbol ‘N6’.(4)A
person may use up to 3 set mesh nets in a river or creekonly
if—(a)each net is no longer than 50m;
and(b)each net has a mesh size of at least
150mm but no morethan 215mm; and(c)each
net has a drop of no more than 50 meshes; and(d)the
nets are no more than 800m apart; and(e)any
person using the nets is—(i)between the first
and the last net; and(ii)no more than 800m
from any of the nets; and(f)the nets are not
set downstream of a line between thebanks of the
river or creek.261Stewart Peninsula–Newry Islands–Ball
Bay(1)This section applies to waters within
the following boundaryand the adjoining waterways—•fromlatitude20º45'southwhereitintersectsthemainlandshoretolatitude20º45'south,longitude148º50'42'' east•to
latitude 20º52'01'' south, longitude 148º59'45'' east•south along longitude 148º59'45'' east
where it intersectsthe mainland shore•along
the mainland shore to latitude 20º45' south whereit
intersects the mainland shore.(2)Using
the following is prohibited—
211Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(a)a set
mesh net on a foreshore;(b)a set mesh
net;(c)a mesh net that is not fixed or is not
hauled.(3)However, a mesh, ring or seine net may
be used if—(a)the net is not fixed at any time;
and(b)the net has a mesh size of at least
50mm but no morethan 115mm.(3A)However, subsection (3) does not apply to
nets used under thefishery symbol ‘N6’.(4)A
person may use up to 3 set mesh nets in a river or creekonly
if—(a)each net is no longer than 50m;
and(b)each net has a mesh size of at least
150mm but no morethan 215mm; and(c)each
net has a drop of no more than 50 meshes; and(d)the
nets are no more than 800m apart; and(e)any
person using the nets is—(i)between the first
and the last net; and(ii)no more than 800m
from any of the nets; and(f)the nets are not
set downstream of a line between thebanks of the
river or creek.262Upstart Bay(1)This
section applies to waters within the following boundaryand
the adjoining waterways—•fromlatitude19º43'37''southwhereitintersectsthemainlandshorenearBeachHilltothewesterntipofCape
Upstart•alongthemainlandshoretolatitude19º43'37''southwhere it
intersects the mainland shore near Beach Hill.(2)Using
the following is prohibited—
212Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(a)a set
mesh net in offshore waters;(b)a
mesh net that is not fixed or is not hauled.(3)However, a mesh, ring or seine net may be
used if—(a)the net is not fixed at any time;
and(b)the net has a mesh size of at least
50mm but no morethan 115mm.(3A)However, subsection (3) does not apply to
nets used under thefishery symbol ‘N6’.(4)A
person may use up to 3 set mesh nets in a river or creekonly
if—(a)each net is no longer than 50m;
and(b)each net has a mesh size of at least
150mm but no morethan 215mm; and(c)each
net has a drop of no more than 50 meshes; and(d)the
nets are no more than 800m apart; and(e)any
person using the nets is—(i)between the first
and the last net; and(ii)no more than 800m
from any of the nets; and(f)the nets are not
set downstream of a line between thebanks of the
river or creek.(5)A person must not use a set mesh net
on a foreshore, otherthan in waters within the following
boundary—•fromlatitude19º43'37"southwhereitintersectsthemainland shore•eastalonglatitude19º43'37"southto200mseawardfrom
high water mark•south parallel to the mainland shore
200m seaward fromhighwatermarktowhereitintersectslatitude19º48'south•west along latitude 19º48' south to
the mainland shore athigh water mark
213Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)•along
the mainland shore to 19º43'37" south.(6)A
person may use up to 3 set mesh nets on a foreshore onlyif—(a)each net is no
longer than 200m; and(b)each net has a
mesh size of at least 100mm but no morethan 215mm;
and(c)thedistancebetweenthefirstandlastnetisnomorethan 1km;
and(e)the nets are no more than 800m apart;
and(f)any person using the nets is—(i)between the first and the last net;
and(ii)no more than 800m from any of the
nets; and(g)the nets are not joined; and(h)the nets are set more than 200m from a
jetty or wharf.(7)Asetmeshnetmustnotbesetonaforeshoreduringtheclosed season for barramundi.263Cleveland Bay–Magnetic Island(1)This section applies to waters within
the following boundaryand adjoining waterways—•fromlongitude146º39'eastwhereitintersectsthemainlandshoretolatitude19º07.87'southwhereitintersects the coastal 500m line
around Magnetic Island•along the coastal
500m line around Magnetic Island towhere it
intersects longitude 146º49.98' east•totheintersectionofthecoastal500mlinearoundMagnetic Island
with longitude 146º51.70' east•along
the coastal 500m line around Magnetic Island in asouth-easterly direction to latitude
19º06.97' south•to the northern tip of Cape
Cleveland•along the mainland shore to longitude
146º39' east.
214Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(2)Using
the following is prohibited—(a)a set
mesh net on a foreshore;(b)a set mesh net in
offshore waters;(c)a mesh net that is not fixed or is not
hauled.(3)However, a mesh, ring or seine net may
be used if—(a)the net is not fixed at any time;
and(b)the net has a mesh size of at least
50mm but no morethan 115mm.(3A)However, subsection (3) does not apply to
nets used under thefishery symbol ‘N6’.(4)A
person may use up to 3 set mesh nets in a river or creekonly
if—(a)each net is no longer than 50m;
and(b)each net has a mesh size of at least
150mm but no morethan 215mm; and(c)each
net has a drop of no more than 50 meshes; and(d)the
nets are no more than 800m apart; and(e)any
person using the nets is—(i)between the first
and the last net; and(ii)no more than 800m
from any of the nets; and(f)the nets are not
set downstream of a line between thebanks of the
river or creek.264Hinchinbrook Island area(1)This section applies to waters within
the following boundaryand the adjoining waterways—•fromlatitude18º12'54''southwhereitintersectsthemainlandshoretolatitude18º08'35''south,longitude146º09'50'' east•to
latitude 18º08'31'' south where it intersects the coastal500m
line around the Brook Islands
215Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)•along
the coastal 500m line around the Brook Islands toits
intersection with longitude 146º18'14'' east•tolongitude146º19'05''eastwhereitintersectsthecoastal 500m line around Eva Island•alongthatcoastal500mlinearoundEvaIslandtoitsintersection with longitude
146º19'37'' east•to the eastern tip of Hillock Point,
Hinchinbrook Island•south easterly to the seaward end of
the jetty at LucindaPoint•tothewesternendofthejettyalongitsnorthernsidewhere
it intersects the mainland shore•alongthemainlandshoretolatitude18º12'54''southwhere it
intersects the mainland shore.(2)Using
the following is prohibited—(a)a set
mesh net in a river or creek;(b)a set
mesh net on a foreshore;(c)a set mesh net in
offshore waters;(d)a mesh net that is not fixed or is not
hauled.(3)However, a mesh, ring or seine net may
be used if—(a)the net is not fixed at any time;
and(b)the net has a mesh size of at least
50mm but no morethan 115mm.(3A)However, subsection (3) does not apply to
nets used under thefishery symbol ‘N6’.
216Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 2Schedule 2
(continued)Zone BSubdivision
1Areas in zone B265Application of div 2Thisdivisionappliestowatersdescribedinsections266to273 and the adjoining
waterways.266Port of Gladstone–Rodds BayWaters within the following boundary—•from the eastern tip of Friend Point
of the Narrows tothe western tip of Laird Point Curtis
Island•along the western and southern shores
of Curtis Islandto the eastern tip of Southend on Curtis
Island•to northern tip of North Point on
Facing Island•alongthewestern,southern,south-easternshoreofFacing Island to the eastern tip of
East Point•to the northern tip of Flora Point
Rodds Peninsula•alongthemainlandshoretotheeasterntipofFriendPoint
of the Narrows.267Clairview Bluff–Carmilla CreekWaters within the following boundary—•fromlatitude21º54'25''southwhereitintersectsthemainland shore near Carmilla Creek•to latitude 21º57'54'' south,
longitude 149º35'45'' east•to latitude
22º01'45'' south, longitude 149º35'45'' east•to
latitude 22º10'34'' south, longitude 149º36'43'' east•to the eastern tip of Clairview
Bluff•alongthemainlandshoretolatitude21º54'25''south
217Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)whereitintersectsthemainlandshorenearCarmillaCreek.268Llewellyn BayWaters within the
following boundary—•fromthenortherntipofFreshwaterPointtolatitude21º27'07'' south,
longitude 149º27'42'' east•to latitude
21º30'40'' south, longitude 149º28'55'' east•to
latitude 21º29'13'' south, longitude 149º24' east•to the north-eastern tip of Allom
Point•alongthemainlandshoretothenortherntipofFreshwater
Point.269Ball Bay–Sand BayWaters within the
following boundary—•fromlongitude148º59'45''eastwhereitintersectsthemainland shore at Ball Bay to latitude
20º52'01'' south,longitude 48º59'45'' east•to latitude 20º56'49'' south,
longitude 149º06'47'' east•to longitude
149º05'42'' east where it intersects the shoreof Sand
Bay•along the mainland shoretolongitude148º59'45''eastwhere
it intersects the mainland shore at Ball Bay.270Repulse BayWaters within the
following boundary—•fromthesoutherntipofRockyPointtolatitude20º30'14'' south,
longitude 148º45'47'' east•east to longitude
148º49'44'' east•northalonglongitude148º49'44''easttothemainlandshore
218Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)•along
the mainland shore to the southern tip of RockyPoint.271Edgecumbe Bay–BowenWaters within the following boundary—•fromlongitude148º11'10''eastwhereitintersectsthemainland shore to the northern tip of
Gloucester Head,Gloucester Island•alongthewesternshoreofGloucesterIslandtolongitude 148º27'22'' east where it
intersects the shore ofthe island•to
the northern tip of Cape Gloucester•along
the mainland shoretolongitude148º11'10''eastwhere
it intersects the mainland shore.272Bowling Green BayWaters within the
following boundary—•from the northern tip of Cape
Cleveland to the northerntip of Cape Bowling Green•along the shore to the northern tip of
Cape Cleveland.273Lucinda to Allingham–Halifax
BayWaters within the following boundary—•from the western end of the jetty
where it intersects theshoreofLucindaPointalongthenorthernsideofthejetty to its
seaward end•to latitude 18º33'32'' south,
longitude 146º23'28'' east•to latitude
18º37'41'' south, longitude 146º23'02'' east•to
latitude 18º42'29'' south, longitude 146º21'04'' east•alonglatitude18º42'29''southwhereitintersectsthemainland shore near Allingham
219Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)•alongthemainlandshoretothenorthernsideofthewestern end of the jetty where it intersects
the mainlandshore of Lucinda Point.Subdivision
2Restrictions on using nets274Use of mesh nets in offshore
waters(1)A set mesh net or a net not fixed or
hauled may only be usedin offshore waters if—(a)the net is no longer than 600m;
and(b)the net has a mesh size of at least
150mm but no morethan 245mm; and(c)the
person using the net is within 100m of it.(2)If a
net is used within 2km of the high water mark—(a)the
meshes of the net must not touch the seabed; and(b)the net must have attached to it
enough floats to ensurethe net is able to take fish from the
surface of the water.(3)Two nets may only
be joined and used as a single net if—(a)they
are used in waters deeper than 20m; and(b)the
combined length of the nets is no more than 1200m.275Use of set mesh nets on a
foreshore(1)A person may use up to 3 set mesh nets
on a foreshore onlyif—(a)each net is no
longer than 200m; and(b)each net has a
mesh size of at least 100mm but no morethan 215mm;
and(c)thedistancebetweenthefirstandlastnetisnomorethan 1km;
and(d)the nets are no more than 800m apart;
and
220Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(e)any
person using the nets is—(i)between the first
and the last net; and(ii)no more than 800m
from any of the nets; and(f)the nets are not
joined; and(g)the nets are set more than 200m from a
jetty or wharf.(2)Asetmeshnetmustnotbesetonaforeshoreduringtheclosed season for barramundi.276Use of set mesh nets on a
headland(1)A person may use up to 3 set mesh nets
on a headland onlyif—(a)each net is no
longer than 50m; and(b)each net has a mesh size of at least
100mm but no morethan 215mm; and(c)thedistancebetweenthefirstandlastnetisnomorethan 1km;
and(d)the nets are no more than 800m apart;
and(e)any person using the nets is—(i)between the first and the last net;
and(ii)no more than 800m from any of the
nets; and(f)the nets are not joined; and(g)the nets are set more than 200m from a
jetty or wharf;and(h)oneendofeachnetisanchoredabovethelowwatermark.(2)A set mesh net must not be set on a
headland during the closedseason for barramundi.277Use of set mesh nets in rivers or
creeks(1)A person may use up to 3 set mesh nets
in a river or creekonly if—
221Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(a)each
net is no longer than 120m; and(b)each
net has a mesh size of at least 150mm but no morethan
215mm; and(c)each net has a drop of no more than 50
meshes; and(d)the combined lengths of the nets is no
more than 360m;and(e)the nets are no
more than 800m apart; and(f)thedistancebetweenthefirstandlastnetisnomorethan 1n mile;
and(g)any person using the nets is—(i)between the first and the last net;
and(ii)no more than 800m from any of the
nets.(2)A set mesh net must not be used during
the closed season forbarramundi.278Using
a mesh, ring or seine net(1)A mesh, ring or
seine net may be used if only 1 end of the netis fixed when the
net is being shot.(2)However, a ring net may only be used
in a river or creek ifit—(a)hasameshsizeofatleast50mmbutnomorethan115mm; and(b)is no
longer than 400m.(3)A mesh net that is not fixed or not
hauled may not be used inforeshore waters.
222Fisheries Regulation 1995Part
6Schedule 2 (continued)Using nets in
Trinity Bay andwaterways joining Trinity Bay279Closed watersTrinity Bay and
waterways joining it, other than Trinity Inlet,between the
following lines—(a)a line from Stafford Point to the
southern landward endof Marlin Jetty at the entrance to
Trinity Inlet;(b)a line from False Cape to Taylor
Point.280Prohibited activitiesThefollowingactivitiesareprohibitedintheclosedwatersunder
this part—(a)using a net to take fish;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention
of paragraph (a);(c)possessing a net.281Exemption(1)This
section applies to—(a)eachofthefollowingpersonswho,onthecommencementofthispart,istheholderofthecommercialfisherlicencestatedoppositetheperson’sname—(i)Brent Robert Batch—QMM02643C;(ii)Bruce Robert Batch—QMM00911C;(iii)Wayne
Chadwick—QMM03259J;(iv)George Holman—QMM02946G;(v)Leonard Henry
Parsons—QMM01065K;(vi)Richard Murray
Tanswell—QMM02987D;(vii) Joseph Tati—QMM03352I;
and
223Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 2 (continued)(b)anassistantfisherwhotakesfishunderdirectionofaperson mentioned
in paragraph (a).(2)Despitesection280,apersonmentionedinsubsection(1)may
take fish in the closed waters under this part if the persontakes
the fish—(a)under the fishery symbol ‘N1’, ‘N2’,
‘N6’ or ‘N7’; and(b)between 6p.m. on Sunday and 6p.m. on
Friday.Part 7Using or
possessing purseseine nets282Prohibited activitiesThefollowingactivitiesareprohibitedinQueenslandwaters—(a)using a purse seine net to take
fish;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention
of paragraph (a);(c)possessing a purse seine
net.
224Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3Closed
waters—recreationalfishingsections 16(1)
and 17(2)Part 1Taking or
possessing any fish1Prohibited activitiesTaking or possessing any fish in waters
described in this partis prohibited.15Coombabah Lake and Coombabah CreekCoombabahLake,andtidalwatersofCoombabahCreekupstream from the lake.16Swan
Bay, North Stradbroke IslandSwan Bay, and
tidal waters of the unnamed creek joining theBay’s northern
end.19Mary RiverWatersoftheMaryRiverfromtheMaryRiverBarrageto400m
downstream of the barrage.20Tinana
CreekWatersofTinanaCreekfromtheTinanaCreekBarrageto400m downstream of the barrage.21Burnett RiverWaters of the
Burnett River from the Burnett Barrage to 400mdownstream of the
barrage.
225Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)22Kolan
RiverWaters of the Kolan River from the Kolan
Barrage to 400mdownstream of the barrage.23Fitzroy RiverWaters of the
Fitzroy River from the Fitzroy Barrage to 400mdownstream of the
barrage.29Keppel Bay near Middle Island
ObservatoryKeppelBaywithina150mradiusoftheMiddleIslandUnderwater Observatory.32Hook
IslandWaters within a 100m radius of the Hook
Island Observatory.33AYanks Jetty at Orpheus IslandWatersunderorwithin100mofYanksJettyatOrpheusIsland.34Centenary Lakes, CairnsSaltwaterCreek,LilyCreekandlakesjoiningthecreeks,between
Greenslopes Street and Collins Avenue, Cairns.35Barron RiverThe Barron River,
at the place commonly known as BarronWaters, between
F↑B signs on opposite sides of the river
nearits junction with Stony Creek and near its
junction with CampOven Creek.36Mission BayMission Bay south
of a line between Cape Grafton and FalseCape and waters
flowing into that part of the bay.
226Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)37Bizant River, Princess Charlotte BayGermanBarLagoon,andtheBizantRiverfromtheroadcrossingcommonlyknownasGermanBardownstreamfor2km.38South Mitchell
RiverThe South Mitchell River and waterways
joining it, betweenF↑BsignsnearoppositebanksoftheriverandF↑Bsignswhere it joins
Surprise Creek.39Torres Strait near Hammond
IslandWaters within the following boundary—•from Turtle Head, Hammond Island, to
Hammond Rock•to 1n mile east of Menmuir Point,
Hammond Island•to the northern tip of Kapuda
Island•to Bruce Point, Hammond Island•alongtheeasternshoreofHammondIslandtoTurtleHead.Part
2Taking or possessing certainfish40Prohibited
activitiesThe following activities are prohibited in
waters described inthis part—(a)taking a stated fish in waters described in
this part;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention
of paragraph (a).
227Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)40AParticular foreshores of Wynnum(1)The following foreshore waters of
Wynnum—(a)the foreshore waters adjacent to the
Esplanade betweenitsintersectionwiththesouthernsideofCedarStreetand
its intersection with the northern side of CharlotteStreet;(b)theforeshorewaterswithin100mofhighwatermarkbetween the northern bank of Lota
Creek and the rockgroineextendingseawardsnearthenorthernendofWynnum North Esplanade.(2)Subsection (1) applies only to worms
belonging to the classPolychaeta.40BFlat Rock grey nurse shark protection
area(1)Waterswithina1.2kmradiusoflatitude27º23.41'south,longitude
153º33.07' east.(2)Subsection (1) applies to fish other
than coral reef fin fish andspanner
crabs.7940CHenderson Rock
grey nurse shark protection area(1)Waterswithina1.2kmradiusoflatitude27º07.92'south,longitude
153º28.71' east.(2)Subsection (1) applies to fish other
than coral reef fin fish orspanner crabs.40DCherub’s Cave grey nurse shark protection
area(1)Waterswithina1.2kmradiusoflatitude27º07.67'south,longitude
153º28.67' east.79For coral reef fin fish, see the Coral
Reef Plan. For spanner crabs, see the SpannerCrab
Plan.
228Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)(2)Subsection (1) applies to fish other than
coral reef fin fish orspanner crabs.8040EWolf Rock grey nurse shark protection
area(1)Waterswithina1.2kmradiusoflatitude25º54.60'south,longitude
153º11.85' east.(2)Subsection (1) applies to fish other
than coral reef fin fish andspanner
crabs.40FFraser Island between Indian Head and
Waddy Point(1)Eastern foreshore waters of Fraser
Island and waters within400m out to sea from the eastern shore
at low water, between400m north of Waddy Point and 400m
south of Indian Head.(2)The waters are
closed from midday on 1 August to midday on30
September.(3)This section applies only to fin
fish.41Platypus Bay(1)Platypus Bay, Fraser Island, and waterways
joining the bay,eastofalinebetweenF↑BsignsatRooneyPointandCoongul Point, Fraser Island.(2)Subsection(1)appliesonlytonarrow-barredmackerel,slenderbarracudaandfishwiththescientificnameAgrioposphyraena barracuda.42Eurimbula Creek
(north of Round Hill Creek)(1)Eurimbula Creek
and waterways joining it.(2)Subsection (1)
only applies to mud crabs.80For coral reef
fin fish, see the Coral Reef Plan. For spanner crabs, see the
SpannerCrab Plan.
229Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)43South
of latitude 20°south (near Bowen) or west oflongitude 143° east(1)Waters south of latitude 20° south or waters
west of longitude143º east.(2)Subsection (1) applies only to
bêche-de-mer.44Fitzroy Island and High Island (near
Cairns)(1)The foreshore waters of Fitzroy Island
and High Island andwaters within 400m out to sea from the shore
of each island atlow water.(2)Subsection (1) does not apply to fin
fish.44AWaters adjacent to north Cape
York(1)Waters within the following
boundary—•fromwherelatitude10º44.97'southintersectsthemainlandshoreatFlyPointtowherelongitude142º37.26'eastintersectsthesoutherntipofAlbanyIsland•along the southern and western shore
of Albany Islandto where latitude 10º42.96' south intersects
the shore atthe Island’s north-western tip•tothenavigationallightonEboracIsland,approximately at latitude 10º40.95' south
and longitude142º31.96' east•towherelongitude142º24.40'eastintersectsthenorthern tip of Possession Island•alongthenorthernandeasternshoresofPossessionIsland to where
longitude 142º23.16' east intersects theshore at the
Island’s southern tip•totheintersectionoflatitude 10º52.87' south with theeastern shore of Woody Wallis Island•towherelongitude142º06.56'eastintersectsthenorthern shore of Crab Island
230Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)•alongthewesternshoreofCrabIslandtowherelongitude142º06.46'eastintersectstheshoreattheIsland’s southern tip•to where latitude 10º59.84' south
intersects the mainlandshore south of Slade Point•alongthemainlandshoreinanortherlyandeasterlydirection to
where latitude 10º44.97' south intersects themainland shore at
Fly Point.(2)Subsection (1) applies only to black
jewfish.45Darnley Island, Torres Strait(1)Darnley Island foreshore waters west
of longitude 143º46'4"east.(2)Subsection (1) applies only to pearl
oysters.Part 2AWaters where
fishing lines androds can not be used45AProhibited activitiesThe following
activities are prohibited in waters described inthis
part—(a)using hand held fishing lines or
fishing rods with handoperated reels and lines to take
fish;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention
of paragraph (a);(c)possessing hand held fishing lines or
fishing rods withhand operated reels and lines.
231Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)45BObi
Obi CreekObi Obi Creek between the Baroon Pocket Dam
wall and theshortest line across the creek at the
southern bank of SkenesCreek.Part 3Waters where nets can not beused46Prohibited
activitiesThe following activities are prohibited in
waters described inthis part—(a)using
a net to take fish;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention
of paragraph (a);(c)possessing a net.47Burnett RiverThe Burnett
River—(a)upstream of a line between F↑B signs on opposite sidesof
the river at the western bank of Bundaberg Creek; and(b)downstreamofalinebetweenF↑Bsignsonoppositesides of the
river near the western tip of Harriett Island.48Hervey BayWaters of Hervey
Bay west of the following line—•from
the eastern tip of Point Vernon to the seaward endof
the public jetty at Scarness•to
the seaward end of the Urangan jetty•totheseawardendofthesouthernrockwalloftheUrangan boat harbour.
232Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)49Rodds
HarbourWaters within the following boundary—•from the eastern tip of Blackney Point
to the eastern tipof Bird Island•to
the western bank of Mort Creek on Rodds Peninsula•along the shore to Blackney
Point.50Water Park CreekWater Park Creek
and waterways joining it, upstream of theshortest line
across the creek at the place commonly known asKelly’s Landing
(about 2.6km from the creek’s mouth).51Michaelmas Cay(1)MichaelmasCayforeshorewaters,andwaterswithin400mout to sea from the shore at low
water.(2)The closure does not apply to fin fish
taken with a fishing rodor line.52Upolu
Cay(1)Upolu Cay foreshore waters, and waters
within 400m out tosea from the shore at low water.(2)The closure does not apply to fin fish
taken with a fishing rodor line.Part 4Waters where nets (other thanscoop
nets) can not be used53Prohibited
activitiesThe following activities are prohibited in
waters described inthis part—
233Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)(a)using
a net (other than a scoop net) to take fish;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention of
paragraph (a);(c)possessing a net (other than a scoop
net).54Skyringville Creek at its mouthThecreekcommonlyknownasSkyringvilleCreekandwaterways joining it, downstream of a
line between F↑B signson opposite sides
of the creek about 800m from its banks.Part 5Waters where spear fishing isnot
allowed55Prohibited activitiesThe
following activities are prohibited in waters described inthis
part—(a)using a spear or spear gun to take
fish;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention
of paragraph (a);(c)possessing a spear or spear
gun.56Tallebudgera CreekTallebudgera
Creek upstream of a line between SF↑B
signs atthe eastern tip of Burleigh Head and the
seaward end of therock groyne near its southern bank.57Southern Moreton Bay (including The
Broadwater)Moreton Bay south of latitude 27º42' south,
other than watersbetween the following lines—(a)alinefromanSF↑BsignatTheBedroom,SouthStradbroke
Island, to an SF↑B sign on the north-easternshore
of Woogoompah Island;
234Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)(b)a
line from an SF↑B sign at Currigee, South
StradbrokeIsland, to an SF↑B
sign on the shore at Hollywell.58Artificial reef area off Moreton
IslandWaters within the following boundary—•fromanSF↑BsignonthewesternshoreofMoretonIsland about 200m
north of the Bulwer Wrecks to the litbuoy NE1 about
700m off Bulwer•to the NE1 buoy west of Bulwer•to the M7 beacon west of Cowan Cowan
point•to the E1 beacon west of Tangalooma
Jetty•along the shore to the SF↑B sign about 200m north ofthe
Bulwer Wrecks.59Pumicestone StraitPumicestone
Strait—(a)between the following lines—(i)a line from an SF↑B
sign at the southern bank ofElimbah Creek to
an SF↑B sign at Gallagher Point,Bribie Island;(ii)a
line from an SF↑B sign at the northern bank ofNingi
Creek to an SF↑B sign at the northern bankof
Dux Creek, Bribie Island; and(b)northofalinefromanSF↑Bsignnearthesouthernbank of Bells
Creek to an SF↑B sign at the northern tipof
the northernmost island of a group of islands in thestrait (easterly of Bells Creek), then
easterly to an SF↑Bsign on Bribie
Island’s western shore.60Mooloolah
RiverThe Mooloolah River from a line between
SF↑B signs near itsbanks,tothebridgejoiningtheNicklinWayandBrisbaneRoad.
235Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)61Maroochy RiverThe Maroochy
River and waterways joining it, downstream ofa line from an
SF↑B sign on the southern side of the
river nearthe Cod Hole to an SF↑B
sign on the northern side of the rivernear the Cod
Hole.62Noosa RiverLake Weyba, the
Noosa River and waterways joining the lakeandriver,downstreamofalinefromanSF↑BsignonParkyn’s Jetty near the entrance to
Doonella Lake to an SF↑Bsign
on the shore at the western tip of Goat Island.63Jetties in, or south of, the Noosa
RiverWaters under, or within 100m of, any public
jetty in or southof the Noosa River.64Artificial reef area off North Sandy
StraitWaters within the following boundary—•from South Point on Woody Island to
the flashing greenbeacon S11 on Middle Bank (the southernmost
beaconon the bank) to the flashing green beacon S9
on the bank•to the flashing green beacon S7 on the
bank•to the flashing green beacon S5 on the
bank•totheflashingredbeaconS8onthesoutherntipofMoon Point
Bank•to Datum Point on Woody Island•along the Woody Island’s eastern shore
to South Point.65Artificial reef area in Hervey Bay off
WoodgateWaters within the following boundary—•fromanSF↑BsignnearthepublicboatrampontheEsplanadeatWoodgateseawardtoanavigationbuoy
236Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)marked SF↑B sign No. 1•south
to a navigation buoy marked SF↑B
sign No. 2•to the SF↑B
sign near Sixth Avenue, Woodgate•alongthemainlandshoretoanSF↑Bsignnearthepublic boat ramp
on the Esplanade, Woodgate.66Bargara Beach
north of BundabergWaters within 100m out to sea from the shore
between SF↑Bsigns at Bargara
Beach.67Great Keppel IslandGreat
Keppel Island’s western and southern foreshore watersand
waters within 400m out to sea from the island’s shore atlowwater,betweenSF↑Bsignsatthepoint(commonlyknownasLittlePeninsula)ontheisland’snorth-westernforeshore and
Monkey Point (commonly known as CoconutPoint) at the
island’s south-western tip.68North Keppel
IslandNorth Keppel Island’s western and southern
foreshore watersand waters within 400m out to sea from the
island’s shore atlow water, between SF↑B
signs at the island’s northern andsouth-eastern
tips.69Brampton Island, Pelican Island and
Carlisle IslandWaters within the following boundary—•fromanSF↑BsignatSwordFishPoint,BramptonIslandtoanSF↑Bsignonthenorth-westerntipofCarlisle Island•along
the western and southern shores of Carlisle Islandto an
SF↑B sign at its south-eastern tip•to an SF↑B
sign at the headland at the northern end ofTurtle Bay,
Brampton Island
237Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)•alongBramptonIsland’sshoretotheSF↑BsignatSword Fish Point.70Lindeman IslandLindeman Island’s
southern and western foreshore waters andwaters within
400m out to sea from the island’s shore at lowwater,betweenSF↑BsignsatDalwoodPoint,neartheisland’swesterntip,andBoatPoint(commonlyknownasThumb Point).71Seaforth IslandSeaforthIsland’sforeshorewatersandwaterswithin400mout to sea from the island’s shore at
low water.72Long IslandLongIsland’swesternforeshorewatersandwaterswithin400m
out to sea from the island’s western shore at low water,between SF↑B
signs at Fire Point and Base Point.73Molle
Island(1)The following waters south of a line
between Deedes Point,Molle Island (commonly known as South
Molle Island) andthe southern tip of Mid Molle Island—(a)PaddleBay(thebayjustnorthofKerPointonthewestern shore of Molle Island);(b)Bauer (Moonlight) Bay (the bay on the
island’s northernshore).(2)Waters on the western foreshore of the
Causeway between anSF↑B sign at the
southern tip of Molle Island and an SF↑Bsign at Ker Point, Molle Island, and
waters within 400m out tosea from that part of the island’s
shore at low water.
238Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)74West
Molle IslandForeshore waters of West Molle Island
(commonly known asDaydream Island) and waters within 400m out
to sea from theisland’s shore at low water.75Hook IslandHookIsland’seasternandsouthernforeshorewatersandwaters within 400m out to sea from the
eastern and southernshores at low water, between—(a)an SF↑B
sign about 800m north of the headland at thenorthern end of
Hook Passage between Hook Island andWhitsunday
Island; and(b)an SF↑B
sign at the western headland of Nara Inlet.76Hayman IslandHayman Island’s
southern and western foreshore waters andwaters within
400m out to sea from the island’s southern andwestern shores at
low water, between SF↑B signs at
GroperPoint and the headland at the southern end
of Blue Pearl Bay.76AMain wharf at Port Denison,
BowenWaters under or within 100m of—(a)the main wharf at Port Denison, Bowen;
and(b)a structure attached to the
wharf.77Cape EdgecumbeMainland
foreshore waters and waters within 50m out to seafrom
the mainland shore at low water, between the public boatrampatthebaycommonlyknownasGreysBayandtheheadland at the
eastern end of Horseshoe Bay.
239Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)78Jetties at Dungeness and Lucinda
PointWaters under, or within 100m of, each of the
public jetties atDungeness and Lucinda Point.79Dunk IslandDunkIsland’swesternforeshorewaters,andwaterswithin400m
out to sea from the island’s shore at low water, betweenSF↑B signs at
Tappa-ana near the island’s south-western tipand Kar-tee at
the island’s northern tip.80Richards
IslandRichardsIsland’s(commonlyknownasBedarraIsland)westernandnorthernforeshorewatersandwaterswithin400m
out to sea from the island’s shore at low water, betweenan
SF↑B sign at the point commonly known as
Twin MonksRock on the island’s west coast, and an
SF↑B sign at the areacommonlyknownasThreeSisterRocksattheisland’snorthern
tip.81Cooktown wharf and nearby
pontoonsWaters under, or within 100m of, the main
wharf at Cooktownand any of the pontoons located just
upstream of the wharf.Part 6Waters where
shell dredgescan not be used82Prohibited activitiesThe following
activities are prohibited in waters described inthis
part—(a)using a shell dredge to take
fish;(b)possessing fish taken in contravention
of paragraph (a).
240Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)83All
waterways, lakes and lagoonsAll waterways,
lakes and lagoons.84Moreton BayMoreton
Bay.85Hervey Bay and Great Sandy
StraitWaters between the following lines—(a)alinefromthesouthernbankofTheodoliteCreektoArch
Cliff, Fraser Island;(b)a line from an
F↑B sign at Inskip point near the
flashingwhitenavigationleadontheshoretoanF↑BsignatHook
Point near the south-east tip of Fraser Island.86Hinchinbrook ChannelHinchinbrook
Channel between the following lines—(a)alinefromLucindaPointtoGeorgePoint,Hinchinbrook Island;(b)alinefromthenorthernbankofMeungaCreektoHecate Point, Hinchinbrook
Island.Part 7Using or
possessing purseseine nets87Prohibited activitiesThefollowingactivitiesareprohibitedinQueenslandwaters—(a)using a purse seine net to take
fish;
241Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 3 (continued)(b)possessing fish taken in contravention of
paragraph (a);(c)possessing a purse seine
net.
242Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 4Part 1Division 1Regulated
fishsections 18(1) and 19Fish taken for
trade orcommerceFish regulated
by numberalbacore tunabigeye tunafanfishlongtail
tunapomfretskipjack
tunaspotted mackerelyellowfin
tunaany combination of albacore tuna,
fanfish,longtail tuna, pomfret and skipjack
tunacombination of bigeye and yellowfin
tuna102101010101502102
243Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 2Schedule 4
(continued)Fish regulated by speciesSubdivision 1Fish taken under
any fisherysymbolbillfishnorthern bluefin tunasouthern bluefin
tunaSubdivision 2Fish taken under
fishery symbol T1,T2, T3, T5, T6, T7, T8, or T9black
jewfishblack king-fishblackspot
tuskfishbroad-barred or grey mackerelcoral
troutcrimson jobfish (rosy jobfish)crimson seaperch (small mouth
nannygai)estuary codgrass tuskfish
(purple tuskfish)humphead Maori wrasselarge-scale sea
perchmullowaynarrow-barred or
spanish mackerelpearl perchpotato codQueensland grouper
244Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 4 (continued)Queensland school
mackerelred emperorsaddletail
seaperch (large mouth nannygai)snapperspangled emperorspotted
mackerelsweetlip emperor (red-throat emperor)teraglin jewtropical spiny
rock lobstervenus tuskfishwahooSubdivision 3Fish taken under
fishery symbol L4barramundi codchinamanfishhumphead Maori
wrassepaddletailpotato codQueensland grouperred
bass
245Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 3Schedule 4
(continued)Fish regulated by sizeSubdivision
1Fish taken under fishery symbol L4cods
and gropersaspeciesofcodorgroper,otherthanbarramundicod,camouflage rockcod, flowery cod, greasy
rockcod, Maori cod,potato cod or Queensland grouper—less than
38cmcamouflage rockcod—less than 50cm or more
than 100cmflowery cod—less than 50cm or more than
100cmgreasy rockcod—less than 38cm or more than
100cmMaori cod—less than 45cmcoral troutaspeciesofcoraltrout,otherthanchinesefootballer(bluespot trout)—less
than 38cmchinese footballer (blue spot trout)—less
than 50cm or morethan 80cmemperorsaspeciesofemperor,otherthanlong-nosedemperor,spangledemperororsweetlipemperor(red-throatemperor)—less
than 25cmlong-nosed emperor—less than 38cmspangled emperor—less than 45cmsweetlip emperor (red-throat emperor)—less
than 38cmparrotfishes, surgeonfishes and
sweetlipsaspeciesofparrotfish,surgeonfishorsweetlips—lessthan25cm
246Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 4 (continued)tropical snappers
and sea perchesa species of tropical snapper or seaperch,
other than a speciesofjobfish,chinamanfish,crimsonseaperch(smallmouthnannygai),paddletail,redbass,redemperor,saddletailseaperch (large mouth nannygai)—less than
25cma species of jobfish—less than 38cmcrimson seaperch (small mouth nannygai)—less
than 40cmred emperor—less than 55cmsaddletail seaperch (large mouth
nannygai)—less than 40cmwrassesaspeciesofwrasse,otherthanhogfish,humpheadMaoriwrasse,redbreastedMaoriwrasseortripletailMaoriwrasse—less than 30cmhogfish—less than
25cmredbreasted Maori wrasse—less than
25cmtripletail Maori wrasse—less than
25cm
247Fisheries Regulation 1995Part
2Schedule 4 (continued)Fish taken by
recreationalfishersDivision 1Fish
regulated by numberreef fish, other than coral reef fin
fish81black jewfishblack
kingfishbroad-barred or grey mackerelestuary codlarge-scale sea
perchmullowaynarrow-barred or
spanish mackerelpearl perchQueensland school
mackerelsnapperspotted
mackerelteraglin jewwahoo101010101010353055510other fishbarramundibeachworm or part of a beachwormbêche-de-mer, other than black
teatfishbloodworm or part of a bloodwormgastropod or bivalve mollusc (other than
oysters)mud crabmud
flathead5305505010581For coral reef
fin fish, see the Coral Reef Plan.
248Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 2Schedule 4
(continued)Fish regulated by number and areatropical spiny rock lobstertropical spiny rock lobster taken—•in waters north of latitude 14º south
or in waterswithin the Gulf of Carpentaria and
adjoiningwaterways between the 25n mile line and
theshore south of latitude 10º48' south—each
individualeach boat•elsewhere in the Stateeach
individualeach boattailor•••tailor taken—within 400m from
the shore of Fraser Island ifan inspector is
reasonably satisfied the tailorwere taken by a
recreational fisher staying onFraser Island for
an uninterrupted period of atleast 72
hourswithin 400m from the shore of Fraser Island
ifan inspector is reasonably satisfied the
tailorwere taken by a recreational fisher during
anyother periodelsewhere in the
State36510302020
249Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 3Schedule 4
(continued)Fish regulated by speciesblack
teatfishPart 3Fish taken for
trade orcommerce or by recreationalfishersDivision 1Fish
regulated by areaDeception Bay, Nudgee Beach or Wynnum
areagastropod or bivalve molluscDivision 2Fish regulated
by genderegg bearing or tar spot tropical spiny rock
lobsteregg bearing slipper lobsterfemale blue swimmer crabfemale mud
crabDivision 3Fish regulated
by numberAustralian bass2
250Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 4Schedule 4
(continued)Fish regulated by sizereef fish, other
than coral reef fin fish82black
jewfish—less than 45cmblack king-fish—less than 75cmbroad-barred or grey mackerel—less than
50cmdolphin-fish—less than 45cmestuary cod—less than 35cm or more than
120cmgrass sweetlip—less than 30cmlarge-scale sea perch—less than 35cmmangrove jack—less than 35cmmulloway—less than 45cmnarrow-barred or
spanish mackerel—less than 75cmpaintedcrayfish—carapacelessthan90mm,taillessthan115mmpearl
perch—less than 35cmQueensland school mackerel—less than
50cmshark mackerel—less than 50cmsilver jewfish—less than 45cmsilver teraglin—less than 30cmsnapper—less than 35cmspotted
mackerel—less than 60cmteraglin jew—less than 38cmwahoo—less than 75cmyellowtail
king-fish—less than 50cm82For coral reef
fin fish, see the Coral Reef Plan.
251Fisheries Regulation 1995other
fishSchedule 4 (continued)Australian
bass—less than 30cmbarramundi—less than 58cm or more than
120cmbar-tailed flathead—less than 30cmblack
lipped pearl oyster—less than 9cmblue swimmer
crab—less than 11.5cmburnett salmon—less than 40cmCooktown salmon—less than 40cmfreshwater cod—less than 50cmfreshwater eel—less than 30cmgolden lined whiting—less than 23cmgold
lipped pearl oyster—less than 13cm or more than 23cmgrunter—see spotted grunter breamluderick—less than 23cmmud crab—carapace
less than 15cm, body less than 4.6cmmud flathead—less
than 40cm or more than 70cmpikey bream—less than 23cmsand
flathead—less than 30cmsand whiting—less than 23cmsea
mullet—less than 30cmsmall spotted grunter bream—less than
30cmspotted grunter bream (grunter)—less than
30cmtailor—less than 30cmtarwhine—less
than 23cmtrochus—less than 8cm or more than
12.5cmyellow-finned bream—less than
23cm
252Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 5Schedule 4
(continued)Fish regulated by size and areaGulf
of Carpentariaspotted grunter bream (grunter)—less than
40cmDivision 6Fish regulated
by speciesclamgreat white sharkgrey nurse
sharkhelmet shelltrumpet
shellDivision 7Fish regulated
by weightgreen snail—less than 280gDivision 8Other regulated
fishshark fin
253Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 4AMeasurement of
fishsection 21Part 1Measurement of size ofparticular
fish1Measurement of size of blue swimmer
crab(1)The size of a blue swimmer crab is
decided by measuring thedistance between—(a)the
notch immediately forward of the base of the largelateral spine of the crab on one side of the
crab; and(b)the notch immediately forward of the
base of the largelateral spine of the crab on the other side
of the crab.(2)Thefollowingfigureisanillustrationoftheoperationofsubsection (1) in diagrammatic form—The
distance between the 2 vertical dotted lines is the distance to be
measured to decidethe size of a blue swimmer crab
254Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 4A (continued)2Measurement of size of fin fish other than
gulf fin fish(1)The size of a fin fish, other than
gulf fin fish under the GulfPlan, is decided
by measuring, with the fish in the requiredposition—(a)forbar-tailedflathead,mudflatheadorsandflathead—thedistancealongastraightlinealongthecentre of the fish’s underside from the
fish’s mouth tothe end of its tail; or(b)for a
fin fish, other than gulf fin fish under the Gulf Plan,notmentionedinparagraph(a)—thedistancealongahorizontal line (themeasurement line) along the
fish’sside from its mouth to—(i)the
point on the measurement line where the fish’stail ends;
or(ii)if part of the tail extends further
than the point onthemeasurementlinewherethefish’stailends—thepointonthemeasurementlinecorresponding in length with the end of the
longestpart of the fish’s tail.(2)Thefollowingfigureisanillustrationoftheoperationofsubsections(1)(b)and(4),definitionrequiredposition,indiagrammatic
form—(3)Forsubsection(1),thesizeofthefishmustbemeasuredwithoutstrokingorotherwisephysicallymanipulatingthefish,
other than to the extent reasonably necessary to allow thefish
to be measured as required under the subsection.
255Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 4A (continued)(4)In
this section—required positionmeans—(a)for a fish mentioned in subsection
(1)(a)—lying on itsunderside; or(b)for a
fish mentioned in subsection (1)(b)—lying on itssidewiththedorsalfinfacingoutwardanditsmouthclosed.Note—For the size of gulf fin fish under
the Gulf Plan, see section 14(2) of thatplan.3Measurement of size of mud crabThe
size of a mud crab is decided by measuring—(a)ifitscarapaceisnotdamagedormissing—thewidestpart
of its carapace; or(b)if its carapace is damaged or
missing—the underside ofits body on 1 side, from the notch at
the junction of theclaw with the body to the notch at the
junction of the lastleg with the body.4Measurement of size of painted
crayfishThe size of a painted crayfish is decided by
measuring, in astraight line—(a)ifitscarapaceisnotdamagedormissing—fromtheanteriormid-dorsalmargintotheposteriormid-dorsalmargin of the cephalothorax; or(b)if its carapace is damaged or
missing—along the dorsalsurface from the anterior margin of
the first abdominalsomitetotheposteriormarginofthesixthabdominalsomite, when the
tail is laid flat on a horizontal surface.5Measurement of size of pearl oysterThe
size of a pearl oyster is decided by measuring from
the
256Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 4A (continued)edgeofitsbuttorhingetotheoppositeedgeofitsshell,whether or not the shell is broken or
chipped.6Measurement of size of trochusThe
size of a trochus is decided by measuring the widest partof
the base of its shell.Part 2Measurement of
weight ofparticular fish7Measurement of weight of green snailsThe
weight of a green snail is its empty shell weight.Part
3Measurement of total volume offish8How total volume
must be measured(1)Thissectionprovidesforhowatotalvolumeoffishismeasured.(2)The volume of any fish that are in a
container (contained fish)must
be measured by reference to the volume of the containerwhen
it is empty.Note—1An
empty container with internal dimensions of 571mm x 381mmx305mm,commonlycalleda‘lugbasket’,hasacapacityofapproximately 66L.2An
empty container with internal dimensions of 605mm x 280mmx90mm,commonlycalleda‘prawncarton’,hasacapacityofapproximately 0.0153m3.
257Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 4A (continued)(3)For
subsection (2), a fish is not a contained fish if any part
ofit protrudes above the top of the
container.(4)Thevolumeofanyoffishthatarenotcontainedfish(uncontained fish) must be
measured by—(a)placing them in a container or
containers so that no partofanyofthefishprotrudesabovethetopofthecontainer or containers; and(b)measuringthevolumeofeachcontainerwhenitisempty; and(c)reference to the volume of the
container or containers.(5)The total volume
is worked out by adding together the volumeof all of the
contained and uncontained fish.
268Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7Fish habitat
areassection 94Part 1Areas
shown by hatched plans1Broad
Sound(1)TheBroadSoundfishhabitatarea(nearSt.Lawrence)isshown
on plan no. 015–045A.(2)Thewords‘Exclusionofaccesscorridor10mwide’ontheplan mean the area, within 5m either
side of the shortest linebetween the lots marked 13 and 15 at
the ends of the corridor,is not part of the area.2Cape PalmerstonTheCapePalmerstonfishhabitatarea(southofSarina)isshown
on plan no. 015–043A.3CarmilaThe
Carmila fish habitat area (near Carmila Beach, south ofSarina) is shown on plan no.
033–025A.4Corio BayThe Corio Bay
fish habitat area (near Yeppoon) is shown onplan no.
015–017A.5Eight Mile CreekTheEightMileCreekfishhabitatarea(neartheNorthernTerritory border)
is shown on plan no. 015–051A.
269Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)6Escape RiverThe Escape River
fish habitat area (near Cape York) is shownon plan no.
015–037A.7Fraser IslandTheFraserIslandfishhabitatareaisshownonplanno.033–009A.8Kauri CreekThe Kauri Creek
fish habitat area (at Tin Can Inlet) is shownon plan no.
015–022A.9Maaroom(1)The
Maaroom fish habitat area (at Great Sandy Strait, FraserIsland) is shown on plan no.
015–021A.(2)However, the area does not include the
tidal area within 100moftheshorefor2kmnortherlyalongtheshorefromthenorthern bank of Maaroom Creek.10MarionTheMarionfishhabitatarea(nearNotchPoint,southofSarina) is shown on plan no.
033–024A.11Morning Inlet–Bynoe River(1)The Morning Inlet–Bynoe River fish
habitat area (at the GulfofCarpentarianearKarumba)isshownonplanno.015–052A.(2)A boundary for the Bynoe or Flinders
River shown on the planas a point is the shortest line across
the river at the point.(3)A distance in
metres at a point on the plan is measured for halfthe
distance along the shore on either side of the point.
270Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)12Nassau RiverThe Nassau River
fish habitat area (at the Gulf of Carpentaria)is shown on plan
no. 015–054A.13Princess Charlotte BayThe
Princess Charlotte Bay fish habitat area is shown on planno.
015–035A.14Rocky DamTheRockyDamfishhabitatarea(nearArmstrongBeach,south of Sarina)
is shown on plan no. 033–023A.15Silver PlainsTheSilverPlainsfishhabitatarea(nearPrincessCharlotteBay) is shown on
plan no. 015–034A.16Staaten–Gilbert(1)TheStaaten–Gilbertfishhabitatarea(attheGulfofCarpentaria) is shown on plan no.
015–053A.(2)A boundary for the Staaten River or
Vanrook Creek shown onthe plan as a point is the shortest
line across the river or creekat the
point.(3)A distance in metres at a point on the
plan is measured for halfthe distance along the shore on either
side of the point.17Susan River(1)TheSusanRiverfishhabitat area (at Great Sandy Strait)
isshown on plan no. 015–048A.(2)However,theareadoesnotincludethetidalareafromtheshore to the
midstream line of the Susan River between pointson
the shore 100m either side of lot 59 on RP 145808 Countyof
March, Parish of Bingham.
271Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)(3)In
the Mary River, the area’s boundary runs parallel to, and100mtothenorthof,thecentre-lineofthenavigationchannel.18Temple BayTheTempleBayfishhabitatareaisshownonplanno.015–038A.19Tin Can InletTheTinCanInletfishhabitatareaisshownonplanno.015–023A.20West HillThe West Hill
fish habitat area (near Carmila Beach, south ofSarina) is shown
on plan no. 015–044A.Part 2Areas within
outer boundariesshown on plans21Annan
River(1)The Annan River fish habitat area is
shown on plan FHA–049.(2)The area includes
the following—(a)the tidal land and waters of lot 68 on
plan BS87;(b)the esplanade adjacent to lot 253 on
plan BK15762 thatis within the outer boundary shown on the
plan.(3)However, the area does not
include—(a)the area 80m upstream and downstream
from the centrelineofthenewCooktownDevelopmentRoadBridgethat crosses the
river; and
272Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)(b)the
area under, and within, 50m of the boat ramp on thenorthern side of Annan River; and(c)the road adjacent to lot 29 on CP
896317.22Baffle Creek(1)The
Baffle Creek fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–031.(2)The area includes the tidal land
within conservation parks onlot 511 on plan
NPW571 and lot 154 on plan FD752;(3)However, the area does not include the
following—(a)lot 73 on plan FD391;(b)lot 46 on plan FD268;(c)lot 85 on plan FD963;(d)lot 87 on plan FD963;(e)lot 114 on plan FD1124;(f)lot 115 on plan FD1124;(g)the area 50m either side of the line
that links the closestpoints of lot 3 on RP90442 and lot 81
on plan FD485;(h)the area 50m upstream and 50m
downstream from theline joining the centres of Ferry Road and
Boat RampRoad across Baffle Creek;(i)the area 50m upstream and 50m
downstream from themiddle of the existing bridge on Hills Road
that crossesOyster Creek;(j)the
area 50m upstream and 50m downstream from themiddle of the
existing causeway on Taunton Road thatcrosses Oyster
Creek.23Barr Creek(1)The
Barr Creek fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–035.(2)Also, the area includes the
following—•lot 147 on plan NR4789
273Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)•lot
15 on plan USL9633•lot 49 on plan N157300.24Bassett Basin(1)The
Bassett Basin fish habitat area (at Mackay) is shown onplan
FHA–044.(2)However, the area does not
include—(a)the area of a waterway between lines
drawn parallel to,and 20m either side of, a road across the
waterway; or(b)an area within 20m of railway land;
or(c)the following lots—•lots 593 and 594 on plan CI3002•lot 265 on plan CI3220•lots 607 and 608 on plan CI4312•lot 1 on RP736461.(3)The
area includes lot 102 on RP735461.25Beelbi(1)TheBeelbifishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–030(Revision
1).(2)The area includes the tidal land of
the part of lot 25 on planNPW541 that is within the outer
boundary shown on the plan.26Bohle
River(1)The Bohle River fish habitat area is
shown on plan FHA–027.(2)The area includes
the tidal land on—(a)lot 69 on plan EP2023; and(b)lot 474 on plan OL357; and(c)the part of lot 505 on plan NPW529
that is within theouter boundary shown on the
plan.
274Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)27Bowling Green Bay(1)TheBowlingGreenBayfishhabitatarea(southofTownsville) is shown on plan FHA–007.(2)However,theareadoesnotincludenontidallandonthefollowing lots—•lot 2
on plan VCL38596 (Bray Islet)•lot 3
on plan VCL38596 (Bare Islet)•lots
4 to 7 on plan VCL38596 (Bald Islet)•lot 1
on plan VCL38321 (Sand Island).28Burdekin(1)The
Burdekin fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–005,consisting of 2 sheets.(2)However, the area does not include the areas
under or within50m of the following—(a)the
boat ramp on the northern side of Ocean Creek;(b)the
boat ramp on the northern side of Plantation Creek;(c)the boat ramp on the northern side of
Hell Hole Creek;(d)the boat ramp on the southern side of
Groper Creek;(e)the boat ramp on the eastern side of
Yellow Gin Creek;(f)the boat ramp at Wallace’s Landing on
the western sideof Yellow Gin Creek;(g)the
boat ramp on the eastern side of Molongle Creek.(3)The area includes the part of lot 2727
on plan PH1250 that iswithin the outer boundary shown on the
plan.29Burrum(1)The
Burrum fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–029 (2sheets).(2)The
area includes the following—
275Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)(a)lot
20 on plan CK3227;(b)lot 75 on plan CK3132.(3)The area does not include the parts of
lots 53 and 65 on planC37398 that are not tidal land.30Cattle Creek(1)The
Cattle Creek fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–026.(2)The area includes the
following—(a)lot 479 on plan OL223;(b)the part of the Cattle Creek Esplanade
between SinclaireRoadandtheprolongationofthesouth-westernboundary of lot
10 on plan CAR124284.(3)However, the area
does not include—(a)the part of lot 123 on plan NPW597
that is within theouter boundary shown on the plan; and(b)Bridges Road.31Cawarral Creek(1)TheCawarralCreekfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–050.(2)However, the area does not include—(a)the area within 30m of the centre line
of the trunk watermain shown on the plan; and(b)the area under, or within 50m of, the
boat ramp on thenorthern side of Cawarral Creek; and(c)the area under, or within 50m of, the
boat ramp on thesouthern side of Cawarral Creek; and(d)the esplanade adjacent to lot 5 on
plan LN1927.32Colosseum Inlet(1)TheColosseumInletfishhabitatareaisshownonplan
276Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)FHA–037.(2)The area includes the
following—(a)the tidal land of the part of lot 4 on
plan FD841442 thatis within the outer boundary shown on the
plan;(b)lots 5, 6, 9 and 11 on plan
FD841442;(c)lot 10 on plan FD841442 other than the
part of the lotthat is within the area mentioned in
subsection (3)(c).(3)However, the area does not
include—(a)lot697onplanNPW443andtheesplanadessurrounding the lot; and(b)the
esplanade along—(i)the eastern boundary of lot 21 on
SP114462; or(ii)thesouth-easternboundaryoflot4450onplanPH2277;
and(c)thearea,includinglot1onUSL43258,shownanddescribed on the plan as ‘Exclusion
Area’.8333CoombabahThe
Coombabah fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–016.34Coomera(1)The
Coomera fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–023.(2)The area includes—(a)thepartoflot91onplanWD3199thatiswithintheouter
boundary shown on the plan; and(b)the
tidal land on the part of lot 84 on plan WD814529that
is within the outer boundary shown on the plan.83The
area is north of Clarks Drive. The plan describes the area as the
area within100m of the centre line of the existing
access track.
277Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)35Currumbin Creek(1)TheCurrumbinCreekfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–020.(2)The
area includes lots 260 and 261 on plan WD5078.36Dallachy Creek(1)TheDallachyCreekfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–042.(2)Also,
the area includes the tidal lands on the part of lot 771 onplan
NPW437 within the outer boundary shown on the plan.37Deception BayTheDeceptionBayfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–013.38Edgecumbe Bay(1)TheEdgecumbeBayfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–069.(2)The
area does not include any of the following—(a)the
area shown and described on the plan as ‘ExclusionArea
(approx 2.5HA)’;(b)the area shown and described on the
plan as ‘ExclusionArea (approx 20HA)’.39Elliott River(1)The
Elliott River fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–052.(2)The area includes the
following—(a)lot 192 on plan CK2206;(b)thepartoftheesplanadeadjoiningthesouthernandeasternboundariesoflot192onplanCK2206thatiswithin the outer
boundary shown on the plan;
278Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)(c)thepartoftheesplanadeadjoiningtheeasternboundaries of lot
11 on RP171643, lot 7 on RP909282and lot 8 on
RP93267, that is within the outer boundaryshown on the
plan.(3)However, the area does not
include—(a)lot 21 on plan C371349; and(b)theareawithin15mofthecentrelineofthewatersupply pipeline
between Elliott Heads and Riverview.40Eurimbula(1)The
Eurimbula fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–038.(2)The area includes the tidal land of
the part of lot 35 on planNPW865 that is within the outer
boundary shown on the plan.41Half Moon
Creek(1)TheHalfMoonCreekfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–033.(2)The
area includes the following—(a)lots
2 and 3 on plan USL9661;(b)lot 27 on plan
USL9569;(c)lot 34 on SP113641;(d)thepartoflot50onplanUSL9567thatiswithin theouter
boundary shown on the plan.42Halifax(1)The Halifax fish habitat area is shown
on plan FHA–024.(2)Theareaincludesthepartoflot408onCP91644thatiswithin the outer
boundary shown on the plan.(3)However, the area
does not include—(a)the parts of lot 15 on plan USL39609
and lot 72 on planCWL1870 that are not tidal land;
and
279Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)(b)Halifax–Lucinda Point Road; and(c)Gentle Annie Creek Road; and(d)thesmallparcelsshownanddescribedontheplanas‘area
A’.43Hay’s Inlet(1)The
Hay’s Inlet fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–012.(2)However, the area does not
include—(a)the area of Hay’s Inlet between the
prolongation acrossthe inlet of the northern and southern
boundaries of lot23 on RP210075; or(b)the
area within 20m of the area mentioned in paragraph(a).44Hinchinbrook(1)TheHinchinbrookfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–028.(2)The
area includes the following—(a)lot 1
on plan CWL1111;(b)lot 165 on plan CWL3150;(c)thepartoflot18onplanNPW529withintheouterboundary shown on
the plan.45Hull River(1)The
Hull River fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–046.(2)The area includes the tidal lands of
Hull River National Parkon lot 113 on plan NPW631 within the
outer boundary.46Jumpinpin–Broadwater(1)The Jumpinpin–Broadwater fish habitat
area is shown on planFHA–021.
280Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)(2)The
area includes the following—(a)the
esplanade surrounding lot 4 on plan WD2140;(b)the
following lots—•lot 6 on plan WD2107•lot 4 on plan WD2140•lot 10 on plan WD3007;(c)the parts of the following lots that
are within the outerboundary shown on the plan—•lot 91 on plan WD3199•lots 273 to 275 on plan WD131•lots 264 and 266 on plan WD132•lot 17 on plan SL8399•lot 262 on plan W31252•lot 271 on plan WD3598;(d)the tidal land of lot 408 on plan
NPW645.(3)However, the area does not
include—(a)the parts of the following lots that
are not tidal land—•lot 1 on plan USL32128•lot 3 on plan USL32129; and(b)lot 21 on W31475; and(c)lots 243, 244 and 245 on plan WD31330;
and(d)lot 1 on plan AP7164; and(e)thesmallparcelsshownanddescribedontheplanas‘area
A’; and(f)the following areas—(i)the area, identified on the plan as
‘Exclusion Area’,that is a rectangular area running along the
western
281Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)boundaryoflot243onplanWD31330andextending out 50m from the
boundary;84(ii)thearea,identifiedontheplanas‘ExclusionforAccess’, with a length of 160m, running from
themost northern tip of lot 10 on plan WD3007
alongthe north-eastern boundary of the lot, and a
widthof 50m;85(iii)thearea,identifiedontheplanas‘FHA–ExclusionArea’,withalengthof40mrunningalongthesouth-easternboundaryoflot408onplan NPW645 and a width of 15m.8647Kinkuna(1)The Kinkuna fish habitat area (near
Woodgate) is shown onplan FHA–002.(2)The
area includes tidal land that is—(a)national park land; and(b)within the outer boundary shown on the
plan.48Kippa-RingThe Kippa-Ring
fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–014.49Kolan
River(1)The Kolan River fish habitat area is
shown on plan FHA–032.(2)However, the area
does not include the area shown on the planatthejunctionoftheNorthCoastRailwayandtheKolanRiver from 20m
downstream of the North Coast Railway and84The
area is west of Tabby Tabby Island.85The
area is north of Cobby Cobby Island.86The
area is south-west of Woogoompah Island and is commonly used as an
oysterindustry stockpile area.
282Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)road reserve to a
point 20m upstream of the road reserve thatis adjacent to
lot 43 on RP908180.(3)The area includes the
following—(a)thetidallandsofthosepartsoflot49onCP844223within the outer
boundary;(b)the following lots—•lots 9 and 10 on plan USL43090•lots 11 and 12 on plan USL43099•lot 22 on plan USL38977•lots 54 and 58 on plan USL43100•lot 189 on plan CK3500;(c)the tidal lands only of the following
lots—•lot 10 on plan USL43099•lot 12 on plan USL43095•lots 17, 19, 20 and 26 on plan
USL38977•lot 27 on plan USL43085•lot 59 on CP892216•lot
66 on plan CK2294•lot 90 on plan C37415.50Margaret Bay (Wuthathi)(1)TheMargaretBay(Wuthathi)fishhabitatareaisshownonplan
FHA–070.(2)The area does not include the area
adjacent to the northern andwestern sides of
Hicks Island shown and described on the planas ‘Exclusion
Area’.51Maroochy(1)The
Maroochy fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–008.(2)The area includes the
following—
283Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)(a)the
parts of lot 509 on plan NPW562 that are—(i)on
the northern side of the Maroochy River; and(ii)within the outer boundary shown on the
plan;(b)the parts of the road and esplanade
that are—(i)adjacent to the areas mentioned in
paragraph (a);and(ii)within the outer
boundary shown on the plan;(c)the parts of lot
509 on plan NPW562 known as ChannelIsland and Goat
Island;(d)thetidallandonlot721onplanCG5072(ChambersIsland).52Meunga Creek(1)TheMeungaCreekfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–040.(2)The
area includes lot 14 on plan USL38639.53Midge(1)The
Midge fish habitat area (near Midge Point, Repulse Bay)is
shown on plan FHA–001.(2)However,theareadoesnotincludenontidallandonGouldIsland, Midge Island, Cave Island and Pigeon
Island.54Moreton BanksTheMoretonBanksfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–015.55Murray River(1)TheMurrayRiverfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–009.(2)The
area includes the following—
284Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)(a)the
part of lot 771 on NPW 437 on the southern bank ofthe
Murray River within the outer boundary shown onthe plan;(b)lots 3, 14 and 15 on plan
USL38662.56Myora–Amity Banks(1)The
Myora–Amity Banks fish habitat area is shown on planFHA–017.(2)The
area includes lot 152 on plan SL806436.57Noosa
River(1)The Noosa River fish habitat area is
shown on plan FHA–051(Revision 1–2 sheets).(2)The area includes the tidal land of
the following—•thepartoflot21onplanNPW659thatiswithintheouter boundary shown on the
plan•lot 35 on plan MCH4795•lots 140 and 144 to 148 on plan
MCH4796•lot 168 on CP849516•lot 307 on plan MCH4551•lots 34 and 35 on plan MCH5214.(3)However, the area does not
include—(a)the part of lot 3 on plan USL30873
that is not tidal land;and(b)lots
55 and 386 on plan MCH1667; and(c)the
road adjacent to lot 11 on plan MCH4128 and lot 1on
RP141189.58Palm Creek(1)The
Palm Creek fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–025.
285Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)(2)The
area includes the following—(a)lot
181 on plan CWL3001;(b)lot 384 on plan CWL3001;(c)the bed and banks of the waterway on
the part of lot 382on SP136985 that is within the outer
boundary shown onthe plan.59Peel
Island(1)The Peel Island fish habitat area (in
Moreton Bay) is shownon plan FHA–010.(2)However, the area does not include nontidal
land within lot 12on plan VCL32998.60Pimpama(1)The
Pimpama fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–022.(2)The area includes lots 88 and 89 on
plan WD6507.61Pumicestone Channel(1)The Pumicestone Channel fish habitat
area (including BribieIslandandthePumicestoneStrait)isshownonplanFHA–011.(2)The
area includes tidal land that is—(a)national park land; and(b)within the outer boundary shown on the
plan.(3)The area does not include—(a)theareaatNingiwithin50moftheouterboundary,between the eastern boundary of lot 9 on
RP161631 andthe outer boundary shown on the plan as
‘208ºabt880m’;or(b)the area at
Toorbul within 50m of the outer boundary,between the
northern prolongation of the western side of
286Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)FreemanRoadandtheeasternprolongationofthesouthern side of Karissma Drive;
or(c)theareaatDonnybrookwithin50moftheouterboundary,betweenaprolongationoftheeasternboundary of lot
39 on plan C31845 and a prolongationof the
northern-most boundary of lot 3 on RP132579; or(d)the
area at Roys within the low water mark and the outerboundary, between 2 lines drawn parallel to
and 500meither side of a prolongation of the western
boundary oflot 2 on RP98188.62Repulse(1)The
Repulse fish habitat area (north of Mackay) is shown onplan
FHA–004.(2)The area includes tidal land that
is—(a)national park land; and(b)within the outer boundary shown on the
plan.(3)However, the area does not include
tidal land—(a)within 200m of the outer boundary,
between 200m northand200msouthofthemainbuildingoftheNewryIsland Resort on
Newry Island; or(b)within the area between—(i)theouterboundaryandthemidstreamlineofVictor Creek; and(ii)points200meithersideoftheboatramp(nearSeaforth) marked
‘A’ on the plan; or(c)within 200m of an imaginary line that
runs north-westfromthenorthernmostpointofSkullKnobtothenearest point of
the outer boundary then along the outerboundaryatSt.HelensBeachtoapoint1kmwestofCarpet Snake
Point.
287Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)63Rodds
Harbour(1)TheRoddsHarbourfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–036.(2)The
area does not include—(a)the area shown
and described on the plan as ‘ExclusionArea’ at area
‘C’;87and(b)the
area shown and described on the plan as ‘ExclusionArea’
at area ‘D’;88and(c)the
area shown and described on the plan as ‘ExclusionArea’
at area ‘E’.8964Sand BayThe
Sand Bay fish habitat area (near Cape Hillsborough) isshown
on plan FHA–006.65Seventeen Seventy–Round HillThe
Seventeen Seventy–Round Hill fish habitat area is shownon
plan FHA–018.66Starcke River (Ngulun)(1)The Starcke River (Ngulun) fish
habitat area is shown on planFHA–068.(2)Theareaincludesthetidallandofthepartoflot18onSP104580thatiswithintheouterboundaryshownontheplan.(3)However, the area does not include any of
the following—87The area is described on the plan as
an area within 50m either side of the centre lineof
the existing access track.88The area is
described on the plan as an area within 100m either side of the
centreline of the existing access track.89The area is described on the plan as
an area within 250m either side of the centreline of the
existing causeway.
288Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)(a)lot 7
on CP892329;(b)the 150m x 350m area at the mouth of
the Starcke Rivershown and described on the plan as ‘Future
ExclusionArea’.67Tallebudgera Creek(1)TheTallebudgeraCreekfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–019.(2)Also,
the area includes lot 94 on plan WD6256.68Trinity Inlet(1)The
Trinity Inlet fish habitat area is shown on plan FHA–003(Revision 2).(2)The
area includes the following—(a)the
following lots—•lot 1 to 4 on plan C19823•lot 51 on plan NR3159•lot 92 on plan NR3051•lot 155 on plan NR4561•lot 153 on plan NR4373•lot 36 on plan AP7416;(b)the part of the following lots that
are within the outerboundary shown on the plan—•lot 1 on RP736304•lots
40, 41 and 771 on SP113657•lot 14 on
SP122867•lot 2 on plan AP3510•lot 12 on plan AP3442•lot 146 on SP129134•lot 45 on plan AP3448.
289Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)(3)However, the area does not include—(a)lot 1 on RP783634; and(b)lot 1 on PER 5481; and(c)theareawithin10mofthecentrelineofthevehiculartrack
from Airport Avenue to the Sand Stockpile on lot 1on
RP736304; and(d)the Sand Stockpile on lot 1 on
RP736304; and(e)the area within 10m of the centre line
of the vehiculartrack that crosses lot 151 on NR4172;
and(f)the following esplanades—(i)the esplanade adjacent to lot 1 on
RP736304 andAirport Avenue;(ii)the
esplanade on the northern side of Pine Creek;(iii)the
esplanade adjacent to lot 34 on plan USL9876;(iv)the
esplanade adjacent to lot 36 on plan AP7416;(v)the
esplanade adjacent to lot 158 on plan NR5877;(vi)the
esplanade adjacent to part of lot 111 on planNR7962;
and(g)the following roads—(i)the roads surrounding Mackay
Creek;(ii)theroadsontheeasternandsouthernsidesofSimmonds Creek;(iii)the
road on the eastern side of Middle Creek.69Tully
River(1)The Tully River fish habitat area is
shown on plan FHA–045.(2)The area
includes—(a)lot 116 on plan CWL2112; and(b)that part of lot 234 on plan CWL1830
within the outerboundary.
290Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 7 (continued)70Wreck
Creek(1)TheWreckCreekfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–041.(2)The
area includes the tidal lands on lot 771 on plan NPW437within the outer boundary shown on the
plan.71Yorkey’s Creek(1)TheYorkey’sCreekfishhabitatareaisshownonplanFHA–034.(2)The
area includes the following—•lots
15 and 16 on USL 9615•lot 105 on USL
9612•lot 139 on NR 3818.
291Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 8Recreational
fishing—use offishing apparatussection
96Part 1Crab pots,
collapsible traps,dillies and inverted dillies1Permitted areaThe permitted
area comprises all tidal waters.2What
fish may be takenOnly crabs, other than spanner crabs,90may be taken.3Permitted ways of taking crabs(1)Crabs may only be taken by using crab
pots, collapsible traps,dillies or inverted dillies.(2)Not more than 4 crab pots, collapsible
traps, dillies or inverteddillies alone or in a combination may
be used at a time.4General condition of taking
crabsA person under 15 must not use a crab pot,
collapsible trap,dilly or inverted dilly.5Marking of fishing apparatus(1)Acrabpot,collapsibletrap,dillyorinverteddilly(crabapparatus)usedtotakecrabsmusthaveatagwiththeowner’s surname
and address written on it.(2)Also, if the crab
apparatus is not fixed to something while it isin use, the
apparatus must have a light coloured float attached90For spanner crabs, see the Spanner
Crab Plan.
292Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 8 (continued)to it.(3)The float must be at least 15cm in any
dimension and have theowner’s name written on it.Part
2Fishing lines and rods6Permitted areaThe permitted
area comprises all tidal waters.7What
fish may be taken(1)Any fish may be taken.(2)However, subsection (1) does not apply
to—(a)coral reef fin fish;91or(b)the
taking or possession of fin fish, other than coral reeffin
fish, in the tidal waters—(i)west of longitude
142º09' east; and(ii)of waterways that flow into the Gulf
of Carpentariasouth of the intersection of longitude
142º09' eastwith the mainland shore.928Permitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by
using—(a)hand or mechanically operated fishing
lines; or(b)fishing rods with hand or mechanically
operated reels;or91For coral reef
fin fish, see the Coral Reef Plan.92For
the taking or possession of fin fish, other than coral reef fin
fish, in the watersmentioned in subsection (2)(b), see the Gulf
Plan.
293Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 8 (continued)(c)hand
held spears or spear guns.(2)A person must not
use more than 3 fishing lines at a time.(3)The
total number of hooks or lures attached to the lines mustnot
be more than 6.Example—A
person might use—(a)1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached
to it; or(b)3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached
to 2 of the lines and 4hooks attached to the other
line.Part 3Nets10Permitted areaThe permitted
area comprises all tidal waters.11What
fish may be taken(1)Any fish may be taken.(2)However,subsection(1)doesnotapplytothetakingorpossession of fin fish in the tidal
waters—(a)west of longitude 142º09' east;
and(b)ofwaterwaysthatflowintotheGulfofCarpentariasouth of the
intersection of longitude 142º09' east withthe mainland
shore.9312Permitted ways of
taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using cast,
scoop or seine nets.93For the taking or possession of fin
fish in the waters mentioned in subsection (2), seethe
Gulf Plan.
294Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 8 (continued)(2)A
cast net must not have a length of more than 3.7m and musthave
a mesh size of not more than 28mm.(3)A
scoop net must not be more than 2m in any dimension andmust
have a mesh size of at least 25mm and a handle or shaftnot
longer than 2.5m.(4)Aseinenetmustnotbelongerthan16mandmusthaveamesh size of not
more than 28mm.(5)A seine net’s drop must not be more
than 3m.(6)A seine net must not contain a pocket
or be fixed.13General condition of taking
fishA person under 15 may use a seine net only
if the person issupervised by someone else who is at least
15 years old.Part 4Other fishing
apparatus14Permitted areaThe permitted
area comprises all tidal waters and foreshores.15What
fish may be takenOnly the following fish may be taken—(a)if a fork is used—worms;(b)if a hand pump is used—yabbies;(c)if a shell dredge is used—molluscs
(other than oysters,pearl oysters, trochus, green snails or
scallops);(d)if a spear or spear gun is used—any
fish.16Permitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using hand
held forks, hand pumps,
295Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 8 (continued)shell dredges,
spears or spear guns.(2)Ashelldredgemustnothaveamouthwiderthan0.6morteeth, prongs or tines longer than
75mm.17General condition of taking
fishA person under 15 must not use a shell
dredge.
296Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 9Fees relating to
developmentunder Planning Actsection
110OPart 1Resource
allocation authorities$1Assessment of application for resource
allocationauthority relating to—(a)prescribed declared fish habitat areadevelopment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .relevant assessmentfee(b)development mentioned in the Planning
Act,schedule 8, part 2, table 1, item 3(b), (c)
or (d)or table 4, item 3(b), (c), (d) or
(e). . . . . . . . .412.60(c)prescribed aquaculture development . .
. . . . . .relevant assessmentfee(d)development mentioned in the Planning
Act,schedule 8, part 2, table 4, item 4(a) . . .
. . . . .412.60(e)development mentioned in the Planning
Act,schedule 8, part 2, table 4, item 4(c) . . .
. . . . .412.602Assessment of application for renewal of
resourceallocation authority . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .412.60
297Fisheries Regulation 1995Part
2Schedule 9 (continued)Fish movement
exemptionnotices$1Assessment of application for fish
movementexemption notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .relevant assessmentfee2Assessment of
application for renewal of fishmovement
exemption notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412.60Part 3Assessment of developmentapplication$1Assessment of development application
for—(a)development mentioned in the Planning
Act,schedule 8, part 1, table 1, item 2 or table
4,item 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .relevant assessmentfee(b)for development
mentioned in the PlanningAct, schedule 8, part 1, table 2, item
8. . . . . .relevant
assessmentfee(c)development
mentioned in the Planning Act,schedule 8, part
1, table 4, item 6 . . . . . . . . . .relevant
assessmentfee(d)development
mentioned in the Planning Act,schedule 8, part
1, table 4, item 8 . . . . . . . . . .relevant
assessmentfee
298Fisheries Regulation 1995Part
4Schedule 9 (continued)Other fees
relating todevelopment applications$1Assessment of request to extend
currency periodunder the Planning Act, section
3.5.22a. . . . . . . . . .412.602Assessment of request to change a
developmentapprovalb. . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .relevant assessmentfee3For administering, as assessment
manager, theapplication and notification stages of IDAS
for adevelopment application, other than
assessing theapplication—(a)if
there is no referral agency or only 1 referralagency for the
application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 270.80(b)if there are 2 or more referral
agencies for theapplication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .2 435.60aPlanning Act, section 3.5.22 (Request to
extend period in s 3.5.21)bSee the Planning
Act, sections 3.5.24 (Request to change development approval(otherthanachangeofacondition))and3.5.33(Requesttochangeorcancelconditions).
299Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 10Other feessection 112Table 1—Annual
feesFishery accessright2006–2007financialyear$2007–20082008–2009financialfinancialyearyear$$2009–20102010–2011financialfinancialyearyear
andany later$financialyear$Net fisheries under regulation or Gulf
Plan1For the fisherysymbol
‘N1’2For the fisherysymbol
‘N2’3For the fisherysymbol
‘N3’4For the fisherysymbol
‘N5’5For the fisherysymbol
‘N6’6For the fisherysymbol
‘N7’7For the fisherysymbol
‘N8’8For the fisherysymbol
‘N9’9For the fisherysymbol
‘K1’10For the fisherysymbol
‘K2’11For the fisherysymbol
‘K3’12For the fisherysymbol
‘K4’13For the fisherysymbol
‘K5’15515587015501551551350015515515515515518018092018001801801405018018018018018021521597021502152151460021521521521521525025010202500250250151002502502502502502902901100290029029015700290290290290290
300Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 10 (continued)Table 1—Annual
feesFishery accessright2006–2007financialyear$2007–20082008–2009financialfinancialyearyear$$2009–20102010–2011financialfinancialyearyear
andany later$financialyear$14For the
fisherysymbol ‘K6’15For
the fisherysymbol ‘K7’16For
the fisherysymbol ‘K8’155180215250290155180215250290155180215250290Crab fisheries
under regulation or Spanner Crab Plan1For
the fisherysymbol ‘C1’2For
the fisherysymbol ‘C2’3For
the fisherysymbol ‘C3’4For
an ITQunit15518021525000001551802152501.801.302.402.7029002903.00Line fisheries under regulation or
Coral Reef Plan1For the fisherysymbol
‘L1’2For the fisherysymbol
‘L2’3For the fisherysymbol
‘L3’4For the fisherysymbol
‘L4’5For the fisherysymbol
‘L6’6For the fisherysymbol
‘L7’155180215155180215155180215470565660155180215155180215250250250755250250290290290850290290
301Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 10 (continued)Table 1—Annual
feesFishery accessright2006–2007financialyear$2007–20082008–2009financialfinancialyearyear$$2009–20102010–2011financialfinancialyearyear
andany later$financialyear$7For the
fisherysymbol ‘L8’4705656607558508For the
fisherysymbol ‘RQ’000009For the
fisherysymbol ‘SM’0000010For an SM
unit.05.05.10.10.1511For
a CT lineunit.10.15.20.25.3012For an OS lineunit.05.05.10.10.1513For
an RTEline unit.05.05.10.10.15Trawl fisheries under regulation or
East Coast Trawl Plan1For the
fisherysymbol ‘M1’2For
the fisherysymbol ‘M2’3For
the fisherysymbol ‘T1’4For
the fisherysymbol ‘T2’5For
the fisherysymbol ‘T4’6For
the fisherysymbol ‘T5’7For
the fisherysymbol ‘T6’8For
the fisherysymbol ‘T7’04700056501551551550565006210180180180066000676021521521507550073102502502500850007850290290290
302Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 10 (continued)Table 1—Annual
feesFishery accessright2006–2007financialyear$2007–20082008–2009financialfinancialyearyear$$2009–20102010–2011financialfinancialyearyear
andany later$financialyear$9For the
fisherysymbol ‘T8’10For
the fisherysymbol ‘T9’11For
a ‘T1’effort unit12For
a ‘T2’effort unit155180215250290155180215250290.10.15.20.25.30.10.15.20.25.30Other fisheries under regulation or
management plan1For the fisherysymbol
‘R’2For the fisherysymbol
‘A1’3For the fisherysymbol
‘A2’4For the fisherysymbol
‘B1’,where a unitequals
eachwhole 100kgentitled to
betaken underthe
symbol5For the fisherysymbol
‘D’,where a unitequals
eachwhole 100kgentitled to
betaken underthe
symbol6For the fisherysymbol
‘JE’15518021525029015518021525029055657585955/unit6/unit7/unit8/unit10/unit2/unit552/unit653/unit754/unit855/unit95
303Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 10 (continued)Table 1—Annual
feesFishery accessright2006–2007financialyear$2007–20082008–2009financialfinancialyearyear$$2009–20102010–2011financialfinancialyearyear
andany later$financialyear$7For the
fisherysymbol ‘O’,for an area
inwhich oystersmay be
takenunder thesymbol8For the fisherysymbol
‘P’9For the fisherysymbol
‘F’10For the fisherysymbol
‘G’11For the fisherysymbol
‘H’12For the fisherysymbol
‘J1’,where a unitequals
eachwhole 100kgentitled to
betaken underthe
symbol13For the fisherysymbol
‘W1’14For the fisherysymbol
‘W2’15For the fisherysymbol
‘Y’16For the fisherysymbol
‘E’20/area25/area30/area40/area50/area1551802152502905565758595556575859555657585955/unit555555556/unit656565657/unit757575758/unit10/unit8595859585958595
304Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 10 (continued)Table 1—Annual
feesFishery accessright2006–2007financialyear$2007–20082008–2009financialfinancialyearyear$$2009–20102010–2011financialfinancialyearyear
andany later$financialyear$Registration fees1For
acommercialfisher
licence2For acommercialfishing
boatlicence3For
acommercialharvest
fishinglicence4For
a buyerlicence5For
a carrierboat licence6For
a charterfishing licence250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250250Table 2—Other
Fees$1For a general
fisheries permit application . . . . . . . . . .2For a developmental fishing permit
application. . . . .3For
an indigenous fishing permit application . . . . . . .4For a stocked impoundment permit under
theFreshwater Plan—(a)permit fee for 1 week . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .250470007
305Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 10 (continued)Table 2—Other
Fees$5(b)permit fee for 1 year for a person (an
eligibleperson) who holds any of the
following—(i)a Queensland Government seniors
card;(ii)a pensioner
concession card;(iii)a current Health
Care Card;(iv)a Repatriation
health card—for allconditions (gold card)31.506(c)permit fee for 1
year for a person other than aneligible
person357For another
application for an authority other than anauthority
mentioned in items 1 to 6 of this table or insection 110O . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .at
reasonable cost,but no more thanactual
cost8For a request to amend a licence if
the request is toreplace a boat identified in the licence
(Act, s 63). . .1259To amend an authority at its holder’s
request (Act, s63(4)(d)). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .at reasonable
cost,but no more thanactual
cost10For a fishery symbol movement
application . . . . . . . .12511For
an application to register transfer of an authority(Act, s 65A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12512For an application to register
temporary transfer of anauthority (Act, ss 65A and 65C) . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2513For
a replacement authority application (Act, s 71). .2514For inspecting,
or obtaining a copy of details in, theregister (Act, s
73) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .at
reasonable cost,but no more thanactual
cost15For an application for a certificate
under section 74 ofthe Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12516For filing a notice of appeal (Act, s
197). . . . . . . . . . .125
306Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 11Commercial crab
fisheryschedule 17 definitionscommercial
fisheryandfishery schedule1Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘C1’.2Fishery areaThefisheryareacomprisesalltidalwatersinthefollowingareas—(a)east
of longitude 142º31'49" east;(b)northoflatitude10º48'southandbetweenlongitude141º20' east and longitude 142º31'49"
east;(c)in the Gulf of Carpentaria between the
25n mile line andthe shore, south of latitude 10º48'
south.3What fish may be takenOnly
crabs, other than spanner crabs,94may
be taken.4Permitted ways of taking crabs(1)Crabs may only be taken by using crab
pots, dillies or inverteddillies.(2)Not
more than 50 crab pots, dillies or inverted dillies alone orin a
combination may be used at a time.5Use
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
14m.94For spanner crabs, see the Spanner
Crab Plan.
307Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 11 (continued)6Use
of tender boatsAtenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.7Permitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionThepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is
800m.8Marking of fishing apparatus(1)A crab pot, dilly or inverted dilly
(crab apparatus) used totake
crabs must have a tag with the owner’s name written on itor be
marked with the boat mark for its owner’s primary boat.(2)Also, if the crab apparatus is not
fixed to something while it isin use, the
apparatus must have a light coloured float attachedto
it.(3)The float must be at least 15cm in any
dimension and have theboat mark for its owner’s primary boat
on it.
308Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 11ASpanish mackerel
commercialfisheryschedule 17,
definitionscommercial fisheryandfishery schedulePart 1The
fishery1Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘SM’.2Fishery areaThe fishery area
consists of—(a)if the fishery symbol is written on a
licence that also hasthefisherysymbol‘L1’writtenonit—theareamentioned in schedule 12, section 20;
and(b)if the fishery symbol is written on a
licence that also hasthe fishery symbol ‘L2’ or ‘L3’
written on it—the areamentioned in schedule 12, section 41;
and(c)if the fishery symbol is written on a
licence that also hasthe fishery symbol ‘L6’ or ‘L7’
written on it—the areamentioned in schedule 12, section 48;
and(d)if the fishery symbol is written on a
licence that also hasthefisherysymbol‘L8’writtenonit—theareamentioned in schedule 12, section 2.3What fish may be takenSpanish mackerel may be taken.4Permitted ways of taking spanish
mackerelSpanish mackerel may be taken only in the
way fish may betaken under the line fishery symbol for the
line fishery area inwhich the spanish mackerel is being
taken.
309Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 11A (continued)5Use
of primary boatThe requirements for a primary boat are the
requirements forusing a primary boat under the line fishery
symbol for the linefishery area in which the boat is being
used.6Use of tender boatsThe
requirements for a tender boat are the requirements forusing
a tender boat under the line fishery symbol for the linefishery area in which the boat is being
used.7Permitted distance for an assistant
fisher to be underdirectionIfacommercialandanassistantfisherareonseparatecommercialfishingboats,thepermitteddistancefortheassistant fisher
to be under direction is the permitted distanceunder the line
fishery symbol for the line fishery area in whichassistant fisher is taking spanish
mackerel.Part 2Definitions8Definitions for sch 11AIn this
schedule—line fishery area, in relation to
a line fishery symbol, means—(a)forthefisherysymbol‘L1’—theareamentionedinschedule 12, section 20; and(b)for the fishery symbol ‘L2’ or
‘L3’—the area mentionedin schedule 12, section 41; and(c)for the fishery symbol ‘L6’ or
‘L7’—the area mentionedin schedule 12, section 48; and(d)forthefisherysymbol‘L8’—theareamentionedinschedule 12, section 2.
310Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 11A (continued)linefisherysymbolmeansthefisherysymbol‘L1’,‘L2’,‘L3’,
‘L6’, ‘L7’ or ‘L8’.
311Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 12Line fisheries
(commercial)schedule 17, definitionscommercial
fisheryandfishery schedulePart 1Line
fishery (multiplehook—east coast)1Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘L8’.2Fishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all tidal waters deeper than 200mthatareeastoflongitude142º31'49"eastandthe200mbathometric line.3What
fish may be takenAnyfinfish(otherthanbarramundi,coralreeffinfish,snapper and spanish mackerel) may be
taken.4Permitted ways of taking fin
fish(1)Fin fish may only be taken by using
bottom set lines or droplines.(2)Apersonmustbewithin100mofalineorgroupoflineswhile they are in
use.(3)A bottom set line and a drop line must
not be used at the sametime.5Use
of drop lines(1)A drop line must not have more than 50
hooks attached to it.(2)Not more than 6
drop lines may be used at a time.(3)Each
drop line must have a light coloured float, at least 30cmin
any dimension, attached to it.
312Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 12 (continued)6Use
of bottom set lines(1)A bottom set line must not have more
than 300 hooks attachedto it.(2)Not
more than 3 bottom set lines may be used at a time.(3)However, if more than 1 bottom set
line is used, the combinednumber of hooks on the lines must not
be more than 300.(4)Each end of a bottom set line must
have a light coloured float,at least 30cm in
any dimension, attached to it.7Use
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
20m.8Use of tender boatsAtenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.9Permitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionIfacommercialandanassistantfisherareonseparatecommercialfishingboats,thepermitteddistancefortheassistant fisher
to be under direction is 800m.Part 3Line
fishery (other than GreatBarrier Reef region)19Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘L1’.
313Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 12 (continued)20Fishery areaThefisheryareacomprisestidalwaterssouthoflatitude24º30'
south.21What fish may be takenAnyfinfish,otherthancoralreeffinfishandspanishmackerel, may be
taken.22Permitted ways of taking fin
fish(1)Fin fish, other than coral reef fin
fish and spanish mackerel,may only be taken by using hand held
fishing lines or fishingrods with hand or mechanically
operated reels and lines.(2)A person must not
use more than 3 fishing lines at a time.(3)The
total number of hooks or lures attached to the lines mustnot
be more than 6.Example—A
person might use—(a)1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached
to it; or(b)3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached
to 2 of the lines and 4hooks attached to the other
line.23Use of primary boatsA
primary boat must not be longer than 20m.24Use
of tender boatsA tender boat must not be used more than 5n
miles from itsprimary boat.
314Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 12 (continued)25Permitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionIfacommercialandanassistantfisherareonseparatecommercialfishingboats,thepermitteddistancefortheassistant fisher
to be under direction is 5n miles.Part 4Line
fishery (QueenslandFisheries Joint Authority No. 1)26Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘L4’.27Fishery areaThefisheryareacomprisesalltidalwatersintheGulfofCarpentaria and adjoining waterways,
between the 25n mileline and the shore, south of latitude 10º48'
south.28What fish may be takenAny
fin fish (other than the following fish) may be taken—(a)barramundi;(b)black
jewfish;(c)blue salmon;(d)jewel
fish;(e)king salmon;(f)queenfish;(g)spotted grunter bream (grunter).29Permitted ways of taking fin
fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using hand
held fishing lines and
315Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 12 (continued)fishingrodswithhandormechanicallyoperatedreelsandlines.(2)A
person must not use more than 3 fishing lines at a time.(3)The total number of hooks or lures
attached to the lines mustnot be more than 6.Example—A
person might use—(a)1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached
to it; or(b)3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached
to 2 of the lines and 4hooks attached to the other
line.30Use of primary boatsA
primary boat must not be longer than 20m.31Use
of tender boatsA tender boat must not be used more than 10n
miles from itsprimary boat.32Permitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionIfacommercialandanassistantfisherareonseparatecommercialfishingboats,thepermitteddistancefortheassistant fisher
to be under direction is 10n miles.Part 6Line
fishery (reef)40Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘L2’ or ‘L3’.
316Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 12 (continued)41Fishery areaThefisheryareacomprisesalltidalwaterswithinthefollowing boundary—•from
the northern tip of Cape York along latitude 10º41'south, to longitude 145º east•to latitude 13º south, longitude 145º
east•to latitude 15º south, longitude 146º
east•to latitude 17º30' south, longitude
147º east•to latitude 21º south, longitude
152º55' east•to latitude 24º30' south, longitude
154º east•along latitude 24º30' south to the
mainland shore•alongtheshoretothenortherntipofCapeYorkatlatitude 10º41' south.42What fish may be takenAnyfinfish(otherthanbarramundi,coralreeffinfishandspanish mackerel) may be taken.43Permitted ways of taking fin
fish(1)Fin fish may only be taken by using
hand held fishing linesand fishing rods with hand or
mechanically operated reels andlines.(2)A person must not use more than 3
fishing lines at a time.(3)The total number
of hooks or lures attached to the lines mustnot be more than
6.Example—A
person might use—(a)1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached
to it; or(b)3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached
to 2 of the lines and 4hooks attached to the other
line.
317Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 12 (continued)44Use
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
20m.45Use of tender boats(1)A tender boat must not be used further
than 5n miles from itsprimary boat.(2)Subsection(1)doesnotapplyifthetenderboatanditsprimary boat are located on the same
reef.46Permitted distance for an assistant
fisher to be underdirection(1)Ifacommercialandanassistantfisherareonseparatecommercialfishingboats,thepermitteddistancefortheassistant fisher
to be under direction is 5n miles.(2)However, any distance is permitted if the
boats are located onthe same reef.Part 7Line
fishery (southQueensland)47Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘L6’ or ‘L7’.48Fishery
areaThefisheryareacomprisesalltidalwaterseastoftheterritorial sea baseline and south of
latitude 25º south.49What fish may be takenAnyfinfish(otherthanbarramundi,coralreeffinfishandspanish mackerel) may be
taken.
318Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 12 (continued)50Permitted ways of taking fin fish(1)Fin fish may only be taken by using
hand held fishing lines orfishingrodswithhandormechanicallyoperatedreelsandlines.(2)A
person must not use more than 3 fishing lines at a time.(3)The total number of hooks or lures
attached to the lines mustnot be more than 6.Example—A
person might use—(a)1 fishing line with 6 hooks attached
to it; or(b)3 fishing lines with 1 lure attached
to 2 of the lines and 4hooks attached to the other
line.51Use of primary boatsA
primary boat must not be longer than 20m.52Use
of tender boatsA tender boat must not be used more than 5n
miles from itsprimary boat.53Permitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionIfacommercialandanassistantfisherareonseparatecommercialfishingboats,thepermitteddistancefortheassistant fisher
to be under direction is 5n miles.
319Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13Net fisheries
(commercial)schedule 17, definitionscommercial
fisheryandfishery schedulePart 1Net
fishery (bait no. 1)1Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘N6’.2Fishery areaThefisheryareaconsistsoftidalwaterseastoflongitude142º09' east.3What
fish may be takenAny fish, other than barramundi, coral reef
fin fish or spottedmackerel, may be taken.4Permitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using cast,
mesh or seine nets.(2)A person using the net must be within
100m of it.(3)Only 1 end of a net may be fixed while
it is in use.(4)However,bothendsofanetthatmaybeusedfromthenorthern bank of St Lawrence Creek to
Cape Gloucester maybe fixed for not more than 1 hour.5Use of primary boatsA
primary boat must not be longer than 20m.6Use
of cast netsA cast net may be used in the fishery area
only if it is not morethan6mindiameterandhasameshsizeofnotmorethan28mm.
320Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)7Use
of mesh or seine nets(1)Ameshorseinenetmaybeusedinwaterssouthofthefollowing lines only if it is not
longer than 600m and has amesh size of at least 12mm but not
more than 45mm—(a)alinefromthenorthernbankoftheBurnettRivertoSandy Cape, Fraser Island;(b)alinefromSandyCape,FraserIslandtothelimitofQueensland waters east of Sandy
Cape.(2)A mesh or seine net may be used in the
following waters onlyif it is not longer than 400m and has
a mesh size of at least12mm but not more than 45mm—(a)Moreton Bay;(b)watersofHerveyBay,GreatSandyStrait,WideBayHarbour, Pelican Bay, Tin Can Bay and
Tin Can Inletbetween the following lines—•a line from the southern bank of
Theodolite Creekto Arch Cliff, Fraser Island•a line from the eastern tip of Inskip
Point to HookPoint, Fraser Island;(c)watersthatareeastoflongitude142º31'49"eastandnorth of the
northern bank of the Burnett River.(3)A
mesh or seine net may be used in rivers and creeks only if
itis not longer than 200m and has a mesh size
of at least 25mmbut not more than 45mm.(4)If a
back net is used with a net that may be used in watersmentionedinsubsection(2)southofthenorthernbankofBaffle Creek, its length must not be
more than one-quarter ofthe total length of net in use.(5)From 1 April to 31 August a mesh or
seine net may be used inthe area of an ocean beach fishery
only if it is not longer than200m and has a
mesh size of at least 12mm but not more than25mm.
321Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)8Use
of tender boatsAtenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.9Permitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionThepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is
800m.Part 2Net fishery (bait
no. 2)10Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘N7’.11Fishery areaThefisheryareaconsistsoftidalwaterseastoflongitude142º09' east.12What
fish may be takenAny fish, other than barramundi, coral reef
fin fish or spottedmackerel, may be taken.13Permitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using mesh
or seine nets.(2)Only 1 end of a net may be fixed while
it is in use.(3)However, both ends of a net may be
fixed for not more than 1hour if it is used between Cape
Manifold and Cape Gloucesterand its mesh size
is not more than 88mm.(4)A person using a
net must be within 100m of it.
322Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(5)A net
that is not fixed or hauled may only be used in waterdeeper than its drop.14Use
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
14m.15Use of nets south of Baffle
Creek(1)A net may be used in waters south of
the northern bank ofBaffle Creek only if the net is not longer
than 800m and has amesh size of at least 50mm.(2)A net must not be used in the area of
an ocean beach fisheryfrom 1 April to 31 August.16Use of nets north of Baffle
Creek(1)A net may be used in waters north of
the northern bank ofBaffle Creek only if the net is not longer
than 400m and has amesh size of at least 50mm.(2)A ring net must not be used north of
the southern bank of theEndeavour River.(3)During the closed season for barramundi, a
net may be used inariverorcreekdownstreamoftheshortestlineacrossitsbanks.(4)A net
may be used during the closed season for barramundionly
if it has a mesh size of at least 50mm but not more than115mm.17Use
of tender boatsAtenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.
323Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)18Permitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionThepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is
800m.Part 3Net fishery (east
coast no. 1)Division 1Preliminary19Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘N1’.20Fishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all tidal waters east of longitude142º09' east, but
does not include waterways flowing into theGulf of
Carpentaria west of longitude 142º09' east.21What
fish may be takenUnless otherwise stated, the following fish
may be taken—(a)inwaterseastoflongitude142º31'49"east—anyfishotherthanbarramundi,coralreeffinfishorspottedmackerel;
and(b)in waters west of longitude 142º31'49"
east—(i)black jewfish;(ii)blue
salmon;(iii)grey
mackerel;(iv)jewel fish;(v)king
salmon;(vi)queenfish;
324Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(vii) spotted
grunter bream (grunter);(viii) other fish, other than
barramundi, coral reef fin fishorspottedmackerel,takenwhiletakingfishmentioned in paragraphs (i) to (vii).22Permitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using mesh,
seine, set mesh, setpocket or tunnel nets.(2)Unless otherwise stated, a net that is not
fixed or hauled and isused in offshore waters must not be
used, and a set mesh netmust not be set—(a)in a
marked navigation channel; or(b)within—(i)400m
of a jetty or wharf; or(ii)100m of another
net that is in use.(3)Despite subsection (2)(b)(ii), a
person using more than 1 setmeshnet(otherthaninariverorcreek)maysetthenetswithin 100m of each other.(4)Unless otherwise stated—(a)only 1 end of a mesh or seine net may
be fixed while it isbeing used; and(b)a
person using a net must be within 100m of it.Division 2Use
of mesh or seine nets23Use of seine nets
in Lake Weyba(1)A seine net may be used in Lake Weyba
only if it is not longerthan 25m and has a mesh size of at
least 25mm.(2)The net may only be used to take
prawns.
325Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)24Use
of mesh nets in Lakes Cootharaba, Cooroibah andWeybaAringnetmaybeusedinLakeCootharaba,CooroibahorWeyba only if it is not longer than
1500m and has a mesh sizeof at least 50mm.25Use
of seine nets north of the Mary River(1)A
seine net may be used in waters north of the northern bankof
the Mary River only if it is not longer than 100m and has—(a)apocketextendingovernotmorethanone-quarterofthe
length of the net; and(b)a mesh size of at
least 31mm in the pocket and at least45mm in the rest
of the net.(2)The net may only be used to take
prawns.26Use of mesh nets in and near Hervey
Bay(1)Anetthatisnotfixedorhauledmaybeusedinoffshorewaters of Hervey
Bay within the following boundary—•from
the southern bank of Baffle Creek east to longitude153º
east•alonglongitude153ºeasttoFraserIslandnearSandyPoint•to Dayman Point•along
the shore to the southern bank of Baffle Creek.(2)The
net must not be longer than 600m and must have a meshsize
of at least 88mm.(3)If the net is used south of a line
from the southern bank of theElliott River
east to longitude 153º east, it must be made ofmonofilamentnotmorethan0.65mmindiameterandmustnot be more than 33 meshes
deep.(4)The net must not be used in waters of
Hervey Bay within thefollowingboundarybetween4.00p.m.and4.00a.m.from1July to 31 October—
326Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)•fromthesouthernbankofTheodoliteCreekeasttolongitude 152º40' east•to the southern bank of O’Regan
Creek•alongtheshoretothesouthernbankofTheodoliteCreek.(5)A person using a net north of a line
from the southern bank ofthe Elliott River east to longitude
153º east need not be within100m of the
net.27Use of mesh or seine nets south of
Baffle Creek(1)AmeshorseinenetmaybeusedinwaterssouthofthenorthernbankofBaffleCreekonlyifitisnotlongerthan800m
and has a mesh size of at least 50mm.(2)A net
that is not fixed or hauled may only be used in waterdeeper than its drop.(3)If a
back net is used below low water, its length must not bemore
than one-quarter of the total length of net in use.(4)A net must not be used in the area of
an ocean beach fisheryfrom 1 April to 31 August.28Use of mesh or seine nets north of
Baffle Creek(1)A mesh or seine net may be used north
of the northern bank ofBaffle Creek only if it is not longer
than 400m and has a meshsize of at least 50mm.(2)A ring net must not be used north of
the southern bank of theEndeavour River.(3)During the closed season for barramundi, a
net must not beused in the Gulf of Carpentaria or waterways
flowing into theGulf, but may be used in another waterway
downstream of theshortest line across its banks.(4)A net may be used during the closed
season for barramundionly if it has a mesh size of at least
50mm but not more than115mm.
327Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(5)A net
that is not fixed or hauled may only be used in waterdeeper than its drop.(6)Both
ends of a net may be fixed for up to 1 hour if it is usedbetween Cape Manifold and Cape Gloucester
and has a meshsize is not more than 88mm.29Use of mesh nets in offshore waters of
Keppel BayAnetthatisnotfixedorhauledmaybeusedinoffshorewaters of Keppel
Bay west of a line from Cape Capricorn toWater Park Point
only if the net is not longer than 200m andhas a mesh size
of at least 150mm but not more than 245mm.30Use
of mesh nets in offshore waters(1)Anetthatisnotfixedorhauledmaybeusedinoffshorewaters only if
the net is not longer than 600m and has a meshsize of at least
150mm but not more than 245mm.(2)Two
nets may be joined and used as a single net in watersdeeperthan20mnorthofCapeMoretonifthecombinedlength of the
nets is not more than 1200m.(3)ThenetmustnotbeusedinwatersnorthofCapeFlatteryduring the closed season for
barramundi.(4)A net must not be used in the area of
an ocean beach fisheryfrom 1 April to 31 August.31Use of mesh or seine nets in rivers
and creeks(1)A ring or seine net, or a net that is
not fixed or hauled, may beused in rivers and creeks only if the
net has a mesh size of atleast 50mm and is not longer
than—(a)for a ring net or a net that is not
fixed or hauled—400m;and(b)for a
seine net—200m.(2)During the closed season for
barramundi, a net must not beused in the Gulf
of Carpentaria or waterways flowing into the
328Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)Gulf, but may be
used in another waterway downstream of theshortest line
across its banks.(3)A net used during the closed season
for barramundi must havea mesh size of at least 50mm but not
more than 115mm.(4)A net that is not fixed or hauled may
only be used in waterdeeper than its drop.(5)A ring net must not be used north of
the southern bank of theEndeavour River or in the Gulf of
Carpentaria and adjoiningwaterways.(6)Both
ends of a net may be fixed for up to 1 hour if it is used inriversorcreeksbetweenCapeGloucesterandthenorthernbank of St
Lawrence Creek and its mesh size is not more than75mm.Division 3Use
of set mesh nets32Use of set mesh nets in rivers and
creeks between Kauriand Baffle Creeks(1)A set
mesh net may be used in a river or creek between KauriandBaffleCreeks,upstreamoftheshortestlineacrossitsbanks, only if the net is not longer than
120m and has—(a)ameshsizeofatleast150mmbutnotmorethan215mm; and(b)a
drop of not more than 50 meshes.(2)Not
more than 3 nets may be set if their combined length isnot
more than 360m and the distance between the first and lastnet
is not more than 1n mile.(3)A person using a
net must not be more than 800m from it, or ifmore than 1 net
is set, the first or last net.33Use
of set mesh nets in and near Hervey Bay(1)A set
mesh net may be used in offshore waters of Hervey Baywithin the following boundary—
329Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)•from
the southern bank of Baffle Creek east to longitude153º
east•alonglongitude153ºeasttoFraserIslandnearSandyPoint•to Dayman Point•along
the shore to the southern bank of Baffle Creek.(2)The
net must not be longer than 600m and must have a meshsize
of at least 88mm.(3)A net used south of a line from the
southern bank of the ElliottRivereasttolongitude153ºeast,mustbemadeofmonofilamentnotmorethan0.65mmindiameterandmustnot be more than 33 meshes
deep.(4)A net must not be used in waters of
Hervey Bay within thefollowingboundarybetween4.00p.m.and4.00a.m.from1July to 31 October—•fromthesouthernbankofTheodoliteCreekeasttolongitude 152º40'
east•to the southern bank of O’Regan
Creek•alongtheshoretothesouthernbankofTheodoliteCreek.(5)A person using a net must be within
100m of it, unless it isused north of a line from the southern
bank of the Elliott Rivereast to longitude 153º east.34Use of set mesh nets on foreshores
between the BurnettRiver and Baffle Creek(1)Asetmeshnetmaybeusedonforeshoresbetweenthenorthern bank of the Burnett River and the
northern bank ofBaffle Creek.(2)The
net must be not longer than 120m and must have—(a)ameshsizeofatleast100mmbutnotmorethan245mm; and(b)a
drop of not more than 50 meshes.
330Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(3)The
net must not be used between midday on 1 September andmidday on 1 February.(4)The
net must not be set within 200m of a jetty or wharf.(5)Despite subsection (1), not more than
one-third of the net’slength may extend out to sea beyond
low water.(6)A net must not be used in the area of
an ocean beach fisheryfrom 1 April to 31 August.35Use of set mesh nets in Keppel
BayAn offshore set mesh net may be used in
offshore waters ofKeppelBaywestofalinefromWaterParkPointtoCapeCapricorn only if the net is not
longer than 200m and has amesh size of at least 150mm but not
more than 245mm.36Use of set mesh nets in offshore
waters(1)A set mesh net may be used in offshore
waters only if the netis not longer than 600m and has a mesh
size of at least 150mmbut not more than 245mm.(2)Two nets may be joined and used as a
single net in watersdeeperthan20mnorthofCapeMoretonifthecombinedlength of the
nets is not more than 1200m.(3)ThenetmustnotbeusedinwatersnorthofCapeFlatteryduring the closed season for
barramundi.(4)A person using the net does not need
to be within 100m of it.(5)A net must not be
used in the area of an ocean beach fisheryfrom 1 April to
31 August.Division 4Use of set
pocket nets37Use of set pocket nets in
rivers(1)A set pocket net may be used in the
following waters only if itis not longer than 10m and has a mesh
size of at least 25mm—
331Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(a)the
Fitzroy, Kolan, Burnett, Albert and Logan rivers;(b)the following waters of the Mary
River—(i)waters between longitude 152º46.22'
east and theOld Bruce Highway Bridge;(ii)waters between lines between the
following placesmarked by F↑B
signs—•longitude152º46.67'eastonthenorthernbankandlongitude152º46.83'eastonthesouthern bank•longitude152º51.74'eastonthenorthernbank(near‘Tandora’)andlongitude152º51.71' east
on the shore of Crab Island(Meteor Point)•longitude152º51.62'eastontheshoreofCrab
Island and longitude 152º51.95' east onthe southern
bank.(2)The net may only be used to take
prawns.(3)Thenetmustnotbesetwithin20mofajettyorwharfor100m
of another net that is in use.(4)Only
1 head rope may be used.(5)Morethan1netmaybeattachedtotheheadropeifthecombined length of the nets is not more than
10m.(6)The closed end of the pocket must be
marked on the surface ofthe water by a yellow float at least
8cm in any dimension.(7)A person using
the net does not need to be within 100m of it.(8)Anything used to set the net must be removed
from the waterafter the net is taken from the
water.(9)Subsection(8)doesnotapplytowatersmentionedinsubsection (1)(b).
332Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 5Schedule 13
(continued)Use of tunnel nets38Use
of tunnel nets(1)A tunnel net may be used in the
following waters—(a)Moreton Bay mainland foreshores
between F↑B signs atthe following
places—•Little Rocky Point, and about 800m
south of PointTalburpin•about800meithersideofMoogurrapumCreek,Redland Bay•PointHalloranandabout700msouthofOysterPoint•about 800m south of the southern bank
of HilliardsCreek, and about 1km south of Wellington
Point•the eastern shore of Fisherman
Islands, and about800m north of Wynnum Creek (including the
BoatPassageforeshorebutnottheBrisbaneRiverforeshore)•JunoPoint,andthenorthernbankofSerpentineCreek•the western end of Sunnyside Road,
Scarborough,andabout100msouthoftheseawardendofSeaview Parade, Deception Bay•theboatrampatthedepartment’sFisheriesResearchLaboratoryatDeceptionBay,andthesouthern bank of
the Caboolture River•about1600mnorthofBeachmere,andthesouth-eastern tip of Toorbul
Point;(b)Moreton Bay island foreshores north of
a line—•fromLittleRockyPointtothesoutherntipofRussell
Island•to the nearest point on the western
shore of NorthStradbroke Island;
333Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(c)Tin
Can Inlet, Pelican Bay and Tin Can Bay between thefollowing lines—•a
line from the northern bank of Snapper Creek tothe southern bank
of Carlo Creek•alinefromthesouthernbankofKauriCreektoInskip Point;(d)Great
Sandy Strait and Wide Bay Harbour between thefollowing
lines—•alinefromthenorthernbankofKauriCreektoHook
Point•a line from the northern bank of
Pulgul Creek (alsoknown as Arangarandin Creek) to the southern
tipof Big Woody Island, to McKenzie’s Jetty,
FraserIsland.(2)The
net must not be longer than 1700m (excluding its tunnellength).(3)The
net must have—(a)a tunnel length of not more than 200m;
and(b)a tunnel entrance width of between
1.5m and 4m; and(c)a mesh size—(i)for
the tunnel—of not more than 50mm; and(ii)for
not more than 400m adjacent to each side of thetunnel—of at
least 25mm; and(iii)for the rest of
the net—at least 44mm; and(d)if the net is
being used in an area described in subsection(1)(c) or (d)—the
net (other than its tunnel) is made ofmonofilamentnomorethan0.65mmindiameter,ormulti
filament no more than 9 ply.(4)The
tunnel must extend out to sea beyond low water for atleast
30m in water at least 30cm deep.(5)A
commercial fisher and at least 1 other fisher must be within100m
of the net while it is in use.
334Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)39Use
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
14m.40Use of tender boats(1)Atenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.(2)However,ifmorethan1netisused,atenderboatmaybeused within 800m
of the first or last net or between the nets.(3)Subsection (2) only applies if the primary
boat is also within800m of the first or last net or between the
nets.(4)If a primary boat and its tender boat
are used to set a tunnelnet, the tender boat may be used
within 1700m of its primaryboat.41Permitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirection(1)Thepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirectionis800mor,ifthefishersaresettingatunnelnet,1700m.(2)However,ifmorethan1netisused,theassistantfisheristaken to be within the permitted
distance if the assistant fisheris within 800m of
the first or last net or between the nets.(3)Subsection(2)onlyappliesifthecommercialfisherisalsowithin 800m of
the first or last net or between the nets.42Marking nets(1)A set
mesh net used during the day must be marked by—(a)light
coloured floats not more than 20m apart along itslength; and(b)a
white float, at least 15cm in any dimension, with theperson’s name written on it at its end
farthest from theshore.(2)A set
mesh net used at night must also be marked by—
335Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(a)if
the combined length of the net and equipment used insetting it is not more than 50m—(i)a white light, visible at least 400m
in all directionsfrom the light, at its end farthest from the
shore;and(ii)areflectorisedfloat,atleast15cminanydimension, at its
end nearest the shore; and(b)if the combined
length of the net and equipment used toset it is more
than 50m—a white light, visible at least400m in any
direction from the light, at both ends of thenet.(3)In addition, a set mesh net used in
offshore waters must bemarked by—(a)6
floats along its length, each not less than 15cm in anydimension; and(b)a
pole with an orange flag on it at least 2m above thewater
attached to its end farthest from the shore.(4)A net
that is not fixed or hauled and is used in offshore watersmust
be marked in the way stated in subsection (3).Part 4Net
fishery (east coast no. 2)Division 1Preliminary43Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘N8’.44Fishery area(1)Thefisheryareacomprisesalltidalwatersthatareeastoflongitude 142º09' east and out to sea
from the 3n mile line.
336Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(2)The
area does not include waters within 3n miles of low wateron an
island.45What fish may be takenUnless otherwise stated, the following fish
may be taken—(a)inwaterseastoflongitude142º31'49"east—anyfishotherthanbarramundi,coralreeffinfishorspottedmackerel;(b)in waters west of longitude 142º31'49"
east—(i)black jewfish;(ii)blue
salmon;(iii)grey
mackerel;(iv)jewel fish;(v)king
salmon;(vi)queenfish;(vii) spotted
grunter bream (grunter);(viii) other fish, other than
barramundi, coral reef fin fishorspottedmackerel,takenwhiletakingfishmentioned in paragraphs (i) to (vii).46Permitted ways of taking fish(1)A person may only take fish by using
mesh or set mesh nets.(2)Unless otherwise
stated, a net that is not fixed or hauled and isused
in offshore waters must not be used, and a set mesh netmust
not be set—(a)in a marked navigation channel;
or(b)within—(i)400m
of a jetty or wharf; or(ii)100m of another
net that is in use.(3)Despite subsection (2)(b)(ii), a
person using more than 1 setmesh net may set
the nets within 100m of each other.
337Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(4)Unless otherwise stated, a person using a
net must be within100m of it.Division 2Use
of nets47Use of nets in offshore waters in and
near Hervey Bay(1)A net may be used in offshore
waters—(a)south of a line from the southern bank
of Baffle Creekeast to longitude 153º east; and(b)west of longitude 153º east;
and(c)north of the Burnett River.(2)The net must not be longer than 600m
and must have a meshsize of at least 88mm.(3)A net
used south of a line from the southern bank of the ElliottRivereasttolongitude153ºeastmustbemadeofmonofilamentnotmorethan0.65mmindiameterandmustnot be more than 33 meshes
deep.(4)A net must not be used in waters of
Hervey Bay within thefollowingboundarybetween4.00p.m.and4.00a.m.from1July to 31 October—•fromthesouthernbankofTheodoliteCreekeasttolongitude 152º40'
east•to the southern bank of O’Regan
Creek•alongtheshoretothesouthernbankofTheodoliteCreek.48Use of nets in other offshore
waters(1)Anetthatisnotfixedorhauledmaybeusedinoffshorewaters only if
the net is not longer than 600m and has a meshsize of at least
150mm but not more than 245mm.(2)Two
nets may be joined and used as a single net in watersdeeperthan20mnorthofCapeMoretonifthecombined
338Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)length of the
nets is not more than 1200m.(3)ThenetmustnotbeusedinwatersnorthofCapeFlatteryduring the closed season for
barramundi.49Use of primary boatsA
primary boat must not be longer than 14m.50Use
of tender boatsAtenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.51Permitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionThepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is
800m.52Marking nets(1)A set
mesh net used during the day must be marked by—(a)light
coloured floats not more than 20m apart along itslength; and(b)a
white float, at least 15cm in any dimension, with theperson’s name written on it at its end
farthest from theshore.(2)A set
mesh net used at night must also be marked by—(a)if
the combined length of the net and equipment used insetting it is not more than 50m—(i)a white light, visible at least 400m
in all directionsfrom the light, at its end farthest from the
shore;and(ii)areflectorisedfloat,atleast15cminanydimension, at its
end nearest the shore; and(b)if the combined
length of the net and equipment used to
339Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)set it is more
than 50m—a white light, visible at least400m in any
direction from the light, at both ends of thenet.(3)In addition, a set mesh net used in
offshore waters must bemarked by—(a)6
floats along its length, each not less than 15cm in anydimension; and(b)a
pole with an orange flag on it at least 2m above thewater
attached to its end farthest from the shore.(4)A net
that is not fixed or hauled and is used in offshore watersmust
be marked in the way stated in subsection (3).Part 5Net
fishery (Baffle Creek toKauri Creek)Division 1Preliminary69Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘N5’.70Fishery areaThefisheryareacomprisesalltidalwatersbetweenthenorthern bank of Baffle Creek and the
southern bank of KauriCreek.71What
fish may be takenAny fish, other than coral reef fin fish or
spotted mackerel,may be taken.
340Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)72Permitted ways of taking fish(1)Fishmayonlybetakenbyusingmesh,seine,setmeshortunnel
nets.(2)Unless otherwise stated, a net that is
not fixed or hauled and isused in offshore waters must not be
used, and a net used as aset mesh net must not be set—(a)in a marked navigation channel;
or(b)within—(i)400m
of a jetty or wharf; or(ii)100m of another
net that is in use.(3)Despite subsection (2)(b)(ii), a
person using more than 1 setmeshnet(otherthaninariverorcreek)maysetthenetswithin 100m of each other.(4)Unless otherwise stated—(a)only 1 end of a mesh or seine net may
be fixed while it isbeing used; and(b)a
person using a net must be within 100m of it.Division 2Use
of mesh or seine nets73Use of mesh or
seine nets in the fishery area(1)A
mesh or seine net may be used in the fishery area only if itis
not longer than 800m and has a mesh size of at least 50mm.(2)A net that is not fixed or hauled may
only be used in waterdeeper than its drop.(3)If a back net is used below low water
its length must not bemore than one-quarter of the total
length of net in use.(4)A net must not be
used in the area of an ocean beach fisheryfrom 1 April to
31 August.
341Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)74Use
of mesh nets in offshore waters(1)Anetthatisnotfixedorhauledmaybeusedinoffshorewaters only if
the net is not longer than 600m and has a meshsize of at least
150mm but not more than 245mm.(2)Two
nets may be joined and used as a single net in watersdeeperthan20mnorthofCapeMoretonifthecombinedlength of the
nets is not more than 1200m.(3)A net
must not be used in the area of an ocean beach fisheryfrom
1 April to 31 August.75Use of mesh or
seine nets in rivers and creeks(1)A
ring or seine net, or a net that is not fixed or hauled, may
beused in rivers and creeks only if the net
has a mesh size of atleast 50mm and is not longer
than—(a)for a ring net or a net that is not
fixed or hauled—400m;and(b)for a
seine net—200m.(2)A net that is not fixed or hauled may
only be used in waterdeeper than its drop.(3)A net used during the closed season
for barramundi must havea mesh size of at least 50mm but not
more than 115mm.76Use of mesh nets in and near Hervey
Bay(1)Anetthatisnotfixedorhauledmaybeusedinoffshorewaters of Hervey
Bay within the following boundary—•from
the southern bank of Baffle Creek east to longitude153º
east•alonglongitude153ºeasttoFraserIslandnearSandyPoint•to Dayman Point•along
the shore to the southern bank of Baffle Creek.(2)The
net must not be longer than 600m and must have a mesh
342Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)size of at least
88mm.(3)A net used south of a line from the
southern bank of the ElliottRivereasttolongitude153ºeastmustbemadeofmonofilamentnotmorethan0.65mmindiameterandmustnot be more than 33 meshes
deep.(4)The net must not be used in waters of
Hervey Bay within thefollowingboundarybetween4.00p.m.and4.00a.m.from1July to 31 October—•fromthesouthernbankofTheodoliteCreekeasttolongitude 152º40'
east•to the southern bank of O’Regan
Creek•alongtheshoretothesouthernbankofTheodoliteCreek.(5)A person using a net north of a line
from the southern bank ofthe Elliott River east to longitude
153º east need not be within100m of the
net.Division 3Use of set mesh
nets77Use of set mesh nets in offshore
waters(1)A set mesh net may be used in offshore
waters in the fisheryarea only if the net is not longer
than 600m and has a meshsize of at least 150mm but not more
than 245mm.(2)Two nets may be joined and used as a
single net in watersdeeperthan20mnorthofCapeMoretonifthecombinedlength of the
nets is not more than 1200m.(3)A net
must not be used in the area of an ocean beach fisheryfrom
1 April to 31 August.78Use of set mesh
nets in rivers and creeks(1)A set mesh net
may be used in a river or creek, upstream ofthe shortest line
across its banks, only if the net is not longerthan 120m and
has—
343Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(a)ameshsizeofatleast150mmbutnotmorethan215mm; and(b)a
drop of not more than 50 meshes.(2)Not
more than 3 nets may be set if their combined length isnot
more than 360m and the distance between the first and lastnet
is not more than 1n mile.(3)A person using a
net must not be more than 800m from it, or ifmore than 1 net
is set, the first or last net.(4)A net
may be set in a marked navigation channel or within400m
of a jetty or wharf or 100m of another net that is in use.79Use of set mesh nets in and near
Hervey Bay(1)A set mesh net may be used in offshore
waters of Hervey Baywithin the following boundary—•from the southern bank of Baffle Creek
east to longitude153º east•alonglongitude153ºeasttoFraserIslandnearSandyPoint•to Dayman Point•along
the shore to the southern bank of Baffle Creek.(2)The
net must not be longer than 600m and must have a meshsize
of at least 88mm.(3)A net used south of a line from the
southern bank of the ElliottRivereasttolongitude153ºeastmustbemadeofmonofilamentnotmorethan0.65mmindiameterandmustnot be more than 33 meshes
deep.(4)The net must not be used in waters of
Hervey Bay within thefollowingboundarybetween4.00p.m.and4.00a.m.from1July to 31 October—•fromthesouthernbankofTheodoliteCreekeasttolongitude 152º40'
east•to the southern bank of O’Regan
Creek
344Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)•alongtheshoretothesouthernbankofTheodoliteCreek.(5)A person using a net north of a line
from the southern bank ofthe Elliott River east to longitude
153º east need not be within100m of the
net.80Use of set mesh nets on foreshores
between the BurnettRiver and Baffle Creek(1)Asetmeshnetmaybeusedonforeshoresbetweenthenorthern bank of the Burnett River and the
northern bank ofBaffle Creek.(2)The
net must be not longer than 120m and must have—(a)ameshsizeofatleast100mmbutnotmorethan215mm; and(b)a
drop of not more than 50 meshes.(3)The
net must not be used between midday on 1 September andmidday on 1 February.(4)The
net must not be set within 200m of a jetty or wharf.(5)Despite subsection (1), not more than
one-third of the net’slength may extend out to sea beyond
low water.(6)A net must not be used in the area of
an ocean beach fisheryfrom 1 April to 31 August.Division 4Use of tunnel
nets81Use of tunnel nets(1)A
tunnel net may be used on foreshores of Great Sandy Straitand
Wide Bay Harbour between the following lines—•a
line from the northern bank of Kauri Creek to HookPoint•alinefromthenorthernbankofPulgulCreek(alsoknownasArangarandinCreek)tothesoutherntipof
345Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)Big Woody Island,
and then to McKenzie’s Jetty, FraserIsland.(2)The net must not be longer than 1700m
(excluding its tunnellength) and must have—(a)a tunnel length of not more than 200m;
and(b)a tunnel entrance width of between
1.5m and 4m; and(c)a mesh size of—(i)for
the tunnel—not more than 50mm; and(ii)for
not more than 400m adjacent to each side of thetunnel—at least
25mm; and(iii)for the rest of
the net—at least 44mm.(3)The tunnel must
extend out to sea beyond low water for 30min water at least
30cm deep.(4)A commercial fisher and at least 1
other fisher must be within100m of the net while it is in
use.Division 5Miscellaneous82Use
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
14m.83Use of tender boats(1)Atenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.(2)However,ifmorethan1netisused,atenderboatmaybeused within 800m
of the first or last net or between the nets.(3)Subsection (2) only applies if the primary
boat is also within800m of the first or last net or between the
nets.(4)If a primary boat and its tender boat
are used to set a tunnelnet, the tender boat may be used
within 1700m of its primaryboat.
346Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)84Permitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirection(1)Thepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirectionis800mor,ifthefishersaresettingatunnelnet,1700m.(2)However,ifmorethan1netisused,theassistantfisheristaken to be within the permitted
distance if the assistant fisheris within 800m of
the first or last net or between the nets.(3)Subsection(2)onlyappliesifthecommercialfisherisalsowithin 800m of
the first or last net or between the nets.85Marking nets(1)A set
mesh net used during the day must be marked by—(a)light
coloured floats not more than 20m apart along itslength; and(b)a
white float, at least 15cm in any dimension, with theperson’s name written on it at its end
farthest from theshore.(2)A set
mesh net used at night must also be marked by—(a)if
the combined length of the net and equipment used insetting it is not more than 50m—(i)a white light, visible at least 400m
in all directionsfrom the light, at its end farthest from the
shore;and(ii)areflectorisedfloat,atleast15cminanydimension, at its
end nearest the shore; and(b)if the combined
length of the net and equipment used toset it is more
than 50m—a white light, visible at least400m in any
direction from the light, at both ends of thenet.(3)In addition, a set mesh net used in
offshore waters must bemarked by—(a)6
floats along its length, each not less than 15cm in anydimension; and
347Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(b)a
pole with an orange flag on it at least 2m above thewater
attached to its end farthest from the shore.(4)A net
that is not fixed or hauled and is used in offshore watersmust
be marked in the way stated in subsection (3).Part 6Net
fishery (oceanbeach–area 1)86Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘K1’.87Fishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all tidal waters within 400m of aline—•from a point on the shore at the
State’s border with NewSouth Wales along the shore to the
seaward tip of thesouthern breakwater wall of the Gold Coast
Seaway•to the seaward tip of the northern
breakwater wall of theGold Coast Seaway•alongSouthStradbrokeIsland’seasternshoreto1kmnorth of the
northern breakwater wall of the Gold CoastSeaway on South
Stradbroke Island.88What fish may be takenAny
fish, other than barramundi, coral reef fin fish or spottedmackerel, may be taken.89Permitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using seine
nets.
348Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(2)Fish
may only be taken by a commercial fisher and at least 2,but
no more than 4, assistant fishers.(3)However, if—(a)fish
are taken by 2 or more commercial fishers jointlyusing
1 or more primary boats and seine nets; and(b)eachoftheprimaryboatsmaybeusedinthefisheryunder
a commercial fishing boat licence;the maximum
number of assistant fishers is 4 for each one ofthe
commercial fishers.90Use of seine nets in the fishery
area(1)A seine net may be used in the fishery
area only if it is nolonger than 500m.(2)A net
must have a mesh size of at least 12mm but not morethan70mmandadropofatleast150meshesforatleastone-half of its
length.91Time quotaFish may only be
taken from 1 April to 31 August.92Use
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
14m.93Use of tender boatsAtenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.94Permitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionThepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is
800m.
349Fisheries Regulation 1995Part
7Schedule 13 (continued)Net fishery
(oceanbeach–area 2)94AFishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘K2’.94BFishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all tidal waters within 400m of aline—•fromapointontheshore1kmsouthofthesouthernbreakwaterwalloftheGoldCoastSeawayalongtheshore
to the seaward tip of the breakwater wall•to
the seaward tip of the northern breakwater wall of theGold
Coast Seaway•alongSouthStradbrokeIsland’seasternshoretotheisland’s north
eastern tip.94CWhat fish may be takenAny
fish, other than barramundi, coral reef fin fish or spottedmackerel, may be taken.94DPermitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using seine
nets.(2)Fish may only be taken by a commercial
fisher and at least 2,but no more than 4, assistant
fishers.(3)However, if—(a)fish
are taken by 2 or more commercial fishers jointlyusing
1 or more primary boats and seine nets; and(b)eachoftheprimaryboatsmaybeusedinthefisheryunder
a commercial fishing boat licence;
350Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)the maximum
number of assistant fishers is 4 for each one ofthe
commercial fishers.94EUse of seine nets in the fishery
area(1)A seine net may be used in the fishery
area only if it is nolonger than 500m.(2)A net
must have a mesh size of at least 12mm but not morethan70mmandadropofatleast150meshesforatleastone-half of its
length.94FTime quotaFish may only be
taken from 1 April to 31 August.94GUse
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
14m.94HUse of tender boatsAtenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.94IPermitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionThepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is
800m.Part 8Net fishery
(oceanbeach–area 3)94JFishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘K3’.
351Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)94KFishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all tidal waters within 400m of aline—•from North Stradbroke Island’s south
eastern tip•alongNorthStradbrokeIsland’seasternandnorthernshores to the
island’s north western tip.94LWhat fish may be
takenAny fish, other than barramundi, coral reef
fin fish or spottedmackerel, may be taken.94MPermitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using seine
nets.(2)Fish may only be taken by a commercial
fisher and at least 2,but no more than 4, assistant
fishers.(3)However, if—(a)fish
are taken by 2 or more commercial fishers jointlyusing
1 or more primary boats and seine nets; and(b)eachoftheprimaryboatsmaybeusedinthefisheryunder
a commercial fishing boat licence;the maximum
number of assistant fishers is 4 for each one ofthe
commercial fishers.94NUse of seine nets in the fishery
area(1)A seine net may be used in the fishery
area only if it is nolonger than 500m.(2)A net
must have a mesh size of at least 12mm but not morethan70mmandadropofatleast150meshesforatleastone-half of its
length.94OTime quotaFish may only be
taken from 1 April to 31 August.
352Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)94PUse
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
14m.94QUse of tender boatsAtenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.94RPermitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionThepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is
800m.Part 9Net fishery
(oceanbeach–area 4)94SFishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘K4’.94TFishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all tidal waters within 400m of aline from the
southern tip of Moreton Island along the island’seastern and northern shores to Comboyuro
Point.94UWhat fish may be takenAny
fish, other than barramundi, coral reef fin fish or spottedmackerel, may be taken.94VPermitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using seine
nets.
353Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(2)Fish
may only be taken by a commercial fisher and at least 2,but
no more than 4, assistant fishers.(3)However, if—(a)fish
are taken by 2 or more commercial fishers jointlyusing
1 or more primary boats and seine nets; and(b)eachoftheprimaryboatsmaybeusedinthefisheryunder
a commercial fishing boat licence;the maximum
number of assistant fishers is 4 for each one ofthe
commercial fishers.94WUse of seine nets in the fishery
area(1)A seine net may be used in the fishery
area only if it is nolonger than 500m.(2)A net
must have a mesh size of at least 12mm but not morethan70mmandadropofatleast150meshesforatleastone-half of its
length.94XTime quotaFish may only be
taken from 1 April to 31 August.94YUse
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
14m.94ZUse of tender boatsAtenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.94ZAPermitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionThepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is
800m.
354Fisheries Regulation 1995Part
10Schedule 13 (continued)Net fishery
(oceanbeach–area 5)94ZBFishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘K5’.94ZCFishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all tidal waters within 400m of aline—•fromtheF↑BsignatthesouthernendofSouthEsplanade,
Bongaree, Bribie Island•alongBribieIsland’swestern,southernandeasternshores to the
F↑B sign at the Island’s northern
tip.94ZDWhat fish may be takenAny
fish, other than barramundi, coral reef fin fish or spottedmackerel, may be taken.94ZEPermitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using seine
nets.(2)Fish may only be taken by a commercial
fisher and at least 2,but no more than 4, assistant
fishers.(3)However, if—(a)fish
are taken by 2 or more commercial fishers jointlyusing
1 or more primary boats and seine nets; and(b)eachoftheprimaryboatsmaybeusedinthefisheryunder
a commercial fishing boat licence;the maximum
number of assistant fishers is 4 for each one ofthe
commercial fishers.
355Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)94ZFUse
of seine nets in the fishery area(1)A
seine net may be used in the fishery area only if it is nolonger than 500m.(2)A net
must have a mesh size of at least 12mm but not morethan70mmandadropofatleast150meshesforatleastone-half of its
length.94ZGTime quotaFish may only be
taken from 1 April to 31 August.94ZHUse
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
14m.94ZIUse of tender boatsAtenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.94ZJPermitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionThepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is
800m.Part 11Net fishery
(oceanbeach–area 6)94ZKFishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘K6’.
356Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)94ZLFishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all tidal waters within 400m of aline—•from the F↑B
sign at the southern tip of the sand spitbetween Kings
Beach and Bullcock Beach, Caloundra•along
the shore to the eastern tip of Point Cartwright.94ZMWhat fish may be takenAny
fish, other than barramundi, coral reef fin fish or spottedmackerel, may be taken.94ZNPermitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using seine
nets.(2)Fish may only be taken by a commercial
fisher and at least 2,but no more than 4, assistant
fishers.(3)However, if—(a)fish
are taken by 2 or more commercial fishers jointlyusing
1 or more primary boats and seine nets; and(b)eachoftheprimaryboatsmaybeusedinthefisheryunder
a commercial fishing boat licence;the maximum
number of assistant fishers is 4 for each one ofthe
commercial fishers.94ZOUse of seine nets in the fishery
area(1)A seine net may be used in the fishery
area only if it is nolonger than 500m.(2)A net
must have a mesh size of at least 12mm but not morethan70mmandadropofatleast150meshesforatleastone-half of its
length.94ZPTime quotaFish may only be
taken from 1 April to 31 August.
357Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)94ZQUse
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
14m.94ZRUse of tender boatsAtenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.94ZSPermitted distance for an assistant fisher
to be underdirectionThepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is
800m.Part 12Net fishery
(oceanbeach–area 7)94ZTFishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘K7’.94ZUFishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all tidal waters within 400m of aline from the
eastern tip of Point Cartwright along the shore tothe
eastern tip of Noosa Heads.94ZVWhat fish may be
takenAny fish, other than barramundi, coral reef
fin fish or spottedmackerel, may be taken.94ZWPermitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using seine
nets.
358Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(2)Fish
may only be taken by a commercial fisher and at least 2,but
no more than 4, assistant fishers.(3)However, if—(a)fish
are taken by 2 or more commercial fishers jointlyusing
1 or more primary boats and seine nets; and(b)eachoftheprimaryboatsmaybeusedinthefisheryunder
a commercial fishing boat licence;the maximum
number of assistant fishers is 4 for each one ofthe
commercial fishers.94ZXUse of seine nets in the fishery
area(1)A seine net may be used in the fishery
area only if it is nolonger than 500m.(2)A net
must have a mesh size of at least 12mm but not morethan70mmandadropofatleast150meshesforatleastone-half of its
length.94ZYTime quotaFish may only be
taken from 1 April to 31 August.94ZZUse
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
14m.94ZAA Use of tender boatsAtenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.94ZAB Permitted
distance for an assistant fisher to be underdirectionThepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is
800m.
359Fisheries Regulation 1995Part
13Schedule 13 (continued)Net fishery
(oceanbeach–area 8)94ZAC Fishery
symbolThe fishery symbol is ‘K8’.94ZAD
Fishery areaThe fishery area comprises all tidal waters
within 400m of—(a)a line from—•the
eastern tip of Noosa Heads along the shore tothe eastern tip
of Inskip Point•to the southern tip of Fraser
Island•along Fraser Island’s eastern shore to
the island’snorthern tip; and(b)the
shore of Breaksea Spit.94ZAE What fish may be takenAny
fish, other than barramundi, coral reef fin fish or spottedmackerel, may be taken.94ZAF Permitted
ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using seine
nets.(2)Fish may only be taken by a commercial
fisher and at least 2,but no more than 4, assistant
fishers.(3)However, if—(a)fish
are taken by 2 or more commercial fishers jointlyusing
1 or more primary boats and seine nets; and(b)eachoftheprimaryboatsmaybeusedinthefisheryunder
a commercial fishing boat licence;
360Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)the maximum
number of assistant fishers is 4 for each one ofthe
commercial fishers.94ZAG Use of seine nets in the fishery
area(1)A seine net may be used in the fishery
area only if it is nolonger than 500m.(2)A net
must have a mesh size of at least 12mm but not morethan70mmandadropofatleast150meshesforatleastone-half of its
length.94ZAH Time quotaFish may only be
taken from 1 April to 31 August.94ZAIUse
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
14m.94ZAJ Use of tender boatsAtenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.94ZAK Permitted
distance for an assistant fisher to be underdirectionThepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is
800m.Part 14(East coast no.
3)95Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘N2’.
361Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)96Fishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all tidal waters east of longitude142º09' east, but
does not include waterways flowing into theGulf of
Carpentaria west of longitude 142º09' east.97What
fish may be takenThe following fish may be taken—(a)inwaterseastoflongitude142º31'49"east—anyfishother than coral reef fin fish or
spotted mackerel;(b)in waters west of longitude 142º31'49"
east—(i)barramundi;(ii)black
jewfish;(iii)blue
salmon;(iv)grey mackerel;(v)jewel
fish;(vi)king salmon;(vii)
queenfish;(viii) spotted grunter bream
(grunter);(ix)other fish, other than coral reef fin
fish or spottedmackerel,takenwhiletakingfishmentionedinparagraphs (i) to (viii).98Permitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by using set
mesh nets.(2)Unlessotherwisestated,asetmeshnetmustnotbesetwithin—(a)400m
of a jetty or wharf; or(b)100m of another
net that is in use.(3)Despitesubsection(2)(b),apersonusingmorethan1setmeshnet(otherthaninariverorcreek)maysetthenetswithin 100m of each other.
362Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(4)Unless otherwise stated, a person using the
net must not bemore than 800m from it or, if more than 1
net is set, the firstor last net.99Use
of set mesh nets on foreshores between Baffle Creekand
Cape Flattery(1)Asetmeshnetmaybeusedonforeshoresbetweenthenorthern bank of Baffle Creek and Cape
Flattery.(2)A set mesh net may also be used not
more than 1km from theshore of Girt Island at low
water.(3)The net must be not longer than 600m
and must have a meshsize of at least 100mm but not more than
215mm.(4)However,duringtheclosedseasonforbarramundi,onforeshores north of the northern bank of St
Lawrence Creek,the net’s mesh size must not be more than
115mm.(5)Not more than one-third of the net’s
length may extend out tosea beyond low water if it is used in
an area other than the areamentioned in subsection (2).(6)Not more than 3 nets may be set if
their combined length isnot more than 600m and the distance
between the first and lastnet is not more than 1n mile.(7)A net must not be set within 200m of a
jetty, wharf or anothernet that is in use.100Use of set mesh nets in rivers and
creeks between KauriCreek and Cape Flattery(1)A set
mesh net may be used in rivers and creeks between thesouthern bank of Kauri Creek and Cape
Flattery only if it isnot longer than 120m and has a mesh
size of at least 150mmbutnotmorethan215mmandadropofnotmorethan50meshes.(2)Not more than 3 nets may be set if
their combined length isnot more than 360m and the distance
between the first and lastnet is not more than 1n
mile.
363Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(3)A net
must not be used in the closed season for barramundi inwaters north of the northern bank of Baffle
Creek.101Use of mesh nets in offshore waters
between BaffleCreek and Cape Flattery(1)A
mesh net that is not fixed or hauled may only be used inoffshorewatersbetweenthenorthernbankofBaffleCreekand
Cape Flattery if the net—(a)is no longer than
600m; and(b)hasameshsizeofatleast150mmbutnomorethan245mm.(2)Two
nets may only be joined and used as a single net if—(a)they are used in waters deeper than
20m; and(b)the combined length of the nets is no
more than 1200m.(3)A net must not be used—(a)in a marked navigational channel;
or(b)within 400m of a jetty or wharf;
or(c)within 100m of another net.(4)A net must not be used in the closed
season for barramundi.(5)A person using a
net must be within 100m of it.101AUse
of set mesh nets in offshore waters between BaffleCreek
and Cape Flattery(1)A set mesh net may only be used in
offshore waters betweenthenorthernbankofBaffleCreekandCapeFlatteryifthenet—(a)is no
longer than 600m; and(b)hasameshsizeofatleast150mmbutnomorethan245mm.(2)Two
nets may only be joined and used as a single net if—(a)they are used in waters deeper than
20m; and
364Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(b)the
combined length of the nets is no more than 1200m.(3)A net must not be set—(a)in a marked navigational channel;
or(b)within 400m from a jetty or wharf;
or(c)within 100m from another net.(4)A net must not be set in the closed
season for barramundi.(5)A person using a
net must be within 100m of it.102Use
of set mesh nets in rivers and creeks north of CapeFlattery(1)A set
mesh net may be used in rivers and creeks north of CapeFlattery only if it is not longer than 120m
and has a mesh sizeof at least 150mm but not more than 215mm
and a drop of notmore than 50 meshes.(2)Not
more than 6 nets may be set if their combined length isnot
more than 360m and the distance between the first and lastnet
is not more than 1n mile.(3)A net must not be
used in the closed season for barramundi.103Use
of set mesh nets on foreshores north of CapeFlattery(1)AsetmeshnetmaybeusedonforeshoresnorthofCapeFlattery only if
it is not longer than 600m and has a mesh sizeof at least 150mm
but not more than 215mm.(2)Despite
subsection (1), not more than one-third of the net’slength may extend out to sea beyond low
water.(3)Not more than 6 nets may be set if
their combined length isnot more than 600m and the distance
between the first and lastnet is not more than 1n mile.(4)Anetmustnotbeusedduringtheclosedseasonforbarramundi.
365Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)104Use
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
14m.105Use of tender boats(1)Atenderboatmustnotbeusedmorethan800mfromitsprimary boat.(2)However,ifmorethan1netisused,atenderboatmaybeused within 800m
of the first or last net or between the nets.(3)Subsection (2) only applies if the primary
boat is also within800m of the first or last net or between the
nets.106Permitted distance for an assistant
fisher to be underdirection(1)Thepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is
800m.(2)However,ifmorethan1netisused,theassistantfisheristaken to be within the permitted
distance if the assistant fisheris within 800m of
the first or last net or between the nets.(3)Subsection(2)onlyappliesifthecommercialfisherisalsowithin 800m of
the first or last net or between the nets.107Marking nets(1)A set
mesh net used during the day must be marked by—(a)light
coloured floats not more than 20m apart along itslength; and(b)a
white float, at least 15cm in any dimension, with theperson’s name written on it at its end
farthest from theshore.(2)A set
mesh net used at night must also be marked by—(a)if
the combined length of the net and equipment used insetting it is not more than
50m—
366Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 13 (continued)(i)a
white light, visible at least 400m in all directionsfrom
the light, at its end farthest from the shore;and(ii)areflectorisedfloat,atleast15cminanydimension, at its
end nearest the shore; and(b)if the combined
length of the net and equipment used toset it is more
than 50m—a white light, visible at least400m in any
direction from the light, at both ends of thenet.
367Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 14Commercial trawl
fishery (finfish)schedule 17,
definitionscommercial fisheryandfishery schedule951Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘T4’.2Fishery areaThefisheryareacomprisesalltidalwaterswithinthefollowing boundary—•fromthe20fathomdepthcontoureastofCaloundraHead, east to the
50 fathom depth contour•alongthe50fathomdepthcontourtoeastofSandyCape, Fraser
Island•west to the 20 fathom depth
contour•along the 20 fathom depth contour to
east of CaloundraHead.3What
fish may be takenOnly red spot or stout whiting may be
taken.4Permitted ways of taking
whiting(1)Red spot or stout whiting may only be
taken by using ottertrawl nets.(2)A net
must not be longer than 88m and must have a mesh sizeof at
least 38mm but not more than 60mm.(3)For
subsection (2), thelength, of a net, means
the combinedlength of the following ropes when
taut—(a)the head and bottom ropes;95For other commercial trawl fisheries,
see the East Coast Trawl Plan.
368Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 14 (continued)(b)the
rope fixing the net’s opening size;(c)the
ropes to which the net’s mesh is attached;(d)thepartofanotherrope,otherthanalazylineorlogrope, to which a
wing net is attached.(4)A net’s sweeps
must not be longer than 128m each.(5)Forsubsection(3),anet’ssweepsincludesachain,rope,shackle,wireorotherfittingusedtoattachotterboardsorsleds to the net.(6)However, if fittings mentioned in subsection
(1) are joined tomake a single fitting, the single fitting is
1 sweep.(7)A net must not be used from a boat
longer than 20m.5Time quotaRed spot or stout
whiting may only be taken between 1 Apriland 31
December.
369Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 14ACommercial
crayfish and rocklobster fisheryschedule 17,
definitionscommercial fisheryandfisheryschedule1Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘R’.2Fishery areaThe fishery area
comprises the following tidal waters—(a)waterseastoflongitude 142º31'49"east,andnorthoflatitude 14º south;(b)theGulfofCarpentariaandadjoiningwaterways,betweenthe25nmilelineandtheshore,southoflatitude 10º48' south.3What
fish may be takenOnly crayfish or rock lobsters may be
taken.4Permitted ways of taking crayfish and
rock lobsters(1)Crayfish or rock lobsters may only be
taken—(a)byhandorbyusinghandheldnon-mechanicalimplements;
or(b)by using spears or spear guns.(2)Underwaterbreathingapparatusmayalsobeusedwhentaking crayfish or rock
lobsters.(3)Theonlyboatsthatmaybeusedtotakecrayfishorrocklobsters are
primary boats or tender boats.(4)Nomorethan1personmaytakecrayfishorrocklobstersfrom a primary
boat or tender boat at the same time.
370Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 14A (continued)5Use
of primary boatsA primary boat must not be longer than
20m.6Use of tender boatsA
tender boat must not be used further than 5n miles from thefollowing—(a)generally—its primary boat;(b)if its primary boat is located at a
reef—the reef.7Permitted distance for an assistant
fisher to be underdirectionThepermitteddistanceforanassistantfishertobeunderdirection is 5n
miles, or if the commercial fisher is fishing ona
reef, 5n miles from the reef.
371Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15Commercial
harvest fisheriesschedule 17, definitionscommercial
fisheryandfishery schedulePart 1Aquarium fish fishery1Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbols are ‘A1’ and ‘A2’.2Fishery
areaThe fishery area comprises all tidal waters
south of latitude10º41' south and east of longitude
142º31'49" east.3What fish may be taken(1)Fish other than the following fish may
be taken—(a)barramundi;(b)bêche-de-mer;(c)shell
grit;(d)star sand;(e)any
species of coral, oyster, pearl shell or trochus.(2)Coral reef fin fish may be taken or
possessed under the fisherysymbol under the Coral Reef
Plan.96(3)In
this section—bêche-de-merdoes not include
fish of the following species—(a)Bohadschia graeffei;(b)Calachrius crassus;(c)Cucmaria miniata;96See the Coral Reef Plan, chapter 3
(Commercial fishery), part 3 (Conditions forparticular
authorities), division 1 (Fishing under fishery symbol ‘A1’ or
‘A2’).
372Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)(d)Euapta godeffroyi;(e)Holothuria hilla;(f)Holothuria edulis;(g)Opheodesoma spp;(h)Pentacta anceps;(i)Pentacta lutea;(j)Pseudocolchirus violaceus;(k)Stichopus
noctivagus;(l)Synapta
maculata.4Permitted ways of taking fish(1)Fish may only be taken by hand or by
using fishing lines orcast, scoop or seine nets.(2)Underwaterbreathingapparatusmayalsobeusedwhentaking fish.(3)Aherdingdevice(forexample,arod)maybeusedwhentaking
fish.5General conditions of taking fish
under authority with‘A1’ or A2’ fishery symbol(1)No more than 3 persons may take fish
at the same time underthe authority.(2)Only
the boat identified in the authority and 1 other boat maybe
used to take fish in the same location.(3)Fish
must not be taken for human consumption.5AAdditional conditions—‘A1’ fishery
symbol(1)This section applies only to an
authority with an ‘A1’ fisherysymbol written on
it.(2)Fish may be taken only—
373Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)(a)bytheauthorityholderorapersonnominatedbytheauthority holder
(anominee); and(b)from the fishery area or an area
stated in the authority.97(3)Despitesubsection(2)(b),theauthorityholderornomineemay take fish
from any of the following areas of the fisheryarea only if the
area is stated in the authority—(a)waters within the Moreton Bay Marine
Park;(b)watersnorthofCapeMoretonandsouthoflatitude26º18' south,
other than waters within the Moreton BayMarine
Park;(c)waterswestoflongitude151º08'eastandbetweenlatitude 23º15' south and latitude 23º
south;(d)waterswithintheareadescribedasarea1intheWhitsundays Plan
of Management, schedule 1;98(e)waters within the following boundary—•from the intersection of latitude
17º08' south withthemainlandshoretolatitude17º08'south,longitude 146º12'
east•to latitude 16º51' south, longitude
146º28' east•to latitude 15º55' south, longitude
145º51' east•along latitude 15º55' south to the
mainland shore•along the mainland shore to latitude
17º08' south.97See section 88 (Holder of authority to
have it available for immediate inspectionetc.) of the Act
for the obligations of authority holders and other persons in
relationto doing anything under the
authority.98Whitsundays Plan of Management
1998, schedule 1 (The Planning
Area)
374Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)(4)The
authority holder—(a)can not nominate more than 3 persons
as nominees; and(b)must give written notice to the chief
executive of eachnominee.(5)In
this section—Moreton Bay Marine Parkmeans the marine
park mentionedand described in theMarine Parks
(Declaration) Regulation2006, schedule
1.WhitsundaysPlanofManagementmeanstheWhitsundaysPlan of
Management 1998prepared under theGreat
BarrierReef Marine Park Act 1975(Cwlth), section 39ZD.995BAdditional conditions—‘A2’ fishery
symbol(1)This section applies only to an
authority with an ‘A2’ fisherysymbol written on
it.(2)The authority holder must be present
when the fish are taken.(3)Fish may be taken
only in the fishery area or an area stated inthe
authority.(4)The authority holder must not take or
possess—(a)more than 10 fish; or(b)more than 2 fish of the same
species.6Use of fishing linesA
fishing line may be used only if it is has a single barblesshook.99Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act
1975(Cwlth), section 39ZD (Preparation ofplan
of management)TheWhitsundaysPlanofManagement1998can
be accessed on the internet at<www.gbrmpa.gov.au>.
375Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)7Use
of cast netsAcastnetmaybeusedonlyifitisnotmorethan6mindiameter and has a mesh size of not more
than 28mm.8Use of scoop netsA scoop net may
be used only if it is not more than 2m in anydimension and has
a mesh size of not more than 25mm and ahandle or shaft
not longer than 2.5m.9Use of seine
nets(1)A seine net may be used only if it is
not longer than 16m andhas a mesh size must of not more than
28mm and a drop ofnot more than 3m.(2)Apersonusingthenetunderanauthoritymustbewithin100m of
it.10Selling fish—authority holderThe
authority holder may sell fish taken under the authorityonly
if the fish are to be used for—(a)display as aquarium fish; or(b)broodstock; or(c)a
purpose related to a purpose mentioned in paragraph(a)
or (b).10ASelling fish—nominee(1)Anauthorityholderofanauthoritywithan‘A1’fisherysymbol may nominate a person (anominee) to sell fish
takenunder the authority.
376Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)(2)Anomineemaysellfishonlyforapurposementionedinsection 10, paragraphs (a) to (c).100(3)The authority
holder—(a)can not nominate more than 3 persons
as nominees; and(b)givewrittennoticetothechiefexecutiveofeachnominee.Part
2Bêche-de-mer fishery (eastcoast)Division 1General provisions11Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘B1’.12Fishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all tidal waters east of longitude142º31'49" east
between latitude 10º41' south and latitude 26ºsouth.13What fish may be takenOnly
bêche-de-mer may be taken.14Permitted ways of
taking bêche-de-mer(1)Bêche-de-mer may only be taken by
hand.100See section 88 (Holder of authority to
have it available for immediate inspectionetc.) of the Act
for the obligations of authority holders and other persons in
relationto doing anything under the
authority.
377Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)(2)Underwaterbreathingapparatusmayalsobeusedwhentaking bêche-de-mer.15General conditions of taking
bêche-de-mer(1)Bêche-de-mer may be taken only by the
authority holder, or apersonnominatedbytheauthorityholder(anominee),andonly in the fishery area or area
stated in the authority.101(2)The
authority holder—(a)can not nominate more than 3 persons
as nominees; and(b)must give written notice to the chief
executive of eachnominee.(3)The
boat identified in the authority and 4 other boats may beused
to take bêche-de-mer in the same location.(4)A
boat (other than the boat identified in the authority) mustnot
be longer than 7m.(5)No more than 10 persons may take
bêche-de-mer at the sametime under the authority.16Annual quotaThe annual quota
of bêche-de-mer that may be taken under anauthority with
the fishery symbol on it is the quota stated onit.17Selling bêche-de-mer(1)The authority holder, or a person
nominated by the authorityholder (anominee),
may sell bêche-de-mer taken under theauthority only to
someone else who—(a)holds another authority that
authorises the other personto buy the bêche-de-mer; or101See section 88 (Holder of authority to
have it available for immediate inspectionetc.) of the Act
for the obligations of authority holders and other persons in
relationto doing anything under the
authority.
378Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)(b)is,underthisregulation,authorisedtobuythebêche-de-merunderanauthoritymentionedinparagraph (a).(2)The
authority holder—(a)can not nominate more than 3 persons
as nominees; and(b)must give written notice to the chief
executive of eachnominee.Division 2VMS
equipment and manualreporting conditionsSubdivision 1VMS equipment
obligations17AObligation to install and register VMS
equipment(1)TheauthorityholdermusthaveanapprovedpersoninstallapprovedVMSequipmentontheboatidentifiedintheauthority.(2)Theequipmentandtheinstallermustbeincludedintheparticulars about
the authority in the register.(3)In
this section—install, for VMS
equipment, includes fit an approved seal onthe
equipment.10217BObligation to
maintain and use VMS equipment(1)The
person in control of the boat identified in the authoritymust
ensure VMS equipment installed on the boat is—(a)maintained in a condition that allows it to
perform thefunctions of VMS equipment; and102Under the schedule (Dictionary) of the
Act—VMSequipmentmeansequipmentusedaspartofasystemthatmonitorstheposition and operation of a
vessel.
379Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)(b)used
in a way that, at alltimes,allows the
boattobedetected by VMS
wherever the boat is located.(2)However, the obligations do not apply during
a period if—(a)the boat is not used for fishing
during the period; and(b)beforetheperiodstartedthechiefexecutivereceivednotice from the
authority holder that the boat would notbe used for
fishing during the period because, during thewhole of the
period—(i)the boat will be incapable of being
used for fishing;orExamples for subparagraph (i)—During the whole of the period, the
boat will be in drydock or on a slip.(ii)the
VMS equipment will be disconnected from itspowersourcebecauseofastatedmaintenancereason.(3)However,ifthenoticeisgivenbecauseofamaintenancereason, the
period can not be more than 6 hours.(4)The
notice may be given to the chief executive by—(a)telephone to a telecommunications service
provider forthe chief executive appointed by gazette
notice; or(b)using VMS equipment in a way that
ensures—(i)thenoticeisgivento,andreceivedby,thechiefexecutive
instantaneously; and(ii)thechiefexecutivecanreadilyaccesstheinformation in the notice.(5)For subsection (1)(b), a boat
isdetected by VMSat or in aplace
if a signal has come from VMS equipment for the boatat or
in the place.17CObligation to modify or replace
installed VMS if required(1)Thechiefexecutivemay,bynotice,requiretheauthorityholder to modify
or replace VMS equipment installed on the
380Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)boat identified
in the authority.(2)The notice must—(a)identify the authority holder, the authority
and the boat;and(b)state the
required modification or replacement; and(c)stateareasonableperiodofatleast3monthsfortheauthority holder to comply with the
notice; and(d)beaccompaniedby,orinclude,aninformationnoticeabout
the decision to make the requirement.(3)The
authority holder must, within the stated period, make therequired modification or replacement.Subdivision 2Obligations if
VMS equipmentmalfunctions17DApplication of subdiv 2This subdivision
applies if the VMS equipment installed on aboat identified
in the authority malfunctions.17EDefinition for subdiv 2In this
subdivision—malfunction, for VMS
equipment, means a failure to performthe functions of
VMS equipment.17FObligation to give notice of
malfunction(1)Immediatelyafterapersonincontroloftheboatbecomesawareofthemalfunction,thepersonmustnotifythechiefexecutiveofthemalfunction,unlessthepersonhasareasonable excuse.(2)The
notice may be given to the chief executive by—(a)telephone to a telecommunications service
provider for
381Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)the chief
executive appointed by gazette notice; or(b)using
VMS equipment in a way that ensures—(i)thenoticeisgivento,andreceivedby,thechiefexecutive
instantaneously; and(ii)thechiefexecutivecanreadilyaccesstheinformation in the notice.(3)A person is taken to be aware of the
malfunction if the personreceives notice from the chief
executive or an inspector thatthe equipment is
malfunctioning.(4)The notice may be given—(a)orally in person; or(b)by a nominated communication mode for
the boat.17GManual reporting obligation(1)Thepersonincontrolmustnotifytheboat’spositionandoperation to the chief executive by
radio, telephone or anotherform of instantaneous electronic
communication at intervalsthat, in all the circumstances,
reasonably acts as a substitutefor VMS
equipment.(2)Theobligationundersubsection(1)iscalledthemanualreporting
obligation.(3)ThemanualreportingobligationcontinuestoapplytothepersonincontroluntiltheVMSmaintenanceanduseobligations are complied with for the
boat.(4)Ifnoticeisgivenaboutaboatunderthemanualreportingobligation the boat ismanually
reported.
382Fisheries Regulation 1995Subdivision 3Schedule 15
(continued)Guidelines for this division17HChief executive may make
guidelinesThe chief executive may make
guidelines—(a)abouthowtogivenoticetothechiefexecutiveunderthis
division (notice guidelines); or(b)forcompliancewiththemanualreportingobligation(manual reporting guidelines).17IEffect of
complying with notice guidelinesA person is taken
to have given a notice under this part if, tothe extent they
are relevant, the notice guidelines are compliedwith.17JEffect of complying with manual reporting
guidelinesA person to whom the manual obligation
applies is taken tohavecompliedwiththeobligationif,totheextenttheyarerelevant, the
manual reporting guidelines are complied with.Part 4Coral
fishery23Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘D’.24Fishery areaThefisheryareacomprisesalltidalwatersandforeshoressouth of latitude
10º41' south and east of longitude 142º31'49"east.
383Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)25What
fish may be takenOnly the following fish may be taken—(a)coral of the class Anthozoa or
Hydrozoa, including itsuncompacted skeletons;(b)any marine organism living in or on
coral mentioned inparagraph(a),otherthanamarineorganismthatisaregulated fish;(c)coralsandwhichiscomprisedoffinelybrokenupremnants of coral.26Permitted ways of taking coral(1)Coralmayonlybetakenbyhandorbyusinghandheldnon-mechanical implements.(2)Underwaterbreathingapparatusmayalsobeusedwhentaking coral.27General conditions of taking coral(1)Coral may be taken only—(a)bytheauthorityholderoraperson(anominee)nominated by the authority holder;
and(b)from the area stated in the
authority.(2)Only 1 person may take coral at a time
under an authority.(3)The authority holder—(a)can not nominate more than 3 persons
as nominees; and(b)must give written notice to the chief
executive of eachnominee.28Annual quotaTheannualquotaofcoralthatmaybetakenunderanauthority with the fishery symbol on it is
the quota stated onit.
384Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)29Selling coral(1)The
authority holder or a person (anominee)
nominated bythe authority holder may sell coral taken
under the authority.(2)The authority holder—(a)can not nominate more than 3 persons
as nominees; and(b)must give written notice to the chief
executive of eachnominee.Part 5AJuvenile eel fishery37Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘JE’.38Fishery areaThe fishery area
comprises Queensland waters.39What
fish may be takenOnly a juvenile eel of the genusAnguillamay be
taken.40Permitted ways of taking juvenile
eelsJuvenileeelsmayonlybetakeninthewaystatedontheauthority.41General conditions of taking juvenile
eels(1)Juvenile eels may only be
taken—(a)bytheauthorityholderorapersonnominatedbytheauthority holder (anominee);
and
385Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)(b)in
the area stated on the authority.103(2)Theauthorityholdermustgivethechiefexecutivewrittennotice of each nominee.(3)Also,
if the authority states the number of persons that maytake
juvenile eels under the authority, no more than the statednumber of persons may take juvenile eels
under the authorityat the same time.42Selling juvenile eelsTheauthorityholdermayselljuvenileeelstakenundertheauthority.Part 5BOyster fishery42AFishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘O’.42BFishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all foreshores between low waterand high
water.42CWhat fish may be takenOnly
the following oysters may be taken—(a)blacklip oysters;(b)milky
oysters.103See section 88 (Holder of authority to
have it available for immediate inspectionetc.) of the Act
for the obligations of authority holders and other persons in
relationto doing anything under the
authority.
386Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)42DPermitted ways of taking oystersOysters may only be taken in the way stated
on the authority.42EGeneral conditions of taking
oysters(1)Oysters may only be taken—(a)bytheauthorityholderorapersonnominatedbytheauthority holder (anominee); and(b)in the area stated on the
authority.(2)Theauthorityholdermustgivethechiefexecutivewrittennotice of each nominee.(3)Also,
if the authority states the number of persons that maytakeoystersundertheauthority,nomorethanthestatednumber of persons
may take oysters under the authority at thesame time.42FSelling oystersTheauthorityholdermayselloysterstakenundertheauthority.Part 6Pearl
fishery43Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘P’.44Fishery areaThefisheryareacomprisestidalwaterssouthoflatitude10º41' south and
east of longitude 142º31'49" east.
387Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)45What
fish may be takenOnly live pearl oysters may be taken.46Permitted ways of taking live pearl
oysters(1)Livepearloystersmayonlybetakenbyhandorbyusinghand held
implements.(2)Underwaterbreathingapparatusmayalsobeusedwhentaking live pearl oysters.47Selling live pearl oystersThe
authority holder may sell live pearl oysters taken undertheauthorityonlytoapersonactingunderadevelopmentapproval for
prescribed aquaculture development.Part 7Shell
fishery48Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘F’.49Fishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all tidal waters and foreshores.50What
fish may be takenOnlymolluscs(otherthanoysters,pearloysters,tridacnidclams, trochus, green snails and scallops)
may be taken.51Permitted ways of taking
molluscsMolluscs may only be taken—(a)for broken remnants of
molluscs—
388Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)(i)by
hand or hand held non-mechanical implements;or(ii)ifstatedontheauthority,mechanicalequipment;or(b)for other
molluscs—(i)byhand,withoutusingdiggingorsievingimplements;
or(ii)if stated on the authority, shell
dredges.52Use of primary boatsA
primary boat must not be longer than 20m.53General conditions of taking molluscs(1)The authority holder must be present
when the molluscs aretaken.(2)Molluscs may only be taken in the fishery
area or area statedin the authority.54Annual quotaTheannualquotaofmolluscsthatmaybetakenunderanauthority with the fishery symbol on it is
the quota stated onthe authority.55Use
of shell dredgesAshelldredgemustnothaveamouthwiderthan1.2morteeth
or prongs longer than 75mm.56Selling
molluscs(1)The holder of commercial fishing boat
licence or commercialharvestfisherylicencethatauthorisestheholdertotakemolluscs may sell them only to someone
else who—
389Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)(a)holds
another authority that authorises the other personto
buy the molluscs; or(b)is, under this regulation, authorised
to buy the molluscsunder an authority mentioned in paragraph
(a).(2)Theholderofanotherauthorityallowingtheholdertotakemolluscs may sell them to
anyone.Part 8Shell grit
fishery57Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘G’.58Fishery areaThefisheryareacomprisesalltidalwatersandforeshoressouthoflatitude10º41'south,andeastoflongitude142º31'49" east.59What
fish may be takenOnly shell grit may be taken.60Permitted ways of taking shell
gritShell grit may be taken in any way.61General conditions of taking shell
grit(1)Apersonmayonlytakeshellgritinanareastatedontheauthority.(2)Thepersonmustreplacethetotalvolumeofshellgritremovedfromtheareawithanequalvolumeoflawfullyobtained
sand.
390Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)62Selling shell gritTheauthorityholdermaysellshellgrittakenundertheauthority.Part 9Star
sand fishery63Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘H’.64Fishery areaThefisheryareacomprisesalltidalwatersandforeshoressouthoflatitude10º41'south,andeastoflongitude142º31'49" east.65What
fish may be takenOnlystarsandcomposedofthecalcareousskeletonsofunicellular animals known as
Foraminifera may be taken.66Permitted ways of
taking star sandStar sand may only be taken by hand or by
using hand heldnon-mechanical implements.67General conditions of taking star
sandStar sand may only be taken in the area
stated in the authorityunder which it is taken.68Selling star sandTheauthorityholdermaysellstarsandtakenundertheauthority.
391Fisheries Regulation 1995Part
10Schedule 15 (continued)Trochus fishery
(east coast)69Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘J1’.70Fishery areaThe fishery area
comprises all tidal waters south of latitude10º41' south, and
east of longitude 142º31'49" east.71What
fish may be takenOnly trochus may be taken.72Permitted ways of taking
trochus(1)Trochusmayonlybetakenbyhandorbyusinghandheldnon-mechanical implements.(2)Apersonmayuseunderwaterbreathingapparatuswhentaking trochus.73General conditions of taking trochus(1)Theauthorityholderorapersonapprovedbythechiefexecutive must be present when trochus are
taken.(2)Trochus may only be taken in the
fishery area or area stated inthe
authority.(3)The boat identified in the authority
and 4 other boats may beused to take trochus in the same
location.(4)A boat (other than the boat identified
in the authority) mustnot be longer than 7m.(5)Not more than the number of persons
stated on the authoritymay, at the same time, dive for or
gather trochus.
392Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)74Annual quotaThe annual quota
of trochus for the fishery is 300 tonnes.75Selling trochusTheauthorityholdermayselltrochustakenundertheauthority only to someone else
who—(a)holds another authority that
authorises the other personto buy the trochus; or(b)is, under this regulation, authorised
to buy the trochusunder an authority mentioned in paragraph
(a).Part 12Worm fishery
(beachworm)82Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘W1’.83Fishery areaThefisheryareacomprisesallforeshoressouthoflatitude10º41' south, and
east of longitude 142º31'49" east.84What
fish may be takenOnly beachworms may be taken.85Permitted ways of taking
beachwormsBeachworms may only be taken by hand.86General conditions of taking
beachwormsBeachworms may only be taken by the
authority holder and inthe area stated on the
authority.
393Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)87Selling beachwormsTheauthorityholdermaysellbeachwormstakenundertheauthority only to someone else
who—(a)holds another authority that
authorises the other personto buy the beachworms; or(b)is,underthisregulation,authorisedtobuythebeachworms under an authority mentioned in
paragraph(a).Part 13Worm fishery
(bloodworm)88Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘W2’.89Fishery area(1)Thefisheryareacomprisesallforeshoressouthoflatitude10º41' south, and
east of longitude 142º31'49" east.(2)However, the fishery area does not include
the foreshores ofMoretonBay,otherthantheforeshoresdesignatedasacommercialbloodwormgatheringareaundertheMarineParks (Moreton
Bay) Zoning Plan 1997, section 33.10490What fish may be takenOnly
bloodworms may be taken.91Permitted ways of
taking bloodwormsBloodworms may only be taken by hand or by
using hand heldforks.104Marine Parks (Moreton Bay) Zoning Plan
1997, section 33 (Designated areas)
394Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)92General conditions of taking
bloodworms(1)Bloodworms may only be taken by the
authority holder and inthe area stated on the
authority.(2)If the holder digs up an area to take
bloodworms, the holdermust put seagrass disturbed or removed
by the digging back inan upright position immediately after
the worms are taken.93Selling bloodwormsTheauthorityholdermaysellbloodwormstakenundertheauthority only to someone else
who—(a)holds another authority that
authorises the other personto buy the bloodworms; or(b)is,underthisregulation,authorisedtobuythebloodworms under an authority mentioned in
paragraph(a).Part 14Yabby
fishery94Fishery symbolThe fishery
symbol is ‘Y’.95Fishery areaThefisheryareacomprisesallforeshoressouthoflatitude10º41' south, and
east of longitude 142º31'49" east.96What
fish may be takenOnly yabbies may be taken.
395Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 15 (continued)97Permitted ways of taking yabbiesYabbies may only be taken by using hand
pumps or, if statedon the authority, mechanical pumps.98General conditions of taking
yabbiesYabbies may only be taken by the authority
holder and in thearea stated on the authority.99Selling yabbiesTheauthorityholdermaysellyabbiestakenundertheauthority only to someone else
who—(a)holds another authority that
authorises the other personto buy the yabbies; or(b)is, under this regulation, authorised
to buy the yabbiesunder an authority mentioned in paragraph
(a).
396Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 16Glossary of
scientific namesused for fish other than coralreef
fin fishsection 10Common nameAfrican monoairbreathing or
walking catfishalbacore tunaangel fisharcher
fishArgentine bloodfin (tetra)armoured (cory) catfishasoka barbauratusAustralian
bassbanded barbbanded
leporinusbarking crayfishbarracudabarramundibar-tailed
flatheadbettabigeye tunabig-spot
rasboraScientific nameMonodactylus
sebaeFamily ClariidaeThunnus
alalungaPterophyllumspp.Toxotes jaculatrixAphyocharax
anisitsiCorydorasspp.Puntius asokaMelanochromis
auratusMacquaria novemaculeataBarbodes
pentazonaLeporinus fasciatusLinuparus
trigonusAgrioposphyraena barracudaLates calcariferPlatycephalus
indicusBettaspp.Thunnus obesusRasbora
kalochroma
416Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17Definitionssection 2Part
1Extended definitions1Meaning ofDeception Bay
areafor fish regulated by area(1)Forfishregulatedbyarea,DeceptionBayareameanstheDeceptionBayforeshorebetweenthepublicboatrampatEmerald Avenue,
Deception Bay and the seaward end of ReefPoint Esplanade,
Castlereagh Point, Scarborough.(2)Theareadoesnotincludeawaterwayupstreamofalinebetween its banks.1AMeaning ofdefined port
area(1)Adefined port
areameans any of the following—•the Southport port area•the Brisbane port area•the Mooloolaba port area•the Tin Can Bay port area•the Urangan port area•the Bundaberg port area•the Gladstone port area•the Rosslyn Bay port area•the Mackay port area•the Bowen port area•the Townsville port area•the Lucinda port area•the Mourilyan port area•the Innisfail port area
417Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)•the
Cairns port area•the Port Douglas port area•the Cooktown port area.(2)In this section—Bowenportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 20º01.18' south,
longitude 148º16.32' eastto latitude 20º01.70' south, longitude
148º15.76' east•to latitude 20º01.46' south, longitude
148º14.81' east•to latitude 20º00.75' south, longitude
148º14.75' east•to latitude 20º01.18' south, longitude
148º16.32' east.Brisbaneportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 27º30.00' south,
longitude 153º00.00' eastto latitude 27º00.00' south, longitude
153º east•to latitude 27º00.00' south, longitude
153º12.00' east•to latitude 27º30.00' south, longitude
153º12.00' east•to latitude 27º30.00' south, longitude
153º00.00' east.Bundabergportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 24º45.15' south,
longitude 152º19.83' eastto latitude 24º45.15' south, longitude
152º25.68' east•to latitude 24º52.49' south, longitude
152º25.68' east•to latitude 24º52.49' south, longitude
152º19.83' east•to latitude 24º45.15' south, longitude
152º19.83' east.Cairnsportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 16º54.00' south,
longitude 145º44.50' eastto latitude 17º00.00' south, longitude
145º44.50' east•to latitude 17º00.00' south, longitude
145º48.75' east
418Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)•to
latitude 16º54.00' south, longitude 145º48.75' east•to latitude 16º54'00' south, longitude
145º44.50' east.Cooktownportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 15º26.00' south,
longitude 145º10.75' eastto latitude 15º28.00' south longitude
145º10.75' east•to latitude 15º28.00' south, longitude
145º15.50' east•to latitude 15º26.00' south longitude
145º15.50' east•to latitude 15º26.00' south, longitude
145º10.75' east.Gladstoneportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 23º49.67' south,
longitude 151º14.24' eastto latitude 23º49.67' south, longitude
151º15.24' east•to latitude 23º50.29' south, longitude
151º15.24' east•to latitude 23º50.29' south, longitude
151º14.24' east•to latitude 23º49.67' south, longitude
151º14.24' east.Innisfailportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 17º30.00' south
longitude 146º00.75' eastto latitude 17º32.00' south, longitude
146º00.75’ east•to latitude 17º32.00' south, longitude
146º04.75' east•to latitude 17º30.00' south, longitude
146º04.75' east•to latitude 17º30.00' south longitude
146º00.75' east.Lucindaportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 18º29.72' south,
longitude 146º19.09' eastto latitude 18º32.89' south, longitude
146º19.28' east•to latitude 18º33.76' south, longitude
146º16.72' east•to latitude 18º29.80' south, longitude
146º14.95' east•to latitude 18º29.72' south, longitude
146º19.09' east.
419Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)Mackayportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 21º06.91' south,
longitude 149º11.53' eastto latitude 21º08.54' south, longitude
149º10.92' east•to latitude 21º09.01' south, longitude
149º13.38' east•to latitude 21º05.94' south, longitude
149º13.62' east•to latitude 21º06.91' south, longitude
149º11.53' east.Mooloolabaportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 26º42.72' south,
longitude 153º07.06' eastto latitude 26º40.86' south, longitude
153º08.28' east•to latitude 26º40.54' south, longitude
153º06.27' east•to latitude 26º38.03' south, longitude
153º06.13' east•to latitude 26º38.07' south, longitude
153º03.68' east•to latitude 26º42.72' south, longitude
153º07.06' east.Mourilyanportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 17º35.76' south,
longitude 146º06.25' eastto latitude 17º37.36' south, longitude
146º06.84' east•to latitude 17º36.34' south, longitude
146º08.07’ east•to latitude 17º35.51' south, longitude
146º07.63' east•to latitude 17º35.76' south, longitude
146º06.25' east.Port Douglas port areameans the area
within the followingboundary—•from
latitude 16º28.50' south, longitude 145º27.00' eastto
latitude 16º29.50' south longitude 145º27.00' east•to latitude 16º29.50' south, longitude
145º28.00' east•to latitude 16º28.50' south, longitude
145º28.00' east•to latitude 16º28.50' south, longitude
145º27.00' east.Rosslyn Bay port areameans the area
within the followingboundary—
420Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)•from
latitude 23º09.54' south, longitude 150º47.00' eastto
latitude 23º09.54' south, longitude 150º47.44' east•to latitude 23º09.87' south, longitude
150º47.44' east•to latitude 23º09.87' south, longitude
150º47.00' east•to latitude 23º09.54' south, longitude
150º47.00' east.Southportportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 27º55.73' south,
longitude 153º23.53' eastto latitude 27º55.73' south, longitude
153º26.01' east•to latitude 27º59.47' south, longitude
153º26.01' east•to latitude 27º59.47' south, longitude
153º23.53' east•to latitude 27º55.73' south, longitude
153º23.53' east.Tin Can Bay port areameans the area
within the followingboundary—•from
latitude 25º49.60' south, longitude 152º57.80' eastto
latitude 25º49.60' south, longitude 153º04.24' east•to latitude 25º59.89' south, longitude
153º04.24' east•to latitude 25º59.89' south, longitude
152º57.80' east•to latitude 25º49.60' south, longitude
152º57.80' east.Townsvilleportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 19º14.13' south,
longitude 146º48.00' eastto latitude 19º18.12' south, longitude
146º47.78’ east•to latitude 19º16.63' south, longitude
146º50.55' east•to latitude 19º14.41' south, longitude
146º50.15' east•to latitude 19º14.13' south, longitude
146º48.00' east.Uranganportareameanstheareawithinthefollowingboundary—•from latitude 25º17.59' south,
longitude 152º54.70' eastto latitude 25º17.62' south, longitude
152º55.09' east•to latitude 25º18.02' south, longitude
152º54.91' east
421Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)•to
latitude 25º18.00' south, longitude 152º54.50' east•to latitude 25º17.59' south, longitude
152º54.70' east.2Meaning ofLake Awoonga
areaLake Awoonga areameans—(a)Lake Awoonga; or(b)the
area within the following boundary—•from
the F↑B sign near the end of Scenic Drive
atthe Shore of Lake Awoonga, along Scenic
Drive toLookout Road•along
Lookout Road to the shore of Lake Awoonga•along
the shore of Lake Awoonga to the F↑B
signnear the end of Scenic Drive at the Shore of
LakeAwoonga, along Scenic Drive to Lookout
Road.3Meaning ofLake Tinaroo
areaLakeTinarooareameanstheareaof,andwithin,thefollowing boundary—•from
Danbulla Forest Drive at the northern end of theTinaroo Dam wall along the drive to Boar
Pocket Road•alongBoarPocketRoadtoGilliesRoad(Gordonvale-Atherton Road)•along Gillies Road to Marks
Lane•along Marks Lane to Tinaroo Falls Dam
Road•alongTinarooFallsDamRoadtoDanbullaForestDrive.4Meaning oflengthof a
boat(1)Length, of a boat,
means the distance between the front andend tips of the
boat.
422Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)(2)However, the length does not include
anything that does notincrease the boat’s effective
length.Examples of things that do not increase a
boat’s effective length—•an
anchor rail•a bowspritExample of
things that do increase a boat’s effective length—•additionstotheboat’shull(whetherfixedtemporarilyorpermanently) that increase the boat’s deck
area5Meaning oflengthof a
net other than an otter trawl net(1)Length,ofacastnet,meansthegreaterofthedistancesbetween the point
where the net’s cord or rope is attached tothe rest of the
net and the following—(a)the net’s lead
line;(b)the bottom of the net’s lowest
pocket.(2)Length, of a net (other
than a otter trawl net or a cast net),meansthedistancebetweentheouterendsofitsmeshmeasured along the head or bottom rope,
whichever rope islonger when taut.(3)Length, of a net used
with a separate back net, means the totallength of the net
and the back net in use.6Meaning ofmesh
sizeof a net(1)Meshsize,ofanetthatisknotted,istheaveragedistance,when
the net is taut, between the inner edges of 2 diagonallyopposite knots of each of 10 meshes at least
30cm from eachother.(2)Mesh
size, of a net that is knotless, is the average
distance,when the net is taut, between the inner
edges of 2 diagonallyopposite corners of each of 10 meshes
at least 30cm from eachother.
423Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)7Meaning ofMoreton
BayMoreton Baymeans waters
within the following boundary—•fromtheF↑Bsignatthesouth-easterntipofToorbulPointtotheF↑BsignatthesouthernendofSouthEsplanade, Bongaree, Bribie Island•alongBribieIsland’swesternandsouthernshorestoSkirmish Point•to
Comboyuro Point, Moreton Island•along
Moreton Island’s western shore to Reeders Point•to
Amity Point, North Stradbroke Island•alongNorthStradbrokeIsland’swesternandsouthernshores to its
south-eastern tip•to the north-eastern tip of South
Stradbroke Island•along South Stradbroke Island’s
northern, western andsouthernshorestotheseawardtipofthenorthernbreakwater wall
of the Gold Coast Seaway•to the seaward
tip of the southern breakwater wall of theGold Coast Seaway
at Nerang Head on The Spit•along the shore
of The Spit to the Gold Coast HighwaybridgeovertheNerangRivernearWaterwaysDrive,Main
Beach•along the eastern side of the Gold
Coast Highway bridgeto the mainland shore•along
the shore to the F↑B sign at the south-eastern tipof
Toorbul Point.9Meaning ofNudgee Beach
areafor fish regulated by area(1)Forfishregulatedbyarea,NudgeeBeachareameanstheBramble Bay foreshore at Nudgee Beach
between the easternbank of the main channel of Nudgee Creek and
the westernbank of the main channel of the Kedron Brook
floodway.
424Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)(2)TheareadoesnotincludetheforeshoresofNudgeeCreekupstream of a straight line between its
banks or Kedron Brookfloodway upstream of a straight line
between its banks.10Meaning ofPumicestone
StraitPumicestoneStraitmeanswatersandadjoiningwaterways,within the following boundary—•from the F↑B
sign at the southern tip of the sand spitbetween Kings
Beach and Bulcock Beach, Caloundra tothe F↑B sign at the northern tip of Bribie
Island•along Bribie Island’s western shore to
the F↑B sign atthe southern end
of South Esplanade, Bongaree, BribieIsland•to the F↑B
sign at the south-eastern tip of Toorbul Point•along
the shore to the F↑B sign at the southern tip of
thesandspitbetweenKingsBeachandBulcockBeach,Caloundra.12Meaning ofunder
directionfor an assistant fisher(1)This
section states when an assistant fisher isunder
directionin a fishery under this regulation or a
management plan, otherthan the East Coast Trawl Plan.105(2)The assistant
fisher isunder directionif the assistant
fisherandacommercialfisherareengagedinthesamefishingoperation or different fishing operations, 1
of which is in thecrab fishery, and—(a)theassistantfisherandcommercialfisherareatthesameplace,inthesamevehicleoronthesamecommercial fishing boat; or(b)the assistant fisher and commercial
fisher are not at thesameplace,inthesamevehicleoronthesamecommercial fishing boat but—105See the East Coast Trawl Plan, section
33 (Assistant fishers).
425Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)(i)arenofurtherapartthanthedistancepermittedunder
a fishery provision for the fishery in whichthe boats are
operating; and(ii)theassistantfisherisfollowingthecommercialfisher’s
instructions.(3)However, in the trawl fishery (fin
fish) an assistant fisher isunder
directiononly if the assistant fisher and a
commercialfisher are—(a)on
the same boat; or(b)on different boats but the assistant
fisher is on a tenderboat that is not a trawler.13Meaning ofWynnum
areafor fish regulated by area(1)Forfishregulatedbyarea,Wynnumareameanstheforeshores of Moreton Bay and the Boat
Passage, between thesouth-easterntipofFishermanIslandsandthenorthernbreakwater of the Manly boat harbour.(2)The area does not include foreshores
west of the road bridgeover the Boat Passage or upstream of a
line between the banksof a waterway.14Meaning ofwhole
weightof spanish mackerel(1)The
whole weight of spanish mackerel that is filleted, gilledandguttedortrunkedistheamountworkedoutusingthefollowing formula—WW=W×CFwhere—WWisthewholeweight,inkilograms,ofthespanishmackerel.Wis the weight, in kilograms, of the
spanish mackerel.CFis—(a)for
gilled and gutted spanish mackerel—1.05; or
426Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)(b)for
trunked spanish mackerel—1.18; or(c)for
filleted spanish mackerel—1.61.(2)Thewholeweightofanumberofspanishmackerelistheamount worked out
by using the following formula—WW=N×7.25where—WWisthewholeweight,inkilograms,ofthespanishmackerel.Nis the number of spanish
mackerel.Part 2Dictionaryaid
to navigationhas the meaning given under theTransportOperations
(Marine Safety) Act 1994.AIVR
systemsee section 110D.amending notice
deadline, for part 7, division 5, subdivision2,
see section 58B.annual, for a quota,
means the period from 1 January to 31December.approvedmeans approved by
the chief executive.assistant fishersee section
52(2).authorised boat—(a)for part 7, division 5, subdivision
2—see section 58B; or(b)for part 12,
division 2—see section 108AA.authorised
unloading time, for part 7, division 5, subdivision2,
see section 58B.back netmeans a net, or
part of a net, supported by not morethan 12 stakes,
used as an artificial shore during ring or seinenet
fishing.
427Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)boat mark, for
a boat, see section 58AF(1).boundary
signmeans an F↑B or
SF↑B sign.buyer
licencemeans a buyer licence issued under part
7.buyingandsellingparticulars,forpart12,division2,seesection 108AA.carrier boat
licencemeans a carrier boat licence issued
underpart 7.charter fishing
licencemeans a charter fishing licence
issuedunder part 7.charter fishing
tripmeans a boat trip during which a
personusesaboattotakepayingpassengersto,asrecreationalfishers, fish
from or by using the boat.Examples of using a boat to
fish—using the boat as a platform for spear
fishing or to fish on a reef orsandbankcollapsible trapmeans a trap made
of rigid material, with 1 ormore collapsible
sides.commercial fishermeans a person
who holds a commercialfisher licence.commercial
fisher licencemeans a commercial fisher licenceissued under part 7.commercialfisherymeansafisherydescribedasacommercial
fishery in schedules 11 to 15 or a managementplan.commercial fishing apparatusmeans
fishing apparatus otherthanfishingapparatusthatmaybeusedorpossessedbyarecreational fisher under schedule 8
or a management plan.commercial fishing boatmeans
a primary boat or tender boat.commercial
fishing boat licencemeans a commercial fishingboat
licence issued under part 7.commercialharvestfisherylicencemeansacommercialharvest fishery
licence issued under part 7.coral reef fin
fishmeans fish mentioned in schedule
16A.
428Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)coralreeffinfishparticulars,forpart12,division2,seesection 108AA.Coral Reef
Planmeans theFisheries(CoralReefFinFish)Management Plan
2003.crabfisherymeansthecommercialcrabfisheryunderschedule 11.crabpotmeansfishingapparatuscomprisingacagewitharound opening in the top, or an
elongated opening (parallel tothe base) in the
side, for trapping crabs.CT line unitmeans a CT line
unit under the Coral Reef Plan.current fisher
PIN, for SM units, means—(a)if
the fisher PIN for the units has been changed undersection25V—thefisherPINafterthechangeundersection 25V; or(b)otherwise—the fisher PIN originally issued
to the holderof the units under—(i)section 25QA(2); or(ii)formerschedule5B,section49A(2)ortheprovision as
applied under part 13, division 3.daily
quotameans a daily quota mentioned in section
28(1).Deception Bay area, for fish
regulated by area, see section 1of this
schedule.defined port areasee section 1A of
this schedule.developmental fishing permitmeans
a developmental fishingpermit issued under part 7.diameter,ofmonofilamentofanet,meanstheaveragediameter of the
monofilament of 10 meshes of the net, each ofwhich is at least
30cm from the other 9.dillymeans fishing
apparatus comprising a frame and a netthathangsbelowtheframe’shorizontalplanewhentheapparatus is in use.docketmeans a docket
under section 86 of the Act.
429Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)EastCoastTrawlPlanmeanstheFisheries(EastCoastTrawl)
Management Plan 1999.effort unitmeans an effort
unit under the East Coast TrawlPlan.eligible SM unit applicant, for
part 13, division 3, see section121.entitlement, in relation to
an SM unit, see section 25F.extended
licensed charter fishing tripmeans a charter
fishingtripconductedunderacharterfishinglicenceforanuninterrupted period of at least 48
hours.F↑B signmeans
a sign with the marking F↑B on it, erected
ordisplayed by the chief executive.fin
fishmeans a fish that has a fin at any stage of
its life cycle.fishermeans a
commercial fisher or assistant fisher.fisher
PIN—(a)for line
units—see sections 61A and 80A of the CoralReef Plan;
or(b)for SM units—means the 4-digit
identity number issuedfor the units under—(i)section 25QA(2); or(ii)formerschedule5B,section49A(2)ortheprovision as
applied under part 13, division 3.fishery
provision, for a commercial fishery, means a
provisionof the relevant fishery schedule or
management plan.fishery schedulemeans schedule
11, 11A, 12, 13, 14, 14A or15.fisherysymbol,foracommercialfishery,meansasymbolspecifiedinafisheryscheduleormanagementplanasthefishery symbol
for the fishery.fisherysymbolmovementapplicationmeansanapplicationunder section
47.
430Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)fishing
linemeans fishing apparatus comprising a line
usedby hand, with or without a pole, reel or
rod.fix, a net, includes hold the net in a
way that sets the net.former Authoritymeans—(a)the former Queensland Fisheries
Management Authorityunder the Act; or(b)theformerQueenslandFishManagementAuthorityundertherepealedFishingIndustryOrganisationandMarketing Act 1982.former schedule 5Bmeans expired
schedule 5B as in forceimmediately before it expired.Editor’s note—Schedule 5B expired 11 September 2006. For
the text of the scheduleimmediatelybeforeitsexpiry,seesupersededreprint8Bofthisregulation.FreshwaterPlanmeanstheFisheries(Freshwater)Management Plan
1999.generalfisheriespermitmeansageneralfisheriespermitissued under part
7.Great Barrier Reef Regionmeans
the fishery area describedin schedule 12, part 6, section
41.group of species, for part 12,
division 2, see section 108AA.Gulf Planmeans
theFisheries (Gulf of Carpentaria
InshoreFin Fish) Management Plan 1999.hand pumpmeans a hand
operated pump used for taking bait.haul seine
netmeans a seine net that is hauled, without
theuse of a boat, to complete the taking of
fish.hookincludes—(a)a
hook with more than 1 prong, including, for example,a
treble hook; and(b)a structure of more than 1 hook
attached to a fishing lineat a single point, including, for
example, a gang hook.
431Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)IDASmeans
the system detailed in the Planning Act, chapter3,
for integrating State and local government assessment andapproval processes for development.identification code, for part 7,
division 5, subdivision 2, seesection
58B.indigenousfishingpermitmeansanindigenousfishingpermit issued under part 7.information notice, about a
decision, means a notice statingeach of the
following—(a)the decision, and the reasons for
it;(b)that the person may appeal against the
decision to thetribunalwithin28daysafterthepersonreceivesthenotice;(c)how
to appeal.interfere withincludes damage,
destroy, mark and remove.inverted dillymeans fishing
apparatus comprising a frame andanetwithafloatattachedsothenetisabovetheframe’shorizontalplanewhentheapparatusisinuse,andincludesfishing apparatus
known as a suicide dilly or witch’s hat.ITQ unitmeans
an ITQ unit under the Spanner Crab Plan.juvenile
eelmeans an elver or a glass eel.Lake
Awoonga areasee section 2 of this schedule.Lake
Tinaroo areasee section 3 of this schedule.land, a boat, includes—(a)landing a person or thing that is on
board the boat; and(b)moving a person or thing that is on
land to the boat.landingperiod,forpart7,division5,subdivision2,seesection 58B.landing
place, for part 7, division 5, subdivision 2, see
section58B.
432Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)length—(a)ofacommercialfishingboat—seesection4ofthisschedule; or(b)of an
otter trawl net—see schedule 14, section 4(3); or(c)of a net, other than an otter trawl
net—see section 5 ofthis schedule.line fishery
area, for schedule 11A, see schedule 11A,
section8.linefisherysymbol,forschedule11A,seeschedule11A,section 8.line unitmeans
a line unit under the Coral Reef Plan.logbook
informationmeans—(a)informationinastatisticallogbookreturnkeptintheway and form and
as directed by the chief executive or aformer Authority
at the time the return was made; and(b)information about the return held by the
chief executivein electronic form.luremeans
an artificial bait with 1 or more hooks attached toit.management A areameans an area
within a fish habitat areaidentified as ‘management A’ on a plan
mentioned in schedule7 for the fish habitat area.management B areameans an area
within a fish habitat areaidentified as ‘management B’ on a plan
mentioned in schedule7 for the fish habitat area.mesh
netmeans a net used as a gill net, mesh net,
ring net or anet that is not fixed or hauled.mesh
size, of a net, see section 6 of this
schedule.minorimpactworkscodemeansthecodeforthePlanningAct made by the
department, called ‘Code for self-assessabledevelopment—Minor
impact works in a declared fish habitatareaorinvolvingtheremoval,destructionordamageofmarine plants’, numbered MP06.
433Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)monofilamentnetmeansanetmadefromacontinuousfilament or
strand of synthetic fibre, joined, knitted or woveninto
meshes.Moreton Baysee section 7 of
this schedule.nationalparklandmeanslanddedicatedasanytypeofnational park under theNature
Conservation Act 1992.n milemeans
nautical mile.notifyingperiod,forpart7,division5,subdivision2,seesection 58B.Nudgee Beach
area, for fish regulated by area, see section
9of this schedule.oceanbeachfisherymeansafisherydescribedinschedule13, parts 6 to
13.official signmeans a sign
erected by the chief executive, andincludes a
boundary sign.offshore watersare waters that
are—(a)at least 2m deep; and(b)not in a waterway or on a
foreshore.OS line unitmeans an OS line
unit under the Coral Reef Plan.otter trawl
netmeans a trawl net with its mouth kept open
byotter boards and the force of water.pearl oystermeans a black
lipped pearl oyster or a gold lippedpearl
oyster.pocket netmeans a bag
shaped set net placed across a currentor tide to trap
fish.post,foraboundarymarkinganaquaculturearea,includesbuoy.prescribedarea,forpart7,division7,subdivision2,seesection 64A.prescribed
declared fish habitat area development purpose,for a
declared fish habitat area, means each of the following—(a)restoring the fish habitat or natural
processes in the area;
434Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)(b)managing fisheries resources or fish habitat
in the area;(c)education or research;(d)public health or safety;(e)providing public infrastructure to
facilitate fishing;Examples of public infrastructure—a boat ramp or jetty for public
use(f)providing subterranean public
infrastructure if the chiefexecutiveissatisfiedthesurfaceoftheareacanberestored, after the completion of the
works or activity, toitsconditionbeforetheperformanceoftheworksoractivity;(g)constructing a temporary structure;(h)forapartofthedeclaredfishhabitatareathatisamanagement B area—(i)constructing a permanent structure on tidal
land orwithin the area; or(ii)depositing material for beach
replenishment.prescribedfisherysymbolmeansa‘L1’,‘L2’,‘L3’,‘L6’,‘L7’
or ‘L8’ fishery symbol.prescribedflag,forpart7,division7,subdivision2,seesection 64A.prescribed
numerical code, for part 7, division 5, subdivision2,
see section 58B.prescribed person, for part 7,
division 5, subdivision 2, seesection
58B.prescribed reason, for part 7,
division 5, subdivision 2, seesection
58B.prescribed way, for part 12,
division 2, see section 108AA.primary
boatsee section 7(1).prior
noticesee sections 58D(2) and 58E(2).priornoticearea,forpart7,division5,subdivision2,seesection 58B.
435Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)prior notice
deadline, for part 7, division 5, subdivision 2,
seesection 58B.prior notice
particulars, for part 7, division 5, subdivision
2,see section 58B.process, for
fish, includes freeze, pack, refrigerate, sort andthaw.Pumicestone
Straitsee section 10 of this schedule.purse seine netmeans a seine net
that is used to trap fish bydrawing together
or pursing the lower edge of the net with adrawstring
attached to the edge.ready to fish, for part 7,
division 7, subdivision 2, see section64B.reasonablymeansongroundsthatarereasonableinallthecircumstances.recreational
fishermeans a person, including a fisher,
whotakes or possesses fish, other than—(a)for trade or commerce that is not the
mere conduct of acharter fishing trip; or(b)intheexerciseorenjoymentofnativetitlerightsandinterests in relation to land or waters
under theNativeTitle Act
1993(Cwlth).referral
agencysee the Planning Act, schedule 10.register,whenusedasanoun,meanstheregisterthechiefexecutive keeps
under section 73 of the Act.relevant
assessment fee, for schedule 9, see section 110P.relevant equipment, for part 7,
division 5, subdivision 2, seesection
58B.relevant existing decision, for
part 13, division 3, see section121.relevant fishing authority, for
part 12, division 2, see section108AA.relevantSMunitprovisions,forpart13,division3,seesection 121.
436Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)relevantspeciesparticulars,forpart12,division2,seesection 108AA.requiredway,fortaggingbarramundi,meansthewayrequired
by—(a)anF↑Bsignoradvisorysignerectedbythechiefexecutivein,oratornearanentranceto,theLakeTinaroo area or
the Lake Awoonga area; or(b)another notice
given by the chief executive.resourceallocationauthoritymeansaresourceallocationauthority issued under part 7.retained fish conditions, for part 7,
division 5, subdivision 2,see section 58B.retained fish
notice, for part 7, division 5, subdivision 2,
seesection 58B.retainedfishnoticeparticulars,forpart7,division5,subdivision 2, see section 58B.ring
netmeans a net shot to encircle fish by hauling
1 endaround the other to make a figure
‘6’.RTE line unitmeans an RTE line
unit under the Coral ReefPlan.seine netmeans
a beach or haul seine net, with or without apocket, shot in a
way to partly encircle fish.seta
net, means fix the net or part of it in a way that it can
trapfish.set mesh
netmeans a gill net used to take fish by
anchoring orfixing it to a place.SF↑B signmeans a sign with
the marking SF↑B on it, erectedor displayed by
the chief executive.shoota net, means
place or spread the net, or part of it, in away that it can
trap fish.SM fishery areameans the area
mentioned in schedule 11A,section 2.
437Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)SM fishery
licencemeans a licence with the fishery
symbol‘SM’ written on it.SM (Flat Rock)
fishery licencemeans an SM fishery licenceamended under former schedule 5B, part
2A,106to allow theholder of, or a
person acting under, the licence to take fish,under the fishery
symbol ‘L1’, ‘L6’, ‘L7’ or ‘SM’, by surfacetrolling in the
western Flat Rock protection area from 6a.m. to6p.m. on any
day.SM unitmeans a unit
issued under former schedule 5B, part 3or the part as
applied under part 13, division 3.SM unit
certificatemeans a certificate issued under
section25I,asreplacedundersection71oftheActorchangedorreplaced under section 25O.SM
unit certificate changesmeans amending, cancelling orissuing SM unit certificates.SM
unit decision, for part 13, division 3, see section
121.SM unit holdermeans a holder of
an SM unit.SM yearmeans a period of
1 year starting on 1 July in a yearand ending on 30
June in the following year.spanishmackerelparticulars,forpart12,division2,seesection 108AA.SpannerCrabPlanmeanstheFisheries(SpannerCrab)Management Plan
1999.spear gunincludes a bow
for propelling a spear.speciesofcodorgroper,forschedule4,meansaspecieslisted under the
heading cods and gropers in schedule 16A.species of coral
trout, for schedule 4, means a species
listedunder the heading coral trout in schedule
16A.speciesofemperor,forschedule4,meansaspecieslistedunder
the heading emperor in schedule 16A.106Schedule 5B expired 11 September
2006.
438Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)speciesofjobfish,forschedule4,meansafollowingspecies—(a)crimson jobfish (rosy jobfish);(b)flame snapper;(c)goldband snapper;(d)green
jobfish;(e)lavender jobfish;(f)ruby
snapper;(g)small-toothed jobfish.species of parrotfish, surgeonfish or
sweetlips, for schedule4,meansaspecieslistedundertheheadingparrotfishes,surgeonfishes or
sweetlips in schedule 16A.species of wrasse, for schedule 4,
means a species listed underthe heading
wrasse in schedule 16A.structureincludes a
bridge, boat ramp, bund, jetty, mooring,power pole, silt
curtain and storm water outlet.surfacetrollingmeansusingafishinglinefromamovingboat
so that no part of the line, including a lure or hook usedwith
the line, is more than 2m below the surface of the water.T1effortunitmeansaT1effortunitundertheEastCoastTrawl
Plan.T2effortunitmeansaT2effortunitundertheEastCoastTrawl
Plan.taking particulars, for part 12,
division 2, see section 108AA.temporarytransferee,ofanauthority,meansapersonwhoholdstheauthoritybecauseofatemporarytransferundersection 65D of the Act.tender
boatsee section 7(2).
439Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)territorialseabaselinemeansthebaselineadjacenttothecoast of the
State as for the time being decided under theSeasand
Submerged Lands Act 1973(Cwlth), section 7(2)(b).107the3nmilelinemeansalineparalleltotheterritorialseabaseline and 3n miles out to sea.the
25n mile linemeans a line parallel to the territorial
seabaseline and 25n miles out to sea.thecoastal500mline,aroundthemainlandoranisland,means the line
worked out as follows—(a)for any part of
the mainland or island where there is acoral reef within
100m of the mainland or island—thelineeverypointofwhichis500mseawardfromtheseaward edge of the reef at low water
mark;(b)foranyotherpartofthemainlandorisland—thelineevery
point of which is 500m seaward from the shore ofthe
mainland or island at low water mark.time
quotasee section 29.transaction
number, for giving or obtaining information
byusing the AIVR system, means the transaction
number givento the person by the system for the giving
or obtaining of theinformation.108transhipment noticesee section
58I(2).transhipmentnoticeparticulars,forpart7,division5,subdivision 2, see section 58B.transport vesselsee section
58I(1)(b).trawlfishery(finfish)meansthefisherydescribedinschedule 14.trunked, in
relation to fish, means the fish has had its head ortail
removed.107Seas and Submerged Lands Act
1973(Cwlth), section 7 (Limits of territorial
sea)108See section 110E (Requirements for
AIVR system).
440Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)tunnel
netmeans a net, supported by stakes, in which
there isan opening so fish trapped by the net can
enter a net trough ortunnel.unallocated
State landhas the meaning given by theLand
Act1994.under
direction, for an assistant fisher, see section 12 of
thisschedule.unitPIN,forSMunits,meansthe4-digitidentitynumberissuedfortheunitsunderformerschedule5B,section49(8)(a)(ii) or
the provision as applied under part 13, division3.unload, in relation to
fish, means—(a)for fish taken by a commercial fisher
from a commercialfishing boat—(i)moving the fish from the boat, or a
transport vesselto which the fish were transferred, to a
vehicle or aplace,including,forexample,thefollowingplaces—(A)a wharf;(B)an
enclosed part of Queensland waters usedto keep live
fish;(C)any place on land; or(ii)movingtheboatcarryingthefishtoaplaceonland;
or(b)for fish taken by a recreational
fisher from a boat—(i)movingthefishfromtheboattoavehicleoraplace on land; or(ii)movingtheboatcarryingthefishtoaplaceonland.unloaded fish
noticesee section 58M(2).unloadedfishnoticeparticulars,forpart7,division5,subdivision 2, see section 58B.
441Fisheries Regulation 1995Schedule 17 (continued)unloadingarea,forpart7,division5,subdivision2,seesection 58B.unloading
particular, for part 7, division 5, subdivision 2,
seesection 58B.unnotifiable
landing notice, for part 7, division 5, subdivision2,
see section 58B.unnotifiable landing notice
particulars, for part 7, division 5,subdivision 2, see section 58B.unused entitlementsee section
25G(2).usea net, includes set and shoot the
net.usedsee section 25G(1).western Flat Rock protection areameans
the waters west oflongitude153º33.07'eastthatarewithina1.2kmradiusoflatitude 27º23.41' south, longitude
153º33.07' east.whole weight, for an amount
of spanish mackerel recorded inlogbook
information, means—(a)for an amount recorded on the basis of
weight of wholespanish mackerel—the amount recorded, in
kilograms;or(b)for an amount
recorded on any other basis—the amountworkedoutinthewaystatedinsection14ofthisschedule.Example of any other basis for paragraph
(b)—the weight of trunked spanish mackerel
or a number of spanishmackerelWynnum
area, for fish regulated by area, see section 13
ofthis schedule.
443Fisheries Regulation 19954Table of reprintsReprints are
issued for both future and past effective dates. For the most
up-to-date tableof reprints, see the reprint with the latest
effective date.Ifareprintnumberincludesaletterofthealphabet,thereprintwasreleasedinunauthorised, electronic form only.ReprintNo.11A1B1C1D22A2B2C2D33A3B44A4B4C4D55A5B5C
rv5D rv6 rv6A rvAmendments tonone1997
SL No. 161997 SL No. 481997 SL No.
2221997 SL No. 3871998 SL No.
71998 SL No. 2321998 SL No.
2321998 SL No. 2951998 SL No.
3701999 SL No. 581999 SL No.
581999 SL No. 2722000 SL No.
82000 SL No. 532000 SL No.
572000 SL No. 1842000 SL No.
2652000 SL No. 3612001 SL No.
642001 SL No. 1512001 SL No.
1702001 SL No. 2082002 SL No.
602002 SL No. 110Effective1
December 19951 February 199711 March
199718 July 199714 November
19972 February 199814 August
19981 September 19986 November
199818 December 19981 May 19991
June 19995 November 199919 November
199924 March 200031 March
200030 June 200013 October
200021 December 20001 June
200124 August 200121 September
200116 November 20011 May 200217
May 2002Reprint date22 December
19955 February 199721 March
199715 August 199721 November
19976 March 199820 August
199816 October 199810 November
199811 January 19995 May 199913
July 199915 November 199924 January
200031 March 20005 April
200014 July 200018 October
200019 January 200120 June
200131 August 20015 October
200130 November 200126 April
200224 May 2002ReprintNo.6B rv6C rv6D
rv6E rv6F rv77A7B7C7D7EAmendments
includedEffective2002 SL No.
3372002 SL No. 3392002 SL No.
3762003 SL No. 302003 SL No.
54—2002 SL No. 3392003 SL No.
2132003 SL No. 2142003 SL No.
2142003 SL No. 214—6
December 20029 December 200220 December
200228 February 20031 April
20031 April 20031 September
200312 September 200320 September
20031 November 20032 December
2003NotesR6F rv withdrawn,
see R7provs exp 1 December 2003
444Fisheries Regulation 1995ReprintNo.7F7G rv7H rv7I
rv7J rv7K rv7L rv88A rv8B rv8C
rv8D rv8E 2rv8F 2rv9
rv9A9B9C9DAmendments includedEffective2003 SL No.
2132003 SL No. 2142003 SL No.
3672003 SL No. 3782003 SL No.
2142003 SL No. 2142004 SL No.
1122004 SL No. 3052005 SL No.
232005 SL No. 305—2006
SL No. 262006 SL No. 223—13
December 200319 December 20031 February
20041 July 200417 December
200425 February 20051 March
20051 March 20051 July
200631 August 200612 September
20062006 SL No. 2662006 SL No.
2672007 SL No. 223 November
20064 December 20062 March
2007—2 March 20072007 SL No.
2842007 SL No. 3442008 SL No.
492008 SL No. 3823 November
200714 December 20077 March
200815 March 2008NotesR7L
rv withdrawn, see R8provs exp 11 September2006R8F
2rv withdrawn, seeR9 rvRevision notice
issued forR95Tables in
earlier reprintsName of tableCorrected minor
errorsReprint No.46List of legislationFisheries Regulation 1995 SL No. 325made
by the Governor in Council on 30 November 1995notfd gaz 1
December 1995 pp 1334–7commenced on date of
notificationexp 31 August 2008 (see SIA s 56A(2) and SIR
s 5 sch 3)Note—(1)The expiry date
may have changed since this reprint was published. Seethe
latest reprint of the SIR for any change.(2)A
regulatory impact statement and explanatory note were
prepared.amending legislation—
445Fisheries Regulation 1995Fisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 1) 1996
SL No. 233notfd gaz 6 September 1996 pp 81–2ss
1–2 commenced on date of notifications 6 commenced 1
January 1997 (see s 2(1))remaining provisions commenced 7
September 1996 (see s 2(2))Fisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 2)
1996 SL No. 266notfd gaz 4 October 1996 pp 450–1ss
1–2 commenced on date of notifications 11 commenced 1
February 1997 (see s 2(1))remaining provisions commenced on date
of notification (see s 2(2))Fisheries
Amendment Regulation (No. 3) 1996 SL No. 422notfd gaz 20
December 1996 pp 1588–98commenced on date of
notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 4) 1996
SL No. 423notfd gaz 20 December 1996 pp 1588–98commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 5) 1996
SL No. 449notfd gaz 20 December 1996 pp 1588–98ss
1–2 commenced on date of notifications 4 commenced 31
December 1996 (see s 2(1))remaining provisions commenced 1
January 1997 (see s 2(2))Fisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 1)
1997 SL No. 16notfd gaz 31 January 1997 pp 376–8commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 2) 1997
SL No. 47notfd gaz 7 March 1997 pp 909–10commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 3) 1997
SL No. 48notfd gaz 7 March 1997 pp 909–10ss
1–2 commenced on date of notificationremaining
provisions commenced 11 March 1997 (see s 2)Fisheries
Amendment Regulation (No. 4) 1997 SL No. 94notfd gaz 18
April 1997 pp 1621–2commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 5) 1997
SL No. 118notfd gaz 16 May 1997 pp 242–4commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 6) 1997
SL No. 222notfd gaz 18 July 1997 pp 1351–2commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 7) 1997
SL No. 260notfd gaz 22 August 1997 pp 1910–11commenced on date of
notification
446Fisheries Regulation 1995Fisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 8) 1997
SL No. 328notfd gaz 3 October 1997 pp 481–2commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 9) 1997
SL No. 387notfd gaz 14 November 1997 pp 1164–5commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 10) 1997
SL No. 476notfd gaz 19 December 1997 pp 1770–7commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 11) 1997
SL No. 477notfd gaz 19 December 1997 pp 1770–7ss
1–2 commenced on date of notificationremaining
provisions commenced 12 January 1998 (see s 2)Fisheries
Amendment Regulation (No. 1) 1998 SL No. 7notfd gaz 30
January 1998 p 378ss 1–2 commenced on date of
notificationremaining provisions commenced 2 February
1998 (see s 2)Fisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 2) 1998
SL No. 213notfd gaz 24 July 1998 p 1491–2commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 3) 1998
SL No. 232notfd gaz 14 August 1998 pp 1835–6ss
9–10 commenced 1 September 1998 (see s 3)remaining
provisions commenced on date of notificationNote—A regulatory
impact statement and explanatory note were preparedFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 4) 1998
SL No. 295notfd gaz 6 November 1998 pp 899–900commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 5) 1998
SL No. 370notfd gaz 18 December 1998 pp 1551–7commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 1) 1999
SL No. 2notfd gaz 29 January 1999 pp 323–4commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 2) 1999
SL No. 57notfd gaz 1 April 1999 pp 1534–6ss 6,
9, 15, 16(1), 17–20, 35(2)–(3), 37(1), 38(2), 41, 45(2), (4), (8)
commenced 1June 1999 (see s 2)remaining
provisions commenced on date of notificationNote—An
explanatory note was preparedFisheries
Amendment Regulation (No. 3) 1999 SL No. 58notfd gaz 1 April
1999 pp 1534–6ss 1–2 commenced on date of
notification
447Fisheries Regulation 1995remaining provisions commenced 1 May 1999
(see s 2)Note—A regulatory impact statement and
explanatory note were preparedFisheries
Amendment Regulation (No. 4) 1999 SL No. 187notfd gaz 13
August 1999 pp 2052–3commenced on date of
notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 5) 1999
SL No. 217notfd gaz 17 September 1999 pp 250–1commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 6) 1999
SL No. 249notfd gaz 29 October 1999 pp 814–7commenced on date of notificationNote—A regulatory impact statement and
explanatory note were preparedFisheries
Amendment Regulation (No. 7) 1999 SL No. 272notfd gaz 5
November 1999 pp 918–21commenced on date of
notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 8) 1999
SL No. 290notfd gaz 19 November 1999 pp 1149–52commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 1) 2000
SL No. 8notfd gaz 21 January 2000 pp 192–3commenced on date of notificationNote—A regulatory impact statement and
explanatory note were preparedFisheries
Amendment Regulation (No. 2) 2000 SL No. 53notfd gaz 24
March 2000 pp 1130–1commenced on date of notificationNote—A regulatory impact statement and
explanatory note were preparedFisheries
Amendment Regulation (No. 3) 2000 SL No. 57notfd gaz 31
March 2000 pp 1235–6commenced on date of notificationNote—A regulatory impact statement and
explanatory note were preparedPrimary Industries
and Natural Resources Legislation Consequential AmendmentRegulation (No. 1) 2000 SL No. 184 pts
1–2notfd gaz 30 June 2000 pp 736–48ss
1–2 commenced on date of notificationremaining
provisions commenced at 6 p.m. on 30 June 2000 (see s 2)Fisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 4) 2000
SL No. 265notfd gaz 13 October 2000 pp 565–6commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 5) 2000
SL No. 361notfd gaz 21 December 2000 pp
1496A–1496Bcommenced on date of
notification
448Fisheries Regulation 1995Fisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 1) 2001
SL No. 64notfd gaz 1 June 2001 pp 416–17commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 2) 2001
SL No. 151notfd gaz 24 August 2001 pp 1526–9commenced on date of notificationFisheries Legislation Amendment and Repeal
Regulation (No. 1) 2001 SL No. 170 pts1–2notfd
gaz 21 September 2001 pp 230–1commenced on date
of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 3) 2001
SL No. 208notfd gaz 16 November 2001 pp 982–5commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 1) 2002
SL No. 60notfd gaz 5 April 2002 pp 1320–1ss
1–2 commenced on date of notificationremaining
provisions commenced 1 May 2002 (see s 2)Note—A regulatory
impact statement and explanatory note were preparedFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 2) 2002
SL No. 110notfd gaz 17 May 2002 pp 235–6commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 3) 2002
SL No. 337notfd gaz 6 December 2002 pp 1162–6commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 4) 2002
SL No. 339notfd gaz 6 December 2002 pp 1162–6ss
1–2 commenced on date of notificationss 18(1)–(4)
commenced 1 September 2003 (see s 2(2))remaining
provisions commenced 9 December 2002 (see s 2(1))Note—A regulatory impact statement and
explanatory note were preparedFisheries
Amendment Regulation (No. 5) 2002 SL No. 376notfd gaz 20
December 2002 pp 1359–63commenced on date of
notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 1) 2003
SL No. 30notfd gaz 28 February 2003 pp 774–5commenced on date of notificationDiscrimination Law (Marital Status) Amendment
Regulation (No. 1) 2003 SL No. 54ss 1–3 schnotfd
gaz 28 March 2003 pp 1125–9ss 1–2 commenced on date of
notificationremaining provisions commenced 1 April 2003
(see s 2)Fisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 2) 2003
SL No. 213notfd gaz 12 September 2003 pp 128–31ss
1–2 commenced on date of notification
449Fisheries Regulation 1995ss 6,
10, 11, 13–17 commenced 13 December 2003 (see s 2)remaining provisions commenced on date of
notificationNote—An explanatory note was preparedFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 3) 2003
SL No. 214notfd gaz 12 September 2003 pp 128–31ss
1–2 commenced on date of notificationss 5, 36
commenced 13 December 2003 (see s 2(3))ss 6–10, 13,
15–16, 21, 25, 27–32, 41(6) commenced 1 July 2004 (see s
2(5))ss 12, 39–40, 41(4)–(5) commenced 1 February
2004 (see s 2(4))ss 17, 19, 41(3) commenced 1 November 2003
(see s 2(2))s 35(1), (5)–(6) commenced 20 September 2003
(see s 2(1))remaining provisions commenced on date of
notificationNote—A regulatory impact statement and
explanatory note were preparedFisheries
Amendment Regulation (No. 4) 2003 SL No. 367notfd gaz 19
December 2003 pp 1307–13commenced on date of
notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 5) 2003
SL No. 378notfd gaz 19 December 2003 pp 1307–13commenced on date of notificationNote—A regulatory impact statement and
explanatory note were preparedFisheries
Amendment Regulation (No. 1) 2004 SL No. 112 pts 1–2notfd
gaz 25 June 2004 pp 573–81ss 1–2 commenced on date of
notificationremaining provisions commenced 1 July 2004
(see s 2)Note—A regulatory impact statement and
explanatory note were preparedFisheries and
Other Legislation Amendment Regulation (No. 1) 2004 SL No. 305
pts1–2notfd gaz 17 December 2004 pp
1277–85ss 1–2, 23 commenced on date of
notificationremaining provisions commenced 1 March 2005
(see s 2)Note—A regulatory impact statement and
explanatory note were preparedFisheries
Amendment Regulation (No. 1) 2005 SL No. 23notfd gaz 25
February 2005 pp 674–7commenced on date of
notificationFisheries and Other Legislation Amendment
Regulation (No. 1) 2006 SL No. 26 pts1–2, s 3
schnotfd gaz 24 February 2006 pp 798–801ss
1–2 commenced on date of notificationremaining
provisions commenced 1 July 2006 (see s 2)Note—A regulatory
impact statement and explanatory note were preparedMarine
Parks Regulation 2006 SL No. 223 ss 1–2, pt 12 div 2notfd
gaz 18 August 2006 pp 1821–5ss 1–2 commenced
on date of notificationremaining provisions commenced 31
August 2006 (see s 2)
450Fisheries Regulation 1995Note—(1)A regulatory
impact statement and explanatory note were prepared(2)See 2006 SL No. 222 for the regulatory
impact statement.Fisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 1) 2006
SL No. 266notfd gaz 3 November 2006 pp 1103–4commenced on date of notificationPrimary Industries Legislation Amendment
Regulation (No. 1) 2006 SL No. 267 pts1, 8notfd
gaz 3 November 2006 pp 1103–4ss 1–2 commenced
on date of notificationremaining provisions commenced 4
December 2006 (see s 2)Fisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 1)
2007 SL No. 22notfd gaz 2 March 2007 pp 983–6commenced on date of notificationFisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 2) 2007
SL No. 284notfd gaz 23 November 2007 pp 1682–4commenced on date of notificationWater
and Other Legislation Amendment Regulation (No. 2) 2007 SL No. 344
pts 1, 3notfd gaz 14 December 2007 pp 2131–5commenced on date of notificationPrimary Industries and Other Legislation
Amendment Regulation (No. 1) 2008 SLNo. 38 pts 1,
6notfd gaz 29 February 2008 pp 1012–14ss
1–2 commenced on date of notificationremaining
provisions commenced 15 March 2008 (see s 2)Fisheries
Amendment Regulation (No. 1) 2008 SL No. 49notfd gaz 7 March
2008 pp 1151–2commenced on date of notification7List of annotationsDefinitionss 2sub
1999 SL No. 290 s 3References to latitudes and longitudess
2Ains 2000 SL No. 361 s 3amd 2003 SL No.
214 s 4sub 2003 SL No. 378 s 3amd 2007 SL No.
22 s 3References to boundaries, lines, shores and
other pointss 3sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 4References to waterwayss 4sub
2006 SL No. 26 s 4
451Fisheries Regulation 1995References to banks of waterwayss
5amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schReferences to aids to navigations
6amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 sch“Primary boats” and “tender boats”s
7sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 5References to
distances between netss 8amd 2006 SL No.
26 s 3 schReferences to drops and number of
meshess 9amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schReferences to possession of fishs
9Ains 2006 SL No. 26 s 6Scientific names
of fishs 10amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 4; 1997 SL No.
222 s 3; 1999 SL No. 57 s 4; 2002 SLNo. 110 s 3; 2002
SL No. 337 s 3; 2003 SL No. 213 s 4; 2003 SL No. 367 s3;
2004 SL No. 112 s 4; 2004 SL No. 305 s 4; 2006 SL No. 26 s 3
schTime periodss 11amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schInformation to be contained in draft
management planss 12amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 4om
2001 SL No. 208 s 3Publication of draft management planss
13amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 4; 2000 SL No. 361 s
4om 2006 SL No. 266 s 3PART 4—CLOSED
SEASONS AND CLOSED WATERSDivision 1—Closed seasondiv
hdgins 1999 SL No. 57 s 5Closed season for
barramundis 14sub 1999 SL No. 57 s 5amd
2002 SL No. 337 s 4Closed season for Australian basss
14Ains 2002 SL No. 337 s 5sub 2003 SL No.
214 s 11amd 2003 SL No. 367 s 4Closed season for
tropical spiny rock lobsters 14AAins 2002 SL No.
339 s 4amd 2003 SL No. 367 s 4; 2006 SL No. 266 s
4Prohibited activitiess 14Bins
2002 SL No. 337 s 5General exemptions 14Cins
2002 SL No. 337 s 5
452Fisheries Regulation 1995Exemption for barramundiprov hdgsub
2002 SL No. 337 s 6s 15amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 3 schsub
1999 SL No. 57 s 5Division 2—Closed watersdiv hdgins
1999 SL No. 57 s 5Closed waterss 16amd
1996 SL No. 266 s 5; 1999 SL No. 57 s 6; 1999 SL No. 290 s 4Closed
waters—reef world heritage areas 16Ains
2001 SL No. 151 s 3om 2001 SL No. 208 s 3PART 5—REGULATED
FISHDivision 1—Regulated fish, other than
prawnsdiv hdgsub 1999 SL No.
249 s 3Subdivision 1—Regulated fish
declarationssdiv hdgins 1999 SL No.
249 s 3Regulated fishs 18amd
1999 SL No. 57 s 7; 1999 SL No. 290 s 5; 2002 SL No. 339 s 5; 2006
SLNo. 26 s 3 schPossessing certain
grunter regulateds 18Ains 1996 SL No. 266 s 6om
1999 SL No. 57 s 8Subdivision 2—Measurement of fish to decide
if they are regulatedsdiv hdg(prev div 2 hdg)
amd 1999 SL No. 249 s 4; 2000 SL No. 53 s 3Measurement of
percentage of certain fishs 20om 1999 SL No.
290 s 7Measurement of size, weight or total
volumeprov hdgsub 2006 SL No.
26 s 7(1)s 21amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 9; 1999 SL No. 58
s 4; 1999 SL No. 290 s 8; 2002 SLNo. 339 s 6; 2003
SL No. 213 s 5; 2003 SL No. 214 s 5sub 2003 SL No.
367 s 5amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 7(2)–(3)Measurement of weight of green snailss
22om 2003 SL No. 367 s 5Subdivision
3—Exemptionssdiv hdg(prev div 3 hdg)
amd 1999 SL No. 249 s 4Exemption for recreational fishers
about barramundi size limits 23amd 1996 SL No.
266 s 3 schsub 1999 SL No. 57 s 10Exemption for
recreational fishers about certain regulated reef fishs
24amd 2003 SL No. 213 s 6; 2003 SL No. 367 s
6; 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 sch
453Fisheries Regulation 1995Exemptions for Mary River cods
24Ains 1996 SL No. 422 s 3om 1999 SL No. 57
s 11Other exemptionss 25amd
1996 SL No. 422 s 4; 1999 SL No. 57 s 12; 2004 SL No. 305 s
5Division 2—Prawns regulated for recreational
fishersdiv hdgprev div 2 hdg
now sdiv 2 hdgpres div 2 hdg ins 1999 SL No. 249 s
5Prawns regulated by volumes
25Ains 1999 SL No. 249 s 5Measurement of
volume of prawnss 25Bins 1999 SL No. 249 s 5om
2006 SL No. 26 s 8PART 5A—DECLARED DISEASESpt hdgins
2001 SL No. 170 s 3Declared diseases—Act, s 94s
25Cins 2001 SL No. 170 s 3amd 2003 SL No.
30 s 3sub 2003 SL No. 367 s 7PART 5B—NOXIOUS
FISHERIES RESOURCESpt hdgins 2002 SL No.
337 s 7Noxious fisheries resourcess
25Dins 2002 SL No. 337 s 7PART 5C—QUOTA AND
AUTHORITY FOR SPANISH MACKERELCOMMERCIAL
FISHERYpt hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 6Division 1—General provision about SM
unitsdiv 1 (s 25E)ins 2003 SL No.
214 s 6Division 2—SM unit entitlement and usediv
hdgins 2003 SL No. 214 s 6Subdivision
1—Entitlementsdiv hdgins 2007 SL No.
22 s 4Meaning of “entitlement” of SM unit
holders 25Fins 2003 SL No. 214 s 6amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 9; 2007 SL No. 22 s 5Meaning of
“prescribed weight” of spanish mackerel for an SM units
25FAins 2007 SL No. 22 s 6Subdivision 2—Use
of SM unit entitlementssdiv hdgins 2007 SL No.
22 s 6
454Fisheries Regulation 1995When
SM unit entitlement is “used” for an SM years 25Gins
2003 SL No. 214 s 6amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 10No carrying
forward of unused entitlements 25Hins
2003 SL No. 214 s 6amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 11SM unit
certificatess 25Iins 2003 SL No. 214 s 6amd
2004 SL No. 112 s 5; 2006 SL No. 26 s 12Replacement SM
unit certificate for adjusted weight equivalent of spanish
mackerels 25IAins 2007 SL No.
22 s 7Evidentiary provision for SM unit
certificates 25Jins 2003 SL No. 214 s 6amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 13Division 3—Evidentiary aids for use of
entitlementdiv hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 6Unloaded fish notice is evidence of use of
entitlements 25Kins 2003 SL No. 214 s 6sub
2004 SL No. 112 s 6Particular notice is evidence of unused
entitlements 25KAins 2004 SL No.
112 s 7Division 4—Transfer of SM unitsdiv
hdgins 2003 SL No. 214 s 6Subdivision 1—When
SM units may or may not be transferredsdiv hdgins
2006 SL No. 26 s 14Purpose of sdiv 1s 25Lins
2003 SL No. 214 s 6sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 14Only whole SM
units may be transferreds 25Mins 2003 SL No.
214 s 6Eligibility of transferees 25Nins
2003 SL No. 214 s 6amd 2006 SL No. 266 s 5Subdivision
2—Other provisions about SM unit transferssdiv hdgins
2006 SL No. 26 s 15SM unit certificate changes requireds
25Oins 2003 SL No. 214 s 6amd 2004 SL No.
112 s 8sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 15
455Fisheries Regulation 1995Requirement if application for transfer of
all SM unitss 25Pins 2003 SL No. 214 s 6sub
2004 SL No. 112 s 9om 2006 SL No. 26 s 15When transfer of
SM units takes effects 25Qins 2003 SL No.
214 s 6amd 2004 SL No. 112 s 10Issue of fisher
PIN for particular transfereess 25QAins
2004 SL No. 112 s 11amd 2007 SL No. 22 s 8Entitlement of
transferees 25Rins 2003 SL No. 214 s 6amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 16Division 5—Substituting FM fishery licence to
which SM units relatediv hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 6om 2006 SL No. 26 s 17Application to
substitute SM fishery licence to which SM units relates
25Sins 2003 SL No. 214 s 6om 2006 SL No. 26
s 17How chief executive must deal with
applications 25Tins 2003 SL No. 214 s 6amd
2004 SL No. 112 s 12om 2006 SL No. 26 s 17Division 6—Change
of PINsdiv hdgprev div 6 hdg
ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 6sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 13Change
of unit PINprov hdgamd 2004 SL No.
112 s 14(1)s 25Uprev s 25U ins 2003 SL No. 214 s
6om 2004 SL No. 112 s 13(prev s 25W) ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 6amd 2004 SL No. 112 s 14(1)renum
2004 SL No. 112 s 14(2)Change of fisher PINs
25Vprev s 25V ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 6om
2004 SL No. 112 s 13pres s 25V ins 2004 SL No. 112 s 15Division 7—Change of notice id entity
numberdiv hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 6om 2004 SL No. 112 s 13PART 6—QUOTAS
GENERALLYpt hdgamd 2003 SL No.
214 s 7
456Fisheries Regulation 1995Quotas
for commercial fisheriess 26amd 2002 SL No.
60 s 4; 2002 SL No. 339 s 7; 2003 SL No. 214 s 8Notice
of filling of particular quotasprov hdgamd
1996 SL No. 233 s 4(1)s 27amd 1996 SL No.
233 s 4(2); 2000 SL No. 184 s 5sub 2004 SL No.
112 s 16amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 sch; 2007 SL No. 22 s
9Annual quota for tailors 29Ains
2002 SL No. 60 s 5amd 2003 SL No. 367 s 8Annual quota for
spotted mackerels 29Bins 2002 SL No. 339 s 8PART
7—AUTHORITIES GENERALLYpt hdgamd 2003 SL No.
214 s 9Licences chief executive may issues
30sub 2000 SL No. 184 s 6amd 2004 SL No.
305 s 6sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 18Licences Authority
may issues 31amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 13om
2000 SL No. 184 s 6Restriction on issue of crew licencess
32amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 7om 2006 SL No. 26
s 8Restriction on issue of commercial fishing
boat licencesprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
266 s 6s 32Ains 1997 SL No. 260 s 3amd
2000 SL No. 184 s 7; 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schRequirement to
decide number of tender boats for particular licencess
33amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 7sub 2006 SL No.
26 s 19Permits chief executive may issues
34sub 2000 SL No. 184 s 8; 2004 SL No. 305 s
7amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 20Restrictions on
issue of permitsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 21(1)s 35amd 1996 SL No. 422 s 5; 1999 SL No.
57 s 14; 1999 SL No. 217 s 3(3)–(4) exp 10
December 1999 (see s 35(4))amd 2000 SL No. 53 s 4sub
2000 SL No. 184 s 8amd 2002 SL No. 110 s 4; 2003 SL No. 367 s
9; 2004 SL No. 305 s 8; 2006SL No. 26 s
21(2)–(7)
457Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 3—Resource allocation
authoritiesdiv hdgsub 2004 SL No.
305 s 9; 2006 SL No. 26 s 22Power to
issues 36sub 2004 SL No. 305 s 9; 2006 SL No.
26 s 23Restriction on issue of particular resource
allocation authoritiess 37sub 2004 SL No.
305 s 9Restrictions on issue of fish habitat area
permitss 38amd 2003 SL No. 367 s 10om
2004 SL No. 305 s 9Restriction on issue of marine plant
permitss 39om 2004 SL No. 305 s 9Other
authorities the chief executive may issueprov hdgamd
2000 SL No. 184 s 9s 40amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 7; 2003 SL No.
214 s 10om 2004 SL No. 305 s 9Subdivision 1—When
fishery symbol may be written on an authoritysdiv hdgins
2006 SL No. 26 s 24General provision for writing fishery
symbols 41amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 15; 1999 SL No.
290 s 9; 2000 SL No. 184 s 1; 2001SL No. 170 s
4sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 24Restrictions on
writing fishery symbol ‘SM’s 41Ains 2003 SL No.
214 s 11om 2006 SL No. 26 s 24Fishery symbol
‘SM’ may authorise surface trolling in western Flat Rock
protectionareas 41Bins 2003 SL No.
378 s 4om 2006 SL No. 26 s 24Restriction on
writing multiple fishery symbolss 42amd
1997 SL No. 260 s 4; 1997 SL No. 476 s 3; 1999 SL No. 57 s 16;
2000SL No. 184 s 7sub 2006 SL No.
26 s 24Restrictions on writing fishery symbol
‘SM’s 42Aprev s 42A ins 1997 SL No. 260 s
5om 1999 SL No. 57 s 17pres s 42A ins
2006 SL No. 26 s 24amd 2007 SL No. 22 s 10Restrictions on
writing fishery symbol ‘L4’s 42Bins 2006 SL No.
26 s 24Restrictions on writing fishery symbols on
authorities allowing the use of boats ofcertain lengths
in commercial fisheriess 43amd 2000 SL No.
184 s 7; 2006 SL No. 26 s 25
458Fisheries Regulation 1995Subdivision 2—General provisions about
fishery symbolssdiv hdgins 2006 SL No.
26 s 26Restriction on things authorised by an
authority with more than 1 fishery symbol onits
45amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 18; 2002 SL No. 214 s
12; 2003 SL No. 213 s 7; 2003SL No. 214 s 12;
2006 SL No. 26 s 27Application to move fishery symbol to another
licences 47amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 19; 1999 SL No.
290 s 10; 2000 SL No. 184 s 7sub 2006 SL No.
26 s 28Subdivision 1—General authorisationssdiv
hdgins 2003 SL No. 214 s 13sub 2006 SL No.
26 s 29Operation of sdiv 1s 48prev
s 48 om 2004 SL No. 305 s 10pres s 48 ins
2006 SL No. 26 s 29Buyer licences 49sub
1999 SL No. 290 s 11amd 2000 SL No. 361 s 10(1)–(2)sub
2006 SL No. 26 s 29Carrier boat licences 50amd
2004 SL No. 112 s 17sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 29Charter fishing
licences 51sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 29Commercial fisher licences 52sub
2006 SL No. 26 s 29Commercial fishing boat licences
53sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 29Commercial harvest
fishery licences 54sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 29Developmental fishing permits
55sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 29Indigenous fishing
permits 56amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 20; 2003 SL No.
214 s 14sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 29Resource
allocation authoritys 57sub 2004 SL No. 305 s 11; 2006 SL No.
26 s 29amd 2007 SL No. 344 s 14Subdivision
1A—General conditionssdiv hdgins 2006 SL No.
26 s 29Buyer licences 58sub
2006 SL No. 26 s 29
459Fisheries Regulation 1995Charter fishing licences 58AAins
2006 SL No. 26 s 29Commercial fisher licences 58ABins
2006 SL No. 26 s 29Commercial fishing boat licences
58ACins 2006 SL No. 26 s 29Authority that
authorises the sale of fisheries resourcess 58ADins
2006 SL No. 26 s 29Subdivision 1B—Boat mark conditionssdiv
hdgins 2006 SL No. 26 s 29Application of
sdiv 1Bs 58AEins 2006 SL No.
26 s 29Authority holder’s obligation to ensure boat
mark is placeds 58AFins 2006 SL No.
26 s 29Obligation of person in control to ensure
boat is not used without boat marks 58AGins
2006 SL No. 26 s 29Requirements for placing boat marks
58AHins 2006 SL No. 26 s 29Subdivision
2—Conditions for SM unitssdiv hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 15sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 18Purpose of sdiv
2s 58Ains 2003 SL No. 214 s 15sub
2004 SL No. 112 s 18amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 30Definitions for
sdiv 2s 58Bins 2003 SL No. 214 s 15sub
2004 SL No. 112 s 18def“amending notice deadline”amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 31(3)–(5)def“authorised
boat”sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 31(1)–(2)def“complying number”om 2006 SL No. 26
s 31(1)def“landing period”amd 2006 SL No.
26 s 31(6)def“prescribed person”amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 31(7)def“prior notice
particulars”amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 31(8)–(12)def“retained fish conditions”sub
2006 SL No. 26 s 31(1)–(2)def“retained fish
notice”amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 31(13)def“retained fish notice
particulars”amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 31(8)def“transhipment notice
particulars”amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 31(8)def“unloaded fish notice
particulars”amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 31(8)def“unnotifiable landing notice
particulars”amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 31(8)
460Fisheries Regulation 1995Requirements for taking or possessing spanish
mackerel on authorised boats 58Cins 2003 SL No.
214 s 15sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 18amd 2006 SL No.
26 s 32Requirement to give prior notices
58Dins 2003 SL No. 214 s 15sub 2004 SL No.
112 s 18Requirement to give replacement prior notice
if unloading particular changess 58Eins
2003 SL No. 214 s 15sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 18Amendment or
withdrawal of prior notices 58Fins 2003 SL No.
214 s 15sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 18General
requirements after prior notice givens 58Gins
2003 SL No. 214 s 15sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 18amd 2006 SL No.
26 s 33Additional requirements if prior notice
stated spanish mackerel will be unloadeds 58Hins
2003 SL No. 214 s 1sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 18amd 2006 SL No.
26 s 34Requirement to give transhipment
notices 58Iins 2003 SL No. 214 s 15sub
2004 SL No. 112 s 18amd 2005 SL No. 23 s 3General
requirement for unloading spanish mackerels 58Jins
2003 SL No. 214 s 15sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 18Additional
requirements for unloading spanish mackerel if prior notice
givens 58Kins 2003 SL No. 214 s 15sub
2004 SL No. 112 s 18amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 35Requirements for
weighing unloaded spanish mackerels 58Lins
2003 SL No. 214 s 15sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 18Requirement to
give unloaded fish notices 58Mins 2003 SL No.
214 s 15sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 18Subdivision
3—Condition for buyer licence about possession of spanish
mackerelsdiv hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 15om 2004 SL No. 112 s 18
461Fisheries Regulation 1995Notices to chief executive under this
subdivisions 58Nins 2003 SL No. 214 s 15sub
2004 SL No. 112 s 18amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 36Division
5A—Prescribed suspension and cancellation criteria for SM
unitsdiv hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 16Criteria for suspending SM unitss
58Oins 2003 SL No. 214 s 16amd 2004 SL No.
112 s 19; 2006 SL No. 26 s 37Criteria for
cancelling SM unitss 58Pins 2003 SL No. 214 s 16amd
2004 SL No. 112 s 20Division 6—Transfer of authoritiesCommercial fisher licence not
transferables 59amd 1996 SL No. 449 s 4; 1999 SL No.
57 s 21; 2002 SL No. 337 s 8; 2002SL No. 339 s
9sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 38Conditions of
transfer of aquaculture licence for unallocated State lands
60om 2004 SL No. 305 s 12Restriction on
transfer of SM (Flat Rock) fishery licencess 60Ains
2003 SL No. 378 s 5Division 7—Other matters about
authoritiesSubdivision 1—General provisionssdiv
hdgins 2003 SL No. 214 s 17Authority holder
only needs 1 authority for an activitys 61amd
1999 SL No. 57 s 22Particulars to be contained in
registerprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 39(1)s 62amd 1998 SL No. 232 s 4; 1999 SL No.
57 s 23; 1999 SL No. 290 s 12; 2000SL No. 53 s 5;
2000 SL No. 184 s 11; 2000 SL No. 361 s 5; 2003 SL No.213 s
8; 2003 SL No. 214 s 18; 2004 SL No. 112 s 21; 2006 SL No. 26
s39(2)–(7)Holder to notify
chief executive of certain changesprov hdgamd
2000 SL No. 184 s 12(1)s 63amd 2000 SL No.
184 s 12(2); 2004 SL No. 112 s 22Authorities
inspectors may have an interest ins 64amd
1999 SL No. 57 s 24Subdivision 2—Fishing prioritysdiv
hdgins 2003 SL No. 214 s 19Definitions for
sdiv 2s 64Ains 1997 SL No. 260 s 6amd
1999 SL No. 272 s 3sub 2003 SL No. 214 s 19
462Fisheries Regulation 1995PART
7A—VMS EQUIPMENTpt hdgins 1998 SL No.
232 s 5om 1999 SL No. 290 s 13Division
1—Preliminarydiv hdgins 1998 SL No.
232 s 5om 1999 SL No. 290 s 13Meaning of “ready
to fish”s 64Bprev s 64B ins 1998 SL No. 232 s
5om 1999 SL No. 290 s 13pres s 64B ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 19amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 40Fishing
prioritys 64Cprev s 64C ins 1998 SL No. 232 s
5om 1999 SL No. 290 s 13pres s 64C ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 19Division 2—Registrationdiv hdgins
1998 SL No. 232 s 5om 1999 SL No. 290 s 13Interfering with
prescribed flags 64Dprev s 64D ins 1998 SL No. 232 s
5om 1999 SL No. 290 s 13pres s 64D ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 19Subdivision 3—Changing fishery symbol ‘SM’ to
another authoritysdiv hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 20om 2006 SL No. 26 s 41Definition for
sdiv 3s 64Eprev s 64E ins 1998 SL No. 232 s
5om 1999 SL No. 290 s 13pres s 64E ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 20om 2006 SL No. 26 s 41Application to
change fishery symbol ‘SM’ to another primary commercial
fishingboat licence of holders 64Fprev
s 64F ins 1998 SL No. 232 s 5om 1999 SL No.
290 s 13pres s 64F ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 20om
2006 SL No. 26 s 41How chief executive must deal with
applications 64Gprev s 64G ins 1998 SL No. 232 s
5om 1999 SL No. 290 s 13pres s 64G ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 20om 2006 SL No. 26 s 41Division 3—VMS
equipment conditionsdiv hdgins 1998 SL No.
232 s 5om 1999 SL No. 290 s 13
463Fisheries Regulation 1995Additional conditions of licences
64Hins 1998 SL No. 232 s 5amd 1999 SL No.
57 s 25om 1999 SL No. 290 s 13Maintenance and
uses 64Iins 1998 SL No. 232 s 5om
1999 SL No. 290 s 13Obligations if equipment failss
64Jins 1998 SL No. 232 s 5om 1999 SL No.
290 s 13Exemptions 64Kins
1998 SL No. 232 s 5om 1999 SL No. 290 s 13PART 8—FISHERIES
OFFENCESProhibition on taking, possessing or selling
regulated fishs 65amd 1997 SL No. 222 s 4; 2002 SL No.
339 s 10; 2003 SL No. 367 s 11; 2004SL No. 305 s
13Prohibited ways of taking fishs
66amd 1997 SL No. 476 s 4; 1999 SL No. 57 s
26Buying, possessing or using commercial
fishing apparatuss 68sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 42Using
boatss 69sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 42Conducting particular charter fishing
tripss 70amd 2002 SL No. 110 s 5sub
2006 SL No. 26 s 42Conducting commercial fishing
competitionss 70Ains 1996 SL No. 422 s 6amd
2000 SL No. 184 s 13; 2002 SL No. 110 s 6om 2003 SL No.
367 s 12Taking fishs 71amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 43Carrying fishs 72amd
2003 SL No. 213 s 9; 2006 SL No. 26 s 44Buying Queensland
fisheries resources before second point of sales 73amd
1999 SL No. 290 s 14; 2000 SL No. 361 s 10(1)–(2); 1995 SL No. 325
s114(2) (amd 2000 SL No. 361 s 8); 2003 SL
No. 213 s 10; 2004 SL No.305 s 14sub 2006 SL No.
26 s 45Selling Queensland fisheries resources before
second point of sales 74sub 2003 SL No. 367 s 13amd
2004 SL No. 305 s 15sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 45
464Fisheries Regulation 1995Processing Queensland fisheries resources
before second point of sales 75amd 2004 SL No.
305 s 16sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 45Buying fisheries
resourcess 76om 2006 SL No. 26 s 45Releasing aquaculture fisheries
resourcess 77amd 1996 SL No. 423 s 3; 1999 SL No.
57 s 27sub 2004 SL No. 305 s 17Carrying out
particular work in declared fish habitat areaprov hdgamd
2007 SL No. 344 s 15(1)s 79amd 1996 SL No.
422 s 7sub 2004 SL No. 305 s 18amd 2007 SL No.
344 s 15(2)Collecting dead marine wood from unallocated
State lands 79Ains 2004 SL No. 305 s 18Removing, destroying or damaging particular
marine plantss 79Bins 2004 SL No. 305 s 18Nonindigenous fisheries resourcess
80amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 28Allowing persons
on board a commercial fishing boats 82amd
2003 SL No. 54 s 3 schom 2006 SL No. 26 s 8Aquaculture authority holder creating hazard
on unallocated State lands 83om 2004 SL No.
305 s 19Aquaculture area offencess 84om
2004 SL No. 305 s 19Fish habitat area offencess
87amd 2004 SL No. 305 s 20Interfering with
official signss 88amd 1998 SL No. 232 s 6Interfering with approved VMS sealss
88Ains 1998 SL No. 232 s 7om 1999 SL No.
290 s 15Obstructing persons fishing under an
authoritys 90amd 1997 SL No. 260 s 7Possessing spanish mackerel without pectoral
fins 90Ains 2003 SL No. 214 s 21sub
2004 SL No. 112 s 23amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schPossessing certain crabs or crab meatprov
hdgsub 1999 SL No. 290 s 16(1)s
91amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 4; 1999 SL No. 290 s
16(2)–(3); 2006 SL No. 26 s 46
465Fisheries Regulation 1995Possession or sale of crab claws by
fisherss 91Ains 1996 SL No. 422 s 8Taking
and possessing oysters, generallyprov hdgamd
2004 SL No. 305 s 21(1)s 92amd 2004 SL No.
305 s 21(2)Entering, or taking particular oysters from,
particular areass 92AAins 2004 SL No.
305 s 22Dividing sharks 92Ains
2002 SL No. 339 s 11Fish habitat areass 94amd
1998 SL No. 213 s 3(1)–(3); 2001 SL No. 170 s 5Evidence of person
taking fishs 95Ains 2002 SL No. 339 s 12PART
11—RECREATIONAL FISHINGDivision 1—Generaldiv hdgins
1999 SL No. 249 s 6Declaratory provision about recreational
fishing rights of persons who may take fishfor trade or
commerces 95Bins 2006 SL No. 26 s 47Things
recreational fishers may do—tidal waterss 96sub
1999 SL No. 57 s 29Using commercial fishing boats for
recreational fishings 97amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 14; 2003 SL No.
214 s 22; 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schDivision
2—Prohibitions to allow identification or measurement of
fishdiv hdgins 1999 SL No.
249 s 7General prohibitionsprov hdgsub
1996 SL No. 266 s 7; 1999 SL No. 249 s 8s 98amd
2003 SL No. 213 s 11; 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schProhibition for
prawns taken by recreational fisherss 98Aprev
s 98A ins 1996 SL No. 266 s 8om 1999 SL No. 57
s 30pres s 98A ins 1999 SL No. 249 s 9PART
12—MISCELLANEOUSDivision 1—GeneralChief executive’s
power to enter into agreements or arrangements—Act, s
20A(1)(g)s 99AAins 2001 SL No.
170 s 6Prescribedentity—chiefexecutive’spowerunders20A(1)(h)oftheActfordelegation or subdelegations
99Ains 1999 SL No. 57 s 31amd 2000 SL No.
184 s 15sub 2000 SL No. 265 s 3
466Fisheries Regulation 1995amd
2000 SL No. 361 s 6; 1995 SL No. 325 s 114(2) (amd 2000 SL No. 361
s8); 2004 SL No. 305 s 23; 2006 SL No. 26 s 3
schThreshold percentage for declared fisheries
resourcess 100A(prev s 110) sub
1999 SL No. 290 s 19amd 2000 SL No. 361 s 10(1)–(2)renum
and reloc 2003 SL No. 214 s 31Placing mark on
boats 103amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 16sub
2003 SL No. 214 s 23om 2006 SL No. 26 s 8Removing boat
markprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 3 schs 103Ains 2003 SL No.
214 s 23amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schPrescribed authorities—Act, s 70Cs
105prev s 105 om 1999 SL No. 57 s 32pres
s 105 ins 2002 SL No. 337 s 9amd 2002 SL No.
376 s 3; 2003 SL No. 213 s 12; 2003 SL No. 214 s 24; 2004SL
No. 305 s 24sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 48Particulars to be
legible, visible and in Englishprov hdgamd
1999 SL No. 290 s 17(1)s 107amd 1999 SL No.
290 s 17(2)–(3)Serious fisheries offencess
108amd 1998 SL No. 232 s 8; 1999 SL No. 290 s
18; 2003 SL No. 214 s 26; 2004SL No. 305 s
25Division 2—Statistical returns and other
informationdiv hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 28Definitions for div 2s 108AAins
2004 SL No. 112 s 24def“authorised boat”amd 2006 SL No.
26 s 49(1)def“relevant fishing authority”amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 49(2)Particulars to be contained on dockets
for wholesale sale of fisheries resources etc.s 108A(prev
s 106) renum and reloc 2003 SL No. 214 s 25amd 2004 SL No.
112 s 25; 2004 SL No. 305 s 26Statistical
returns to be kept—generalprov hdgsub 2003 SL No.
214 s 29s 109sub 2000 SL No. 184 s 17amd
2004 SL No. 112 s 26; 2004 SL No. 305 s 27om 2006 SL No. 26
s 8Statistical records and information about
spotted mackerel or tailorprov hdgamd 2002 SL No.
339 s 13(1)s 109Ains 2002 SL No.
60 s 6amd 2002 SL No. 339 s 13(2)–(3)
467Fisheries Regulation 1995Requirements about particular persons keeping
returns for holders—using holder’sboats
109Bins 2003 SL No. 214 s 30sub 2004 SL No.
112 s 27Requirements about particular persons keeping
returns for holders—fishing underholder’s
authoritys 109Cins 2003 SL No.
214 s 30sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 27Records to be kept
about wholesale sales of spanish mackerels 109Dins
2004 SL No. 112 s 27Records to be kept about imports of spanish
mackerels 109Eins 2004 SL No.
112 s 27amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 sch; 2006 SL No. 266
s 7Records to be kept about commercial carriage
of spanish mackerels 109Fins 2004 SL No.
112 s 27Records to be kept about commercial storage
of spanish mackerels 109Gins 2004 SL No.
112 s 27Notice requirement for bringing spanish
mackerel into ‘SM’ fishery areas 109Hins
2004 SL No. 112 s 27Prescribed matters and equipment for
certificates—Act, s 184prov hdgsub 2002 SL No.
337 s 10(1)s 110Ains 2000 SL No.
361 s 7amd 2002 SL No. 60 s 7; 2002 SL No. 337 s
10(2); 2003 SL No. 214 s 32;2006 SL No. 26 s
3 schReview relating to spanish mackerels
110Bins 2003 SL No. 214 s 33Division
3—Automated interactive voice response systemdiv 3 (ss
110C–110N)ins 2004 SL No. 112 s 29Division
4—Feesdiv hdg(orig div 2 hdg)
renum 2003 SL No. 214 s 27(prev div 3 hdg) renum 2004 SL No. 112
s 28Subdivision 1—Fees relating to development
under Planning Actsdiv hdgins 2004 SL No.
305 s 28Fees relating to development under Planning
Acts 110Oins 2004 SL No.
305 s 28Working out relevant assessment fees
110Pins 2004 SL No. 305 s 28amd 2006 SL No.
267 s 16; 2007 SL No. 284 s 3Applicable fee if
application relates to more than 1 developments 110Qins
2004 SL No. 305 s 28Subdivision 2—Other feessdiv hdgins
2004 SL No. 305 s 28
468Fisheries Regulation 1995Witness fees for persons appearing before the
Tribunals 111amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 7Other
fees payable under the Actprov hdgamd 2004 SL No.
305 s 29(1)s 112amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 33; 1999 SL No.
272 s 4; 2004 SL No. 305 s 29(2)sub 2006 SL No.
26 s 50Chief executive may refund or waive a
feeprov hdgamd 2000 SL No.
184 s 18(1)s 113amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 18(2)–(3); 2002
SL No. 337 s 11sub 2003 SL No. 367 s 14Division 5—Codes
for IDASdiv hdgins 2004 SL No.
305 s 30Purpose of div 5s 113Ains
2004 SL No. 305 s 30Codes for building work in declared fish
habitat areas 113Bins 2004 SL No.
305 s 30amd 2007 SL No. 344 s 16Code for material
change of use of premises for aquacultures 113Cins
2004 SL No. 305 s 30Codes for operational work for constructing
or raising a waterway barrier workss 113Dins
2004 SL No. 305 s 30Codes for operational work completely or
partly within a declared fish habitat areas 113Eins
2004 SL No. 305 s 30amd 2007 SL No. 344 s 17Codes for
operational work that is the removal, destruction or damage of
marineplantss 113Fins
2004 SL No. 305 s 30amd 2007 SL No. 344 s 18Codes available
for inspections 113Gins 2004 SL No.
305 s 30PART 13—TRANSITIONAL AND SAVINGS
PROVISIONSpt hdgprev pt 13 hdg
ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 34exp 1 December 2003 (see s 115)pres
pt 13 hdg ins 2004 SL No. 112 s 30sub 2006 SL No.
26 s 51amd 2007 SL No. 22 s 11Division
1—Transitional provision for Fisheries Amendment Regulation (No. 1)
2004div hdgins 2006 SL No.
26 s 51Existing notice identity numberss
114orig s 114 om R1 (see RA s 40)prev
s 114 ins 2000 SL No. 361 s 8exp 19 April 2001
(see s 141(3))ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 34
469Fisheries Regulation 1995exp 1
December 2003 (see s 115)pres s 114 ins 2004 SL No. 112 s
30Division 2—Transitional provision for
Fisheries and other Legislation AmendmentRegulation (No.
1) 2006div hdgins 2006 SL No.
26 s 52Definition for div 2s 115orig
s 115 exp 1 December 1996 (see s 115(2))prev s 115 ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 34exp 1 December 2003 (see s 115)pres
s 115 ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 52Existing buyer
licences, carrier boat licences and commercial fisher
licencess 116ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 52Primary commercial fishing boat licences
under the unamended regulations 117ins
2006 SL No. 26 s 52Authorities to take under the unamended
regulations 118ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 52Particular general fisheries permitss
119ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 52Fees paid under
old schedule 10s 120ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 52Division 3—Savings provisions for former
schedule 5Bdiv hdgins 2007 SL No.
22 s 12Subdivision 1—Definitionssdiv 1 (s
121)ins 2007 SL No. 22 s 12Subdivision
2—Directions and appeals relating to relevant existing
decisionssdiv 2 (ss 122–123)ins 2007 SL No.
22 s 12Subdivision 3—Applications for SM
unitssdiv 3 (ss 124–126)ins 2007 SL No.
22 s 12SCHEDULE 1—CLOSED SEASONSsch hdgom
1999 SL No. 57 s 34Barramundi—Gulf of Carpentarias
1sub 1996 SL No. 266 s 9; 1997 SL No. 328 s
3om 1999 SL No. 57 s 34Barramundi—elsewheres 2sub
1997 SL No. 328 s 3om 1999 SL No. 57 s 34Spanner
crabs 3ins 1997 SL No. 328 s 3amd
1997 SL No. 476 s 5om 1999 SL No. 57 s 34
470Fisheries Regulation 1995SCHEDULE 2—CLOSED WATERS—COMMERCIAL
FISHINGPART 1—TAKING OR POSSESSING ANY FISHDivision 1—Fish taken under any fishery
symboldiv hdgins 2003 SL No.
378 s 6(1)Prohibited activitiess 1amd
2003 SL No. 378 s 6(2)Severn River at Queen Mine
Waterholes 2om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Dumaresq River at Bonshaw Weirs
3om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Macintyre River at Goondiwindi Weirs
4om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Macintyre Brook at Coolmunda Dam, Whetstone
and Bendor Weirss 5sub 1997 SL No. 118 s 3(1)om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Pike Creek at Glenlyon Dams
6om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Quart
Pot Creek at Storm King Dams 7om 1999 SL No. 57
s 35(1)Barwon River at Mungindi Weirs
8om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Condamine River at or near the Chinchilla,
Loudon, Lemon Tree, Yarramalong,Cecil Plains and
Reilly’s Weirss 9om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Balonne River at Beardmore Dam and Jack
Taylor Weirs 10om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Sandy
Creek at Leslie Dams 11om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Dogwood Creek at Miles Weirs
12amd 1997 SL No. 118 s 3(2)om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Burnett Creek at Maroon Dams
13om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Reynolds Creek at Moogerah Dams
14om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Brisbane River at Mt Crosby Weirs
17om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Mary
Rivers 19prev s 19 om 1999 SL No. 57 s
35(1)pres s 19 ins 2003 SL No. 367 s
15(1)
471Fisheries Regulation 1995Tinana
Creeks 20prev s 20 om 1999 SL No. 57 s
35(1)pres s 20 ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 15(1)Fraser
Island between Indian Head and Waddy Points 21amd
2002 SL No. 60 s 8Burnett Rivers 22prev
s 22 om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)pres s 22 ins
2003 SL No. 367 s 15(1)Kolan Rivers 23prev
s 23 om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)pres ins 2003 SL
No. 367 s 15(1)Fitzroy Rivers 24prev
s 24 om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)pres s 24 ins
2003 SL No. 367 s 15(1)Nogo River at Wuruma Dams
25om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Stuart
River at Gordonbrook Dams 26om 1999 SL No. 57
s 35(1)Boyne River at Boondoomba and Awoonga
Damss 27om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Dawson
River at Neville Hewitt Weirs 28om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Fitzroy River at Fitzroy River
Barrages 29om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Fitzroy River at Eden Bann Weirs
29Ains 1997 SL No. 118 s 3(3)om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Fitzroy River at Wattlebank Control
Weirs 29Bins 1997 SL No. 118 s 3(3)om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Nogoa River at Fairbairn Dams
31om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Pioneer River at the Marian, Mirani and
Dumbleton Weirss 32om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Yanks
Jetty at Orpheus Islands 33Ains 1997 SL No.
118 s 3(4)Burdekin River at Clare Weirs
34om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)South
Mitchell Rivers 39prev s 39 om 1999 SL No. 57 s
35(1)pres s 39 ins 2003 SL No. 367 s
15(1)
472Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 2—Fish taken under fishery symbol
C1, L1, L6, L7, N1, N2, N6, N7, N8, SMor T4div 2
(ss 40A–40F)ins 2003 SL No. 378 s 6(3)Division 3—Fish taken under fishery symbol A1
or A2div 3 (ss 40G–40H)ins 2003 SL No.
378 s 6(3)PART 2—TAKING OR POSSESSING CERTAIN
FISHDivision 1—Fish other than spanner crabs in
managed areas A or Bdiv hdgins 1996 SL No.
233 s 5(1)amd 1997 SL No. 94 s 2 schom
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(2)Prohibited activitiess
41amd 1996 SL No. 233 s 5(2); 1997 SL No. 476
s 6Platypus Bays 42amd
2002 SL No. 339 s 14(1)Hervey Bay regions 42Ains
1998 SL No. 7 s 4(1)amd 1999 SL No. 2 s 3(1)exp 1 February
2001 (see s 42A(3))Bustard Head regions 43Ains
1998 SL No. 7 s 4(2)amd 1999 SL No. 2 s 3(1)exp 1 February
2001 (see s 43A(3))Yeppoon regions 43Bins
1998 SL No. 7 s 4(2)amd 1999 SL No. 2 s 3(1)exp 1 February
2001 (see s 43B(3))Division 2—Spanner crabs in managed areas A
or Bdiv hdgins 1996 SL No.
233 s 5(3)amd 1996 SL No. 94 s 2 schom
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(3)Waters adjacent to north Cape
Yorks 46Aprev s 46A ins 1996 SL No. 233 s
5(3)amd 1997 SL No. 94 s 2 sch; 1997 SL No. 260
s 8sub 1997 SL No. 328 s 4om 1999 SL No. 57
s 35(3)pres s 46A ins 2002 SL No. 339 s
14(2)Particular foreshores of Wynnums
46Bprev s 46B ins 1997 SL No. 328 s 4om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(3)pres s 46B ins 2002 SL No. 339 s
14(2)Managed areas A and Bs 46Cins
1997 SL No. 328 s 4amd 1998 SL No. 370 s 3om 1999 SL No. 57
s 35(3)
473Fisheries Regulation 1995PART3—TAKINGORPOSSESSINGSOMEPOSSESSING SOME APPARATUSDivision 3—Spotted mackereldiv
hdgprev div 3 hdg ins 1998 SL No. 232 s
9om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(1)pres
div 3 hdg ins 2002 SL No. 339 s 14(3)FISHANDUSINGORProhibited activitiess 51Aprev
s 51A ins 1998 SL No. 232 s 9om 1999 SL No.
290 s 20(1)pres s 51A ins 2002 SL No. 339 s
14(3)amd 2003 SL No. 367 s 15(2)All
waterss 51Bprev s 51B ins 1998 SL No. 232 s
9om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(1)pres
s 51B ins 2002 SL No. 339 s 14(3)Division
4—Tailordiv hdgprev div hdg ins
1998 SL No. 232 s 9om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(1)pres
div hdg ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 35(1)Prohibited
activities51Cprev s 51C ins 1998 SL No. 232 s
9om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(1)pres
s 51C ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 35(1)Fraser
Island51Dprev s 51D ins 1998 SL No. 232 s
9om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(1)pres
s 51D ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 35(1)PART 4—TAKING OR
POSSESSING ANY FISH AND USING OR POSSESSINGCERTAIN FISHING
APPARATUSDivision 1—Fishing with commercial fishing
netsLakes and lagoons south of Endeavour River
and east of longitude 142º31'49" easts 53 prov
hdgamd 2001 SL No. 170 s 8(1)North
Stradbroke Island—northern beachess 71Ains
2003 SL No. 214 s 35(2)Bribie Island’s eastern shore and the
sand spit at Kings Beachs 72amd 1999 SL No.
290 s 20(2); 2003 SL No. 367 s 15(3)Fraser Island—Hook
Point to northern tipprov hdgamd 2003 SL No.
214 s 35(3)s 85amd 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(3)Fraser
Island—Tooloora Creek to Ngkala Rockss 85Ains
2003 SL No. 214 s 35(4)Round Hill Creeks 92amd
2008 SL No. 38 s 17
474Fisheries Regulation 1995Fitzroy River and waters near its
mouths 100amd 2003 SL No. 214 s 35(5)Trinity Inlets 130sub
2000 SL No. 8 s 3(1)Pine Rivers 134om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Mission River, Embley River and Hey
Rivers 135om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Watson
Rivers 136om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Moonkan Creeks 137om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Chapman Rivers 138om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Chapman River to Moonkan Creeks
139om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Mitchell Rivers 140om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Staaten Rivers 141om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Gilbert Rivers 142om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Norman Rivers 143om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Bynoe Rivers 144om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Flinders Rivers 145om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Albert Rivers 146om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Nicholson Rivers 147om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Gin Arm Creeks 148om
1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Elizabeth River on Mornington
Islands 149om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Sandalwood Place River on Mornington
Islands 150om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)
475Fisheries Regulation 1995Prohibited activitiess 151om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Near the New South Wales border to
Point Lookout on North Stradbroke Islands 152amd
1999 SL No. 58 s 5(1)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Moreton Bays 153om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Amity and Moreton Bankss
153Ains 1999 SL No. 58 s 5(2)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Amity Bight and the South
Passages 154om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Boggy
Creek, Pinkenbas 155om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Northern section of Moreton Bays
155Ains 1999 SL No. 58 s 5(3)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Caloundra Heads 156om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Warana Beach at Kawana Waterss
157om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Hook
Point to Taleerba Creek, Fraser Islands 158om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Taleerba Creek to Indian Head, Fraser
Islands 159om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Vernon
Point to Burrum Point, Hervey Bays 159Ains
1999 SL No. 58 s 5(4)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Northern Fraser Island and north of Fraser
Islands 160om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Hayman
Island to Cape Abbots 161om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Etty
Bay areas 162om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Yorkeys Knob to Simpson Points
163om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Cook
Bays 164om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Island
Point to the Daintree Rivers 165om 1999 SL No.
290 s 20(4)
476Fisheries Regulation 1995North
of Cape Tribulations 166om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)North
of latitude 15º30' souths 167om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Grave Point to Indian Heads
168om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Cape
Bedford to Murray Reefss 169om 1999 SL No.
290 s 20(4)Cape Flattery to near Barrow Points
170om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Barrow
Point to Bizant Rivers 171om 1999 SL No.
290 s 20(4)Marrett River to Rocky Rivers
172om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Rocky
River to latitude 13º09' souths 173om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Latitude 13º09'
south to Thorpe Points 174om 1999 SL No.
290 s 20(4)Round Point to Fly Point near Cape
Yorks 175om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Tip of
Cape Yorks 176om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(4)Division 2—Fishing with certain commercial
fishing netsdiv hdgprev div 2 hdg om
SL No. 290 s 20(4)pres div 2 hdg (prev div 3 hdg) renum 2000
SL No. 53 s 6(1)Waterwayss 178om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Moreton Bays 184amd
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(7); 2000 SL No. 53 s 6(2)Brisbane River
mouths 186om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Comboyuro Point to Caloundra Heads
187om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Lakes
Doonella and Weybas 189om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Laguna
Bays 190om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Noosa
River and adjoining lakess 191om 1999 SL No.
290 s 20(6)
477Fisheries Regulation 1995Mary
Rivers 192om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Hervey
Bay scallop ranching areass 193Ains 2003 SL No.
214 s 35(6)Hervey Bays 194amd
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(8)Hervey Bay (southern part)s
195om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Skyringville Creeks 197om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Burnett Rivers 198om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Facing Islands 203om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Keppel Bays 204amd
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(9)–(11)Llewellyn
Bays 206om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Repulse Bays 209om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Sinclair Bays 210om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Cleveland Bays 212om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Hinchinbrook Channels
213amd 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(12); 2003 SL No.
214 s 35(7)Trinity Bays 214om
1999 SL No. 290 s 20(6)Rivers and creeks flowing into the Gulf
of Carpentarias 217om 1999 SL No. 57 s 35(1)Division 3—Foreshore set mesh netsdiv
hdg(prev div 4 hdg) renum 2000 SL No. 53 s
6(1)Trinity Inlets 242om
2000 SL No. 8 s 3(2)Division 4—Shell dredgesdiv hdg(prev
div 5 hdg) renum 2000 SL No. 53 s 6(1)Prohibited
activitiess 247amd 2003 SL No. 367 s
15(4)
478Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 5—Fish taken under fishery symbol A1
or A2div hdgins 2003 SL No.
378 s 6(4)Prohibited activitiess 252prev
s 252 ins 1997 SL No. 48 s 4om 1999 SL No.
290 s 20(13)pres s 252 ins 2003 SL No. 378 s 6(4)Flat
Rock grey nurse shark protection areas 253prev
s 253 ins 1997 SL No. 48 s 4om 1999 SL No.
290 s 20(13)pres s 253 ins 2003 SL No. 378 s 6(4)Henderson Rock grey nurse shark protection
areas 254prev s 254 ins 1997 SL No. 48 s
4om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(13)pres
s 254 ins 2003 SL No. 378 s 6(4)Cherub’s Cave grey
nurse shark protection areas 255prev s 255 ins
1997 SL No. 48 s 4sub 1998 SL No. 7 s 5(1)om 1999 SL No.
290 s 20(13)pres s 255 ins 2003 SL No. 378 s 6(4)Expirys 256ins
1997 SL No. 48 s 4amd 1998 SL No. 7 s 5(2); 1999 SL No. 2 s
3(2)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(13)PART
5—USING NETS IN DUGONG PROTECTION AREApt hdgprev
pt 5 hdg om 1999 SL No. 290 s 20(13)pres pt 5 hdg
(prev pt 6 hdg) ins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4renum 1999 SL No.
290 s 20(14)Division 1—Zone Adiv hdgins
1997 SL No. 477 s 4Hervey Bay–Tin Can Bays 257ins
1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 8(2)–(9)Port
Clinton (Reef Point–Cape Clinton)s 258ins
1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 8(10)–(14)Shoalwater Bays 259ins
1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 8(15)Ince
Bay (Cape Palmerston–Allom Point)s 260ins
1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 8(11), (12),
(16)–(18)
479Fisheries Regulation 1995Stewart Peninsula–Newry Islands–Ball
Bays 261ins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd
2001 SL No. 170 s 8(11), (12), (17)–(19)Upstart Bays
262ins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No.
170 s 8(11), (12), (17), (18), (20), (21); 2003 SL No. 367 s15(5)Cleveland
Bay–Magnetic Islands 263ins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd
2001 SL No. 170 s 8(11), (12), (17), (18), (22)Hinchinbrook
Island areas 264ins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd
2001 SL No. 170 s 8(11), (12), (17), (23)Division 2—Zone
Bdiv hdgins 1997 SL No.
477 s 4Subdivision 1—Areas in zone Bsdiv
hdgins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4Application of div
2s 265ins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4Port
of Gladstone–Rodds Bays 266ins 1997 SL No.
477 s 4amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 8(24); 2003 SL No. 367
s 15(6)Clairview Bluff–Carmilla Creeks
267ins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No.
170 s 8(25); 2003 SL No. 367 s 15(7)Llewellyn
Bays 268ins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd
2001 SL No. 170 s 8(26)Ball Bay–Sand Bays 269ins
1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 8(27)Repulse Bays 270ins
1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 8(28)Edgecumbe Bay–Bowens 271ins
1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 8(29)Bowling Green Bays 272ins
1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 8(30)
480Fisheries Regulation 1995Lucinda to Allingham–Halifax Bays
273ins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No.
170 s 8(31)Subdivision 2—Restrictions on using
netssdiv hdgins 1997 SL No.
477 s 4Use of mesh nets in offshore waterss
274ins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No.
170 s 8(32)–(33)Use of set mesh nets on a foreshores
275ins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No.
170 s 8(34)Use of set mesh nets on a headlands
276ins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4amd 2001 SL No.
170 s 8(35)Use of set mesh nets in rivers or
creekss 277ins 1997 SL No. 477 s 4Using
a mesh, ring or seine nets 278ins 1997 SL No.
477 s 4amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 8(36)PART6—USINGNETSINTRINITYBAYANDWATERWAYSJOININGTRINITY BAYpt hdgins
2000 SL No. 8 s 3(3)Closed waterss 279prev
s 279 ins 1999 SL No. 217 s 4exp 10 December
1999 (see sch 2 s 280)pres s 279 ins 2000 SL No. 8 s
3(3)Prohibited activitiess 280prev
s 280 ins 1999 SL No. 217 s 4exp 10 December
1999 (see sch 2 s 280)pres s 280 ins 2000 SL No. 8 s
3(3)Exemptions 281ins
2000 SL No. 8 s 3(3)PART 7—USING OR POSSESSING PURSE SEINE
NETSpt hdgprev pt 7 ins
1999 SL No. 217 s 4exp 10 December 1999 (see sch 2 s
280)pres pt 7 ins 2000 SL No. 53 s 6(3)Prohibited activitiess 282ins
2000 SL No. 53 s 6(3)SCHEDULE 3—CLOSED WATERS—RECREATIONAL
FISHINGPART 1—TAKING OR POSSESSING ANY FISHSevern
River at Queen Mine Waterholes 2om
1999 SL No. 57 s 36
481Fisheries Regulation 1995Dumaresq River at Bonshaw Weirs
3om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Macintyre River at
Goondiwindi Weirs 4om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Macintyre Brook at Coolmunda Dam, Whetstone
and Bendor Weirss 5sub 1997 SL No. 118 s 4(1)om
1999 SL No. 57 s 36Pike Creek at Glenlyon Dams
6om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Quart Pot Creek at
Storm King Dams 7om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Barwon
River at Mungindi Weirs 8om 1999 SL No. 57
s 36Condamine River at or near the Chinchilla,
Loudon, Lemon Tree, Yarramalong,Cecil Plains and
Reilly’s Weirss 9om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Balonne River at Beardmore Dam and Jack
Taylor Weirs 10om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Sandy
Creek at Leslie Dams 11om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Dogwood Creek at Miles Weirs
12amd 1997 SL No. 118 s 4(2)om
1999 SL No. 57 s 36Burnett Creek at Maroon Dams
13om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Reynolds Creek at
Moogerah Dams 14om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Brisbane River at Mt Crosby Weirs
17om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Mary River at Mary
River Barrages 18om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Mary
Rivers 19prev s 19 om 1999 SL No. 57 s
36pres s 19 ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 16(3)Tinana
Creeks 20ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 16(3)Burnett Rivers 21prev
s 21 om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36pres s 21 ins 2003 SL No. 367 s
16(3)
482Fisheries Regulation 1995Kolan
Rivers 22prev s 22 om 1999 SL No. 57 s
36pres s 22 ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 16(3)Fitzroy Rivers 23prev
s 23 om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36pres s 23 ins 2003 SL No. 367 s
16(3)Nogoa River at Wuruma Dams 24om
1999 SL No. 57 s 36Stuart River at Gordonbrook Dams
25om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Stuart River at
Boondoomba and Awoonga Damss 26om 1999 SL No. 57
s 36Dawson River at Neville Hewitt Weirs
27om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Fitzroy River at
Fitzroy River Barrages 28om 1999 SL No. 57
s 36Fitzroy River at Eden Bann Weirs
28Ains 1997 SL No. 118 s 4(3)om
1999 SL No. 57 s 36Fitzroy River at Wattlebank Control
Weirs 28Bins 1997 SL No. 118 s 4(3)om
1999 SL No. 57 s 36Nogoa River at Fairbairn Dams
30om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Pioneer River at
the Marian, Mirani and Dumbleton Weirss 31om
1999 SL No. 57 s 36Burdekin River at Clare Weirs
33om 1999 SL No. 57 s 36Yanks Jetty at
Orpheus Islands 33Ains 1997 SL No. 118 s 4(4)PART
2—TAKING OR POSSESSING CERTAIN FISHProhibited
activitiess 40amd 1997 SL No. 476 s 7Particular foreshores of Wynnums
40A(prev s 45AB) ins 2002 SL No. 339 s
15reloc and renum 2003 SL No. 378 s
7(2)Flat Rock grey nurse shark protection
areas 40Bins 2003 SL No. 378 s 7(1)Henderson Rock grey nurse shark protection
areas 40Cins 2003 SL No. 378 s
7(1)
483Fisheries Regulation 1995Cherub’s Cave grey nurse shark protection
areas 40Dins 2003 SL No. 378 s 7(1)Wolf
Rock grey nurse shark protection areas 40Eins
2003 SL No. 378 s 7(1)Fraser Island between Indian Head and
Waddy Points 40F(prev s 20) amd 2002 SL No. 60 s 9;
2003 SL No. 367 s 16(1)reloc and renum 2003 SL No. 367 s
16(2)Waters adjacent to north Cape Yorks
44A(prev s 45AA) ins 2002 SL No. 339 s
15reloc and renum 2003 SL No. 378 s
7(3)PART 2A—WATERS WHERE FISHING LINES AND RODS
CAN NOT BE USEDpt hdgins 1998 SL No.
295 s 3Prohibited activitiess 45Ains
1998 SL No. 295 s 3Obi Obi Creeks 45Bins
1998 SL No. 295 s 3PART 5—WATERS WHERE SPEAR FISHING IS NOT
ALLOWEDArtificial reef area off Moreton
Islands 58amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 9; 2003 SL No.
367 s 16(4)Main wharf at Port Denison, Bowens
76Ains 1997 SL No. 118 s 4(5)PART
7—USING OR POSSESSING PURSE SEINE NETSpt hdgprev
pt 7 ins 1999 SL No. 217 s 5exp 10 December
1999 (see sch 3 s 88)pres pt 7 ins 2000 SL No. 53 s
7Prohibited activitiess 87prev
s 87 ins 1999 SL No. 217 s 5exp 10 December
1999 (see sch 3 s 88)pres s 87 ins 2000 SL No. 53 s
7Expirys 88ins
1999 SL No. 217 s 5exp 10 December 1999 (see sch 3 s 88)SCHEDULE 4—REGULATED FISHamd 1996 SL No.
266 s 10; 1996 SL No. 422 s 9; 1997 SL No. 222 s 5; 1998SL
No. 232 s 10; 1999 SL No. 57 s 37; 1999 SL No. 58 ss 4, 6; 1999
SLNo. 290 s 21; 2000 SL No. 53 s 8; 2002 SL
No. 60 s 10; 2002 SL No. 337 s12; 2002 SL No.
339 s 16; 2003 SL No. 213 s 13; 2003 SL No. 214 s 36;2003
SL No. 367 s 17; 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schSCHEDULE
4A—MEASUREMENT OF FISHsch hdgins 2003 SL No.
367 s 18amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 53(1)
484Fisheries Regulation 1995PART
1—MEASUREMENT OF SIZE OF PARTICULAR FISHpt hdgins
2003 SL No. 367 s 18Measurement of size of blue swimmer
crabs 1ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 18Measurement of size of fin fish other than
gulf fin fishprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 53(2)s 2ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 18amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 53(3)–(4)Measurement of size of mud crabs
3ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 18Measurement of
size of painted crayfishs 4ins 2003 SL No.
367 s 18Measurement of size of pearl oysters
5ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 18Measurement of
size of trochuss 6ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 18PART
2—MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHT OF PARTICULAR FISHpt hdgins
2003 SL No. 367 s 18Measurement of weight of green snailss
7ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 18PART 3—MEASUREMENT
OF TOTAL VOLUME OF FISHpt hdgins 2006 SL No.
26 s 53(5)How total volume must be measureds
8ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 53(5)SCHEDULE 5—DECLARED DISEASESprev
sch 5 om 1999 SL No. 290 s 2pres sch 5 ins
2001 SL No. 170 s 10amd 2003 SL No. 30 s 4; 2003 SL No. 367 s
19SCHEDULE 5A—NOXIOUS FISHERIES
RESOURCESins 2002 SL No. 337 s 13amd 2003 SL No.
367 s 20SCHEDULE 5B—SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR SPANISH
MACKERELCOMMERCIAL FISHERYsch hdgins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)PART 1—PRELIMINARYpt hdgins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Division 1—Interpretationdiv hdgins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)
485Fisheries Regulation 1995Definitions for sch 5Bs 1ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37def“decision notice”om 2006 SL No. 26
s 54(1)def“former authority”reloc to sch 17
2005 SL No. 23 s 4exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Meaning of “catch-per-unit-effort special
circumstance”s 2ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp
11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Meaning of
“event-based special circumstance”s 3ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Meaning of “recent-entrant special
circumstance”s 4ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schexp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Meaning of “personal history special
circumstance” for individualss 5ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Meaning of “personal history special
circumstance” for corporationss 6ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Division 2—Provisions for special
circumstancesdiv 2 (ss 7–14)ins 2003 SL No.
214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)PART 2—OBTAINING FISHERY SYMBOL ‘SM’pt
hdgins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September
2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Division 1—Preliminarydiv 1
(ss 15–16)ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September
2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Division 2—Relevant licences and
criteriadiv hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Application of pt 2 to relevant
licencess 17ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 54(2)–(4)exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Criteria to be met for relevant
licences 18ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp
11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)
486Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 3—First consideration by chief
executive and preliminary noticerequirementsdiv 3 (ss
19–20)ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September
2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Division 4—Preliminary notice and
application for reconsiderationdiv hdgins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Chief executive to give preliminary
notices 21ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp
11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Requirements for
preliminary notices 22ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp
11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Applying for
reconsiderations 23ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37amd
2004 SL No. 112 s 31(1)exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Chief executive to decide whether reason for
reconsideration establisheds 24ins 2003 SL No.
214 s 37amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 54(5)exp
11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Informationchiefexecutivemayconsiderindecidingwhetherreasonforreconsideration is establisheds
25ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September
2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Division 5—Reconsideration and
adjustment of criteriadiv hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Criteria reapplied if reason for
reconsideration establisheds 26ins 2003 SL No.
214 s 37amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 54(5)exp
11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Adjusted criteria
for catch-per-unit-effort special circumstances 27ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Adjusted criteria for event-based special
circumstances 28ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp
11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Adjusted criteria
for first-recent-entrant special circumstances 29ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37amd 2003 SL No. 367 s 21(1)–(3)exp
11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)
487Fisheries Regulation 1995Adjusted criteria for second-recent-entrant
special circumstances 30ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp
11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Adjusted criteria
for personal history special circumstances 31ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Division 6—Amendment notice and amendment of
licencesdiv hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Chief executive to amend licences and give
amendment notices 32ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 54(6)exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Requirements for amendment notices
33ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September
2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Taking or possessing spanish mackerel
under amended licences 34ins 2003 SL No.
214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Division 7—Priority of reconsiderations of
applications relating to fishery symbol‘SM’div 7
(s 35)ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September
2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)PART 2A—AMENDING SM FISHERY LICENCE TO
ALLOW SURFACETROLLING IN WESTERN FLAT ROCK PROTECTION
AREApt 2A (ss 35A–35C)ins 2003 SL No.
378 s 8exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)PART 3—ISSUE OF SM UNITSpt hdgins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Division 1—Generaldiv hdgins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Simplified outline of pt 3s
36ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September
2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Definitions for pt 3s
37ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37def“reason for adjusted allocation”amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schexp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Division 2—General provisions about SM
unitsdiv 2 (ss 38–39)ins 2003 SL No.
214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)
488Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 3—Issue of SM unitsdiv
hdgins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September
2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Subdivision 1—Number of SM units to be
issued to eligible holderssdiv 1 (ss 40–45)ins 2003 SL No.
214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Subdivision 2—Catch history noticesdiv
hdgins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September
2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Subdivision 3—Application for issue of
SM unitssdiv hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Application for issue of SM unitss
48ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September
2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Deciding application for issue of SM
unitss 49ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37amd
2004 SL No. 112 s 31(2); 2006 SL No. 26 s 54(7)exp 11 September
2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Issue of fisher PINs 49Ains
2004 SL No. 112 s 31(3)exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Allocation provisions to be applied if reason
for adjusted allocation is establisheds 50ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Adjusted allocation provision for event-based
special circumstances 51ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp
11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Adjusted
allocation provision for first-recent-entrant special
circumstances 52ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37amd
2003 SL No. 367 s 21(2)–(4)exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Adjusted allocation provision for
second-recent-entrant special circumstances 53ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Adjusted allocation provision for
third-recent-entrant special circumstances 54ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37amd 2003 SL No. 367 s 21(5)–(6)exp
11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)Adjusted
allocation provision for personal history special
circumstances 55ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp
11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s 59)
489Fisheries Regulation 1995Particular applications for SM units must be
decided before start of first SM years 56ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)Division 4—Reduction in weight equivalent of
SM unitsdiv 4 (ss 57–58)ins 2003 SL No.
214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)PART 4—EXPIRYpt 4 (s 59)ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 37exp 11 September 2006 (see sch 5B, s
59)SCHEDULE 7—FISH HABITAT AREASsch
hdgsub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11PART 1—AREAS SHOWN
BY HATCHED PLANSpt hdgsub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11Broad Sounds 1orig
s 1 sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11om 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(1)prev s 1 (orig s 2) sub 2001 SL No. 170 s
11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3)om
2005 SL No. 23 s 5(1)pres s 1 (prev s 2 (orig s 3)) sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Cape Palmerstons 2pres
s 2 (prev s 3 (prev s 7 (orig s 9))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Carmilas3pres s 3 (prev s 4 (prev s 8 (orig s
10))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Corio Bays 4orig
s 4 om 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(1)prev s 4 (orig s
6) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11om 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(1)pres
s 4 (prev s 5 (prev s 12 (orig s 20))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Eight Mile
Creeks 5orig s 5 om 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(1)prev s 5 (orig s 7) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11om 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(1)pres s 5 (prev s 6 (prev s 13 (orig s 23)))
renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)
490Fisheries Regulation 1995Escape
Rivers 6prev s 6 (orig s 8) renum 1999 SL No.
187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11om 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(1)pres s 6 (prev s 7 (prev s 14 (orig s 24)))
renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Fraser Islands 7pres
s 7 (prev s 8 (prev s 16 (orig s 26))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Kauri Creeks
8pres 8 (prev s 10 (prev s 20 (orig s 40)))
renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Maarooms 9prev
s 9 (orig s 17) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11om 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(1)prev
s 9 (prev s 19 (orig s 39)) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3)om
2005 SL No. 23 s 5(1)pres s 9 (prev s 11 (prev s 21 (orig s
41))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Marions 10prev
s 10 (orig s 18) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11om 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(1)pres
s 10 (prev s 12 (prev s 22 (orig s 43))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Morning
Inlet–Bynoe Rivers 11orig s 11 om 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(1)prev s 11 (orig s 19) renum 1999 SL No. 187
s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11om 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(1)pres s 11 (prev s 13 (prev s 23 (orig s
44))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Nassau Rivers 12prev
s 12 om 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(1)pres s 12 (prev s
14 (prev s 24 (orig s 45))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)
491Fisheries Regulation 1995Princess Charlotte Bays 13prev
s 13 om 1998 SL No. 213 s 4pres s 13 (prev s 15 (prev s 26 (orig
s 48))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Rocky Dams 14prev
s 14 om 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(1)pres s 14 (prev
16 (prev s 27 (orig s 49))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Silver Plainss 15orig
s 15 om 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(1)prev s 15 (orig s
25) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11om 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(1)pres
s 15 (prev s 17 (prev s 29 (orig s 51))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Staaten–Gilberts 16prev
s 16 om 1998 SL No. 213 s 4pres s 16 (prev s 18 (prev s 30 (orig
s 52))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Susan Rivers 17prev
s 17 (orig s 27) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11om 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(1)pres
s 17 (prev s 19 (prev s 31 (orig s 53))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Temple Bays
18prev s 18 (orig s 28) renum 1999 SL No. 187
s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11om 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(1)pres s 18 (prev s 20 (prev s 32 (orig s
54))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Tin Can Inlets 19pres
s 19 (prev s 21 (prev s 33 (orig s 55))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)West Hills
20pres s 20 (prev s 22 (prev s 35 (orig s
57))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)
492Fisheries Regulation 1995PART
2—AREAS WITHIN OUTER BOUNDARIES SHOWN ON PLANSpt hdgsub
1998 SL No. 213 s 5; 2001 SL No. 170 s 11Annan Rivers
21prev s 21 om 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(1)pres
s 21 (prev s 24 (orig s 36A)) ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(2)renum
2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Baffle
Creeks 22prev s 22 om 1998 SL No. 213 s
4pres s 22 (prev s 25 (prev s 37 (orig s
59))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Barr Creeks 23prev
s 23 (prev s 36 (orig s 58)) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3)om
2005 SL No. 23 s 5(1)pres s 23 (prev s 26 (prev s 38 (orig
s 60))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Bassett Basins 24pres
s 24 (prev s 27 (prev s 39 (orig s 61))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Beelbis
25prev s 25 (orig s 47) renum 1999 SL No. 187
s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11om 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(1)pres s 25 (prev s 28 (orig s 39A)) ins 2003
SL No. 367 s 22(2)renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3)amd
2005 SL No. 23 s 5(3)renum 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Bohle
Rivers 26pres s 26 (prev s 29 (prev s 40 (orig
s 64))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Bowling Green Bays 27pres
s 27 (prev s 30 (prev s 41 (orig s 65))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Burdekins
28prev s 28 (orig s 50) renum 1999 SL No. 187
s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11om 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(1)pres s 28 (prev s 31 (prev s 42 (orig s
66))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)
493Fisheries Regulation 1995sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Burrums 29prev
s 29 om 1998 SL No. 213 s 4pres s 29 (prev s 32 (orig s 42A)) ins
2003 SL No. 367 s 22(2)renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL
No. 23 s 5(4)Cattle Creeks 30prev
s 30 om 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(1)pres s 30 (prev s
33 (orig s 42B)) ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(2)renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Cawarral
Creeks 31prev s 31 om 1998 SL No. 213 s
4pres s 31 (prev s 34 (prev s 43 (orig s
67))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11; 2003 SL No. 367(1)–(2)renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Colosseum
Inlets 32prev s 32 om 1998 SL No. 213 s
4pres s 32 (pres s 35 (prev s 43A)) ins 2003
SL No. 367 s 22(2)renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Coombabahs 33prev
s 33 om 1998 SL No. 213 s 4pres s 33 (prev s 36 (prev s 44 (orig
s 68))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Coomeras 34orig
s 34 om 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(1)prev s 34 (prev s
56) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11om 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(1)pres
s 34 (prev s 37 (prev s 45 (orig s 69))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Currumbin
Creeks 35prev s 35 om 1998 SL No. 213 s
4pres s 35 (prev s 38 (prev s 46 (orig s
72))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Dallachy Creeks 36prev
s 36 om 1998 SL No. 213 s 4pres s 36 (prev s 39 (prev s 47 (orig
s 73))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No.
170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Deception Bays 37prev
s 37 om 1998 SL No. 213 s 4pres s 37 (prev s 40 (prev s 48 (orig
s 74))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)
494Fisheries Regulation 1995sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Edgecumbe Bays 38prev
s 38 om 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(1)pres s 38 (prev s
40A) ins 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(2)renum 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Elliott Rivers 39pres
s 39 (prev s 41 (orig s 48A)) ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(2)renum
2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Eurimbulas
40pres s 40 (prev s 42 (orig s 48B)) ins 2003
SL No. 367 s 22(2)renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Half Moon Creeks 41pres
s 41 (prev s 43 (prev s 49 (orig s 75))) renum 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Halifaxs
42prev s 42 om 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(1)pres
s 42 (prev s 44 (prev s 49A)) ins 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(2)renum
2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Hay’s Inlets
43pres s 43 (prev s 45 (prev s 50 (orig s
77))) sub 1998 SL No. 213 s 5amd 1999 SL No.
187 s 3(2)–(3)renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Hinchinbrooks 44pres
s 44 (prev s 46 (prev s 51 (orig s 77A))) ins 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(5)renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Hull Rivers 45pres
s 45 (prev s 47 (prev s 52 (orig s 78))) sub 1998 SL No. 213 s
5renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Jumpinpin–Broadwaters 46prev
s 46 om 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(1)pres s 46 (prev s
48 (prev s 53 (orig s 78A))) ins 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(6)renum
1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11; 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(1)–(2)renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 sch
495Fisheries Regulation 1995Kinkunas 47pres
s 47 (prev s 49 (prev s 54 (orig s 79))) ins 1998 SL No. 213 s
5renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Kippa–Rings 48pres
s 48 (prev s 50 (prev s 55 (orig s 80))) ins 1998 SL No. 213 s
5renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Kolan Rivers 49pres
s 49 (prev s 51 (prev s 56 (orig s 80A))) ins 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(7)renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Margaret Bay (Wuthathi)s 50pres
s 50 (orig s 51A) ins 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(2)renum 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Maroochys 51pres
s 51 (prev s 52 (prev s 57 (orig s 80B))) ins 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(7)renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Meunga Creeks 52pres
s 52 (prev s 53 (prev s 58 (orig s 81))) ins 1998 SL No. 213 s
5renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Midges 53pres s 53 (prev s
54 (prev s 59 (orig s 82))) ins 1998 SL No. 213 s 5renum
1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum
2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Moreton
Bankss 54pres s 54 (prev s 55 (prev s 60 (orig
s 82A))) ins 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(8)renum 1999 SL No.
187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Murray
Rivers 55pres s 55 (prev s 56 (prev s 61 (orig
s 82B))) ins 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(8)renum 1999 SL No.
187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)
496Fisheries Regulation 1995Myora–Amity Bankss 56pres
s 56 (prev s 57 (prev s 62 (orig s 83))) ins 1998 SL No. 213 s
5renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Noosa Rivers 57pres
s 57 (prev s 58 (prev s 63 (orig s 84))) ins 1998 SL No. 213 s
5renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11; 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(1)–(2)renum
2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Palm Creeks
58pres s 58 (prev s 59 (orig s 63A)) ins 2003
SL No. 367 s 22(2)renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Peel Islands 59pres
s 59 (prev s 60 (prev s 64 (orig s 84A))) ins 1999 SL No. 187 s
3(9)renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Pimpamas 60pres
s 60 (prev s 61 (prev s 65 (orig s 85))) ins 1998 SL No. 213 s
5renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Pumicestone Channels 61pres
s 61 (prev s 62 (prev s 66 (orig s 86))) ins 1998 SL No. 213 s
5renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Repulses 62prev
s 62 om 1998 SL No. 213 s 4pres s 62 (prev s 63 (prev s 67 (orig
s 86A))) ins 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(10)renum 1999 SL No.
187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Rodds
Harbours 63prev s 63 om 1998 SL No. 213 s
4pres s 63 (prev s 64 (orig s 67A)) ins 2003
SL No. 367 s 22(2)renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)Sand Bays 64pres
s 64 (prev s 65 (prev s 68 (orig s 87))) ins 1998 SL No. 213 s
5renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(4)
497Fisheries Regulation 1995Seventeen Seventy–Round Hills
65pres s 65 (prev s 66 (prev s 69 (orig s
87A))) ins 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(11)renum 1999 SL No.
187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11renum 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(3); 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Starcke River
(Ngulun)s 66pres s 66 (orig s 66A) ins 2005 SL No.
23 s 5(2)renum 2005 SL No. 23 s 5(4)Tallebudgera Creeks 67(prev
s 88) ins 1998 SL No. 213 s 5renum 1999 SL No.
187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11(prev s 70) renum
2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3)Trinity Inlets 68prev
s 68 (prev s 89) ins 1998 SL No. 213 s 5renum 1999 SL No.
187 s 3(13)sub 2001 SL No. 170 s 11om 2003 SL No.
367 s 22(1)pres s 68 (prev s 71) ins 2003 SL No. 367 s
22(2)renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3)Tully
Rivers 69(prev s 90) ins 1998 SL No. 213 s
5renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11(prev s 72) renum 2003 SL No. 367 s
22(3)Wreck Creeks 70prev
s 70 om 1998 SL No. 213 s 4pres s 70 (prev s 90A) ins 1999 SL No.
187 s 3(12)renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11(prev s 73) renum 2003 SL No. 367 s
22(3)Yorkey’s Creeks 71orig
s 71 om 1998 SL No. 213 s 4prev s 71 (prev s 90B) ins 1999 SL No.
187 s 3(12)renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)sub
2001 SL No. 170 s 11om 2003 SL No. 267 s 22(1)pres
s 71 (prev s 74) renum 2003 SL No. 367 s 22(3)Trinity
Inlets 75(prev s 91) ins 1998 SL No. 213 s
5renum 1999 SL No. 187 s 3(13)om
2001 SL No. 170 s 11Myora Extensions 76om
1999 SL No. 187 s 3(1)
498Fisheries Regulation 1995SCHEDULE 8—RECREATIONAL FISHING—USE OF
FISHING APPARATUSsch hdgsub 1999 SL No.
57 s 38(1)PART1—CRABPOTS,COLLAPSIBLETRAPS,DILLIESANDINVERTEDDILLIESpt
hdgsub 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(1)What
fish may be takens 2amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(2)Division 2—Use of fishing lines and
rodsdiv hdgom 1999 SL No. 57
s 38(3)PART 2—FISHING LINES AND RODSpt
hdgprev pt hdg om 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(7)pres
pt hdg ins 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(3)What fish may be
takens 7amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(6); 2003 SL
No. 213 s 14(1)Permitted ways of taking fishs
8sub 2003 SL No. 213 s 14(2)General condition of taking fishs
9om 2003 SL No. 213 s 14(2)Division 3—Use of netsdiv hdgom
1999 SL No. 57 s 38(4)PART 3—NETSpt hdgins
1999 SL No. 57 s 38(4)What fish may be takens
11amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(6)Permitted ways of taking fishs
12amd 1999 SL No. 249 s 10Division 4—Use of
other fishing apparatusdiv hdgom 1999 SL No. 57
s 38(5)PART 4—OTHER FISHING APPARATUSpt
hdgins 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(5)Division 1—Use of canister traps, collapsible
traps, dillies and funnel trapsdiv hdg(prev
pt 2 div 1 hdg) om 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(7)Permitted
areas 18om 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(7)What
fish may be takens 19om 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(7)Permitted ways of taking fishs
20om 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(7)General conditions of taking fishs
21om 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(7)
499Fisheries Regulation 1995Marketing of fish apparatuss
22om 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(7)Division 2—Use of fishing lines and
rodsdiv hdg(prev pt 2 div 2
hdg) om 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(7)Permitted
areas 23om 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(7)What
fish may be takens 24om 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(7)Permitted ways of taking fishs
25om 1999 SL No. 57 s 38(7)SCHEDULE 9—FEES RELATING TO DEVELOPMENT UNDER
PLANNINGACTprev sch 8 om 1999 SL No. 57 s
39pres sch 8 ins 2004 SL No. 305 s 31amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 3 sch; 2006 SL No. 267 s 17; 2007 SL No. 284 s
4;2007 SL No. 344 s 19SCHEDULE 10—OTHER
FEESsch hdgamd 2004 SL No.
305 s 32(1)schsub 1996 SL No. 422 s 10; 1997 SL No.
387 s 3amd 1996 SL No. 449 s 5; 1997 SL No. 476 s
8; 1999 SL No. 57 s 40; 1999SL No. 272 s 5;
1999 SL No. 290 s 23; 2000 SL No. 57 s 3sub 2000 SL No.
184 s 19amd 2000 SL No. 361 ss 9, 10(1)–(2); 2001 SL
No. 64 s 3; 2003 SL No. 214 s38; 2003 SL No.
367 s 23; 2004 SL No. 305 s 32(2)–(3)sub 2006 SL No.
26 s 55amd 2008 SL No. 49 s 3SCHEDULE
11—COMMERCIAL CRAB FISHERYsch hdgsub 1999 SL No.
57 s 41(1)PART 1—CRAB FISHERY (OTHER THAN SPANNER
CRAB)pt hdgom 1999 SL No. 57
s 41(1)What fish may be takens 3amd
1999 SL No. 57 s 41(2)Use of primary boatsprov
hdgamd 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schs
5amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 41(2); 2006 SL No. 26 s
3 schUse of tender boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schs 6amd 2006 SL No.
26 s 3 schMarking of fishing apparatuss
8amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schPART
2—CRAB FISHERY (SPANNER CRAB No. 1)pt hdgom
1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)
500Fisheries Regulation 1995Fishery symbols 9om
1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)Fishery areas 10om
1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)What fish may be takens
11om 1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)Permitted ways of taking spanner crabss
12om 1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)Use of
primary commercial fishing boatss 13om
1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)Use of tender commercial fishing
boatss 14om 1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)Permitted distance for an assistant fisher to
be under directions 15om 1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)Marking of dilliess 16om
1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)Spanner crabs may only be brought
ashore at Bundabergs 16Ains 1997 SL No. 94 s 3(1)om
1997 SL No. 118 s 5(1)Where spanner crabs taken in managed
area B may be brought ashores 17amd
1996 SL No. 233 s 6; 1997 SL No. 94 s 2 schsub 1997 SL No.
260 s 9(1)om 1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)Notice
before moving between managed areass 18amd
1997 SL No. 94 s 2 sch; 1997 SL No. 118 s 5(2)sub 1997 SL No.
260 s 9(1)om 1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)Restriction on taking spanner crabs in more
than 1 managed areas 18Ains 1997 SL No. 94 s 3(2)sub
1997 SL No. 260 s 9(1)om 1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)Annual
and progressive quarterly quotass 18Bins
1997 SL No. 94 s 3(2)amd 1997 SL No. 118 s 5(3)sub
1997 SL No. 260 s 9(1)om 1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)Daily
quotas 18Cins 1997 SL No. 118 s 5(4)sub
1997 SL No. 260 s 9(1)om 1999 SL No. 57 s 41(3)PART
3—CRAB FISHERY (SPANNER CRAB No. 2)pt hdgom
1999 SL No. 272 s 6
501Fisheries Regulation 1995Fishery symbols 19om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6Fishery areas 20om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6What fish may be takens 21om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6Permitted ways of taking spanner crabss
22om 1999 SL No. 272 s 6Use of primary
commercial fishing boatss 23om 1999 SL No.
272 s 6Use of tender commercial fishing boatss
24om 1999 SL No. 272 s 6Permitted distance
for an assistant fisher to be under directions 25om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6Marking of dilliess 26om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6Where spanner crabs may be brought
ashores 27amd 1997 SL No. 94 s 2 schsub
1997 SL No. 260 s 9(2)om 1999 SL No. 272 s 6Daily
quotas 27Ains 1997 SL No. 260 s 9(2)om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6PART 4—CRAB FISHERY (SPANNER CRAB—NORTH OF
INDIAN HEAD)pt hdgom 1999 SL No.
272 s 6Fishery symbols 28om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6Fishery areas 29om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6What fish may be takens 30om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6Permitted ways of taking spanner crabss
31om 1999 SL No. 272 s 6Use of primary
commercial fishing boatss 32om 1999 SL No.
272 s 6Use of tender commercial fishing boatss
33om 1999 SL No. 272 s 6Permitted distance
for an assistant fisher to be under directions 34om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6
502Fisheries Regulation 1995Marking of dilliess 35om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6Spanner crabs may only be brought ashore at
Bundabergs 35Ains 1997 SL No. 94 s 3(3)om
1997 SL No. 118 s 5(1)Where spanner crabs taken in managed
area B may be brought ashores 36amd
1996 SL No. 233 s 6; 1997 SL No. 94 s 2 schsub 1997 SL No.
260 s 9(3)om 1999 SL No. 272 s 6Notice before
moving between managed areass 37amd
1997 SL No. 94 s 2 sch; 1997 SL No. 118 s 5(5)sub 1997 SL No.
260 s 9(3)om 1999 SL No. 272 s 6Restriction on
taking spanner crabs in more than 1 managed areas
37Ains 1997 SL No. 94 s 3(4)sub
1997 SL No. 260 s 9(3)om 1999 SL No. 272 s 6Annual
and progressive quarterly quotass 37Bins
1997 SL No. 94 s 3(4)amd 1997 SL No. 118 s 5(6)sub
1997 SL No. 260 s 9(3)om 1999 SL No. 272 s 6Daily
quotas 37Cins 1997 SL No. 118 s 5(7)sub
1997 SL No. 260 s 9(3)om 1999 SL No. 272 s 6PART
5—CRAB FISHERY (SPANNER CRAB—SOUTH QUEENSLAND)pt hdgom
1999 SL No. 272 s 6Fishery symbols 38om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6Fishery areas 39om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6What fish may be takens 40om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6Permitted ways of taking spanner crabss
41om 1999 SL No. 272 s 6Use of primary
commercial fishing boatss 42om 1999 SL No.
272 s 6Use of tender commercial fishing boatss
43om 1999 SL No. 272 s 6Permitted distance
for an assistant fisher to be under directions 44om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6
503Fisheries Regulation 1995Marking of dilliess 45om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6Spanner crabs may only be brought ashore at
Bundabergs 45Ains 1997 SL No. 94 s 3(5)om
1997 SL No. 118 s 5(1)Annual and progressive quarterly
quotass 46amd 1996 SL No. 233 s 6; 1997 SL No.
94 s 2 schsub 1997 SL No. 260 s 9(4)om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6Daily quotas 47amd
1997 SL No. 94 s 2 schsub 1997 SL No. 260 s 9(4)om
1999 SL No. 272 s 6Authority holder must carry evidence of
notices 47Ains 1997 SL No. 94 s 3(6)om
1997 SL No. 260 s 9(4)Authority holder may only fish on quota
dayss 47Bins 1997 SL No. 94 s 3(6)om
1997 SL No. 260 s 9(4)Bringing ashore only at Bundaberg for
400 kg daily quotas 47Cins 1997 SL No. 118 s 5(8)om
1997 SL No. 260 s 9(4)SCHEDULE 11A—SPANISH MACKEREL
COMMERCIAL FISHERYsch hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 39PART 1—THE FISHERYpt hdgins
2003 SL No. 214 s 39Fishery symbols 1ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 39Fishery areas 2ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 39What fish may be takens 3ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 39Permitted ways of taking spanish
mackerels 4ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 39Use of
primary boatprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 3 schs 5ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 39amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schUse of tender boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 3 schs 6ins 2003 SL No.
214 s 39amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 3 sch
504Fisheries Regulation 1995Permitted distance for an assistant fisher to
be under directions 7ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 39PART
2—DEFINITIONSpt hdgins 2003 SL No.
214 s 39Definitions for sch 11As 8ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 39SCHEDULE 12—LINE FISHERIES
(COMMERCIAL)sch hdgamd 1999 SL No.
58 s 7PART 1—LINE FISHERY (MULTIPLE HOOK—EAST
COAST)What fish may be takens 3amd
2002 SL No. 214 s 40(1); 2003 SL No. 213 s 15(1); 2003 SL No. 214
s40(1)Use of primary
boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 56(2)s 7amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(3)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 56(4)s 8amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(3), (5)PART
2—LINE FISHERY (MULTIPLE HOOK—QUEENSLAND FISHERIESJOINT
AUTHORITY)pt hdgom 2006 SL No. 26
s 56(1)Fishery symbols 10om
2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)Fishery areas 11om
2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)What fish may be takens
12amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 3 sch; 2002 SL No. 337
s 14(1)om 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)Permitted ways of taking fin fishs
13om 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)Use of
drop liness 14om 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)Use of
bottom set liness 15om 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)Use of
primary commercial fishing boatss 16om
2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)Use of tender commercial fishing
boatss 17om 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)Permitted distance for an assistant fisher to
be under directions 18om 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)
505Fisheries Regulation 1995PART
3—LINE FISHERY (OTHER THAN GREAT BARRIER REEF REGION)Fishery areas 20sub
2003 SL No. 213 s 15(2)What fish may be takens
21amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 3 sch; 2002 SL No. 337
s 14(1)sub 2003 SL No. 213 s 15(2)amd
2003 SL No. 214 s 40(2)Permitted ways of taking fin
fishs 22amd 2002 SL No. 214 s 40(3); 2003 SL
No. 213 s 15(3)–(4); 2003 SL No. 214s 40(2)Use of
primary boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 56(2)s 23amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(3)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 56(4)s 24amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 3 sch; 2002 SL
No. 337 s 14(1); 2003 SL No. 30 s 5sub 2003 SL No.
213 s 15(5)amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(3), (5)–(6)Permitted distance for an assistant fisher to
be under directions 25sub 2003 SL No. 213 s 15(5)What
fish may be takens 28amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 3 sch; 2002 SL
No. 337 s 14(1)–(3)Permitted ways of taking fin fishs
29amd 2003 SL No. 213 s 15(4)Use of
primary boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 56(2)s 30amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(3)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 56(4)s 31amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(3),
(5)–(6)PART 5—LINE FISHERY (QUEENSLAND FISHERIES
JOINT AUTHORITY No.2)pt hdgom 2006 SL No. 26
s 56(1)Fishery symbols 33om
2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)Fishery areas 34amd
2002 SL No. 337 s 14(4)om 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)What
fish may be takens 35amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 3 sch; 2002 SL
No. 337 s 14(1), (5)–(6)om 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)
506Fisheries Regulation 1995Permitted ways of taking fin fishs
36amd 2003 SL No. 213 s 15(4)om
2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)Use of primary commercial fishing
boatss 37om 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)Use of
tender commercial fishing boatss 38om
2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)Permitted distance for an assistant
fisher to be under directions 39om
2006 SL No. 26 s 56(1)PART 6—LINE FISHERY (REEF)Fishery areas 41amd
1999 SL No. 58 s 8Permitted ways of taking fin fishs
42amd 2002 SL No. 214 s 40(4); 2003 SL No. 213
s 15(6); 2003 SL No. 214 s40(3)Permitted ways of
taking fin fishs 43amd 2003 SL No. 213 s 15(4)Use of
primary boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 56(2)s 44amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(3)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 56(4)s 45amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 20; 2003 SL No.
30 s 5; 2003 SL No. 213 s 15(7);2003 SL No. 367 s
24; 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(3), (5)–(6)Permitted distance
for an assistant fisher to be under directions 46sub
2003 SL No. 213 s 15(8)PART 7—LINE FISHERY (SOUTH
QUEENSLAND)What fish may be takens 49amd
2002 SL No. 214 s 40(3); 2003 SL No. 213 s 15(6); 2003 SL No. 214
s40(3)Permitted ways of
taking fin fishs 50amd 2003 SL No. 213 s 15(4)Use of
primary boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 56(2)s 51amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(3)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 56(4)s 52amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 56(3),
(5)–(6)SCHEDULE 13—NET FISHERIES (COMMERCIAL)sch
hdgamd 1999 SL No. 58 s 7
507Fisheries Regulation 1995PART
1—NET FISHERY (BAIT No. 1)Fishery areas 2amd
1999 SL No. 57 s 42(1)What fish may be takens
3amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 3 sch; 1997 SL No. 476
s 9(1)sub 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(2)amd
2002 SL No. 339 s 17(1); 2003 SL No. 213 s 16(1)Use of
primary boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(1)s 5amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2)Use of
mesh or seine netss 7amd 1997 SL No. 260 s 10(1)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(3)s 8amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2), (4)PART
2—NET FISHERY (BAIT No. 2)Fishery areas 11amd
1999 SL No. 57 s 42(1)What fish may be takens
12amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 3 sch; 1997 SL No. 476
s 9(1)sub 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(3)amd
2002 SL No. 339 s 17(1); 2003 SL No. 213 s 16(1)Permitted ways of taking fishs
13amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(4)–(5)Use of
primary boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(1)s 14amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2)Use of
nets south of Baffle Creeks 15amd 1997 SL No.
260 s 10(2)Use of nets north of Baffle Creeks
16amd 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(6); 1999 SL No. 272
s 7(1)Use of tender boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(3)s 17amd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(2), (4)PART 3—NET FISHERY (EAST COAST No. 1)What
fish may be takens 21amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 3 sch; 1997 SL
No. 16 s 3(1); 2002 SL No. 337 s 15;2002 SL No. 339 s
17(2)–(3); 2003 SL No. 213 s 16(1)Use of mesh nets
in and near Harvey Bays 26amd 2001 SL No.
170 s 12(1)Use of mesh or seine nets south of Baffle
Creeks 27amd 1997 SL No. 260 s
10(3)
508Fisheries Regulation 1995Use of
mesh or seine nets north of Baffle Creeks 28amd
1999 SL No. 272 s 7(1)Use of mesh nets in offshore waters of
Keppel Bays 29amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 12(2),
(3)Use of mesh nets in offshore waterss
30amd 1997 SL No. 260 s 10(4); 2001 SL No. 170
s 12(4)–(6)Use of set mesh nets in and near Hervey
Bays 33amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 12(1)Use of
set mesh nets on foreshores between the Burnett River and Baffle
Creeks 34amd 1997 SL No. 260 s 10(5)Use of
set mesh nets in Keppel Bays 35amd 2001 SL No.
170 s 12(2), (3)Use of set mesh nets in offshore
waterss 36amd 1997 SL No. 260 s 10(6); 2001 SL
No. 170 s 12(3)Use of set pocket nets in riverss
37amd 2002 SL No. 339 s 15(4); 2003 SL No. 30
s 6Use of tunnel netss 38amd
1997 SL No. 477 s 5(1); 2001 SL No. 170 s 12(7)Use of primary
boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(1)s 39amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(3)s 40amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2), (4)What
fish may be takens 45amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 3 sch; 1997 SL
No. 16 s 3(2); 2002 SL No. 337 s 15;2002 SL No. 339 s
17(2)–(3); 2003 SL No. 213 s 16(1)Permitted ways of
taking fishs 46amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 12(8)Use of
nets in offshore waters in and near Hervey Bayprov hdgamd
2001 SL No. 170 s 12(9)s 47amd 2001 SL No.
170 s 12(10), (11)Use of nets in other offshore waterss
48amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 12(3)Use of
primary boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(1)s 49amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(3)s 50amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2),
(4)
509Fisheries Regulation 1995PART
5—NET FISHERY (BAFFLE CREEK TO KAURI CREEK)pt hdgprev
pt 5 hdg amd 1997 SL No. 476 s 9(2)om 1999 SL No. 57
s 42(7)pres pt 5 hdg (prev pt 6 hdg) renum 1999 SL
No. 57 s 42(8)Division 1—Preliminarydiv hdgom
1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Fishery symbols 53om
1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Fishery areas 54om
1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)What fish may be takens
55amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 3 sch; 1997 SL No. 476
s 9(1)om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Permitted ways of taking fishs
56amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 11(1); 1997 SL No. 476
s 9(3)om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Time
quotas 57om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Division 2—Use of mesh and seine netsdiv
hdgom 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Use of
mesh nets in the fishery areas 58amd
1996 SL No. 266 s 11(2)om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Use of
mesh nets in offshore waterss 59amd
1996 SL No. 266 s 11(3); 1997 SL No. 476 s 9(4)om 1999 SL No. 57
s 42(7)Use of seine nets in the fishery areas
60om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Use of
seine nets in rivers and creekss 61om
1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Division 3—Use of set mesh netsdiv
hdgom 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Use of
mesh nets in rivers and creekss 62amd
1996 SL No. 266 s 11(3)om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Use of
mesh nets on foreshoress 63amd 1996 SL No.
266 s 11(3)om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Use of
mesh nets in offshore waterss 64amd
1996 SL No. 266 s 11(3)om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)
510Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 4—Miscellaneousdiv hdgom
1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Use of primary commercial fishing
boatss 65om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Use of
tender commercial fishing boatss 66om
1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Permitted distance for an assistant
fisher to be under directions 67om
1999 s No. 57 s 42(7)Marking netss 68om
1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)PART 5A—NET FISHERY (GULF OF
CARPENTARIA No. 2)pt hdgins 1997 SL No.
476 s 10om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Division 1—Preliminarydiv hdgins
1997 SL No. 476 s 10om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Fishery symbols 68Ains
1997 SL No. 476 s 10om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Fishery areas 68Bins
1997 SL No. 476 s 10om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)What
fish may be takens 68Cins 1997 SL No. 476 s 10om
1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Permitted ways of taking fishs
68Dins 1997 SL No. 476 s 10om 1999 SL No. 57
s 42(7)Time quotas 68Eins
1997 SL No. 476 s 10om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Division 2—Use of netsdiv hdgins
1997 SL No. 476 s 10om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Use of
nets in the fishery areas 68Fins 1997 SL No.
476 s 10om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Division 3—Miscellaneousdiv hdgins
1997 SL No. 476 s 10om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)
511Fisheries Regulation 1995Use of
primary commercial fishing boatss 68Gins
1997 SL No. 476 s 10om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Use of
tender commercial fishing boatss 68Hins
1997 SL No. 476 s 10om 1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)Permitted distance for an assistant fisher to
be under directions 68Iins 1997 SL No. 476 s 10om
1999 SL No. 57 s 42(7)What fish may be takens
71amd 2002 SL No. 339 s 17(5); 2003 SL No. 213
s 16(2)Use of mesh or seine nets in the fishery
areas 73amd 1997 SL No. 260 s 10(7)Use of
mesh nets in offshore waterss 74amd
1997 SL No. 260 s 10(8); 2001 SL No. 170 s 12(3), (12), (13)Use of
mesh nets in and near Hervey Bays 76amd
2001 SL No. 170 s 12(1)Use of set mesh nets in offshore
waterss 77amd 1997 SL No. 260 s 10(9); 2001 SL
No. 170 s 12(2), (3), (14), (15)Use of set mesh
nets in and near Hervey Bays 79amd 2001 SL No.
170 s 12(16)Use of set mesh nets on foreshores between
the Burnett River and Baffle Creeks 80amd
1997 SL No. 260 s 10(10)Use of primary boatsprov
hdgamd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(1)s
82amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(3)s 83amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2), (4)PART
6—NET FISHERY (OCEAN BEACH–AREA 1)pt hdg(prev
pt 7 hdg) sub 1997 SL No. 47 s 3renum 1999 SL No.
47 s 42(8)Fishery symbols 86sub
1997 SL No. 47 s 3Fishery areas 87sub
1997 SL No. 47 s 3What fish may be takens 88sub
1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 2002 SL No. 339 s 17(3); 2003 SL No. 213
s 16(1)
512Fisheries Regulation 1995Permitted ways of taking fishs
89sub 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 1999 SL No.
272 s 7(2); 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(5)Use of seine nets
in the fishery areas 90sub 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd
1997 SL No. 260 s 2 schTime quotas 91sub
1997 SL No. 47 s 3Use of primary boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(1)s 92sub 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(3)s 93sub 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2), (4)Permitted distance for an assistant
fisher to be under directions 94sub
1997 SL No. 47 s 3PART 7—NET FISHERY (OCEAN BEACH–AREA
2)pt hdg(prev pt 7A hdg)
ins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3renum 1999 SL No. 47 s 42(8)Fishery symbols 94Ains
1997 SL No. 47 s 3Fishery areas 94Bins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3What fish may be takens 94Cins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 2002 SL No. 339 s 17(3); 2003 SL No. 213
s 16(1)Permitted ways of taking fishs
94Dins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 1999 SL No.
272 s 7(2); 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(5)Use of seine nets
in the fishery areas 94Eins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd
1997 SL No. 260 s 2 schTime quotas 94Fins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3Use of primary boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(1)s 94Gins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2)
513Fisheries Regulation 1995Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(3)s 94Hins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2), (4)Permitted distance for an assistant
fisher to be under directions 94Iins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3PART 8—NET FISHERY (OCEAN BEACH–AREA
3)pt hdg(prev pt 7B hdg)
ins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3renum 1999 SL No. 47 s 42(8)Fishery symbols 94Jins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3Fishery areas 94Kins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3What fish may be takens 94Lins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 2002 SL No. 339 s 17(3); 2003 SL No. 213
s 16(1)Permitted ways of taking fishs
94Mins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 1999 SL No.
272 s 7(2); 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(5)Use of seine nets
in the fishery areas 94Nins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd
1997 SL No. 260 s 2 schTime quotas 94Oins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3Use of primary boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(1)s 94Pins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(3)s 94Qins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2), (4)Permitted distance for an assistant
fisher to be under directions 94Rins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3PART 9—NET FISHERY (OCEAN BEACH–AREA
4)pt hdg(prev pt 7C hdg)
ins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3renum 1999 SL No. 47 s 42(8)Fishery symbols 94Sins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3Fishery areas 94Tins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3
514Fisheries Regulation 1995What
fish may be takens 94Uins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd
2002 SL No. 339 s 17(3); 2003 SL No. 213 s 16(1)Permitted ways of taking fishs
94Vins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 1999 SL No.
272 s 7(2); 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(5)Use of seine nets
in the fishery areas 94Wins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd
1997 SL No. 260 s 2 schTime quotas 94Xins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3Use of primary boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(1)s 94Yins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(3)s 94Zins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2), (4)Permitted distance for an assistant
fisher to be under directions 94ZAins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3PART 10—NET FISHERY (OCEAN BEACH–AREA
5)pt hdg(prev pt 7D hdg)
ins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3renum 1999 SL No. 47 s 42(8)Fishery symbols 94ZBins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3Fishery areas 94ZCins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3What fish may be takens 94ZDins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 2002 SL No. 339 s 17(3); 2003 SL No. 213
s 16(1)Permitted ways of taking fishs
94ZEins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 1999 SL No.
272 s 7(2); 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(5)Use of seine nets
in the fishery areas 94ZFins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 1997 SL No. 260 s 2 schTime
quotas 94ZGins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3
515Fisheries Regulation 1995Use of
primary boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(1)s 94ZHins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(3)s 94ZIins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2), (4)Permitted distance for an assistant fisher to
be under directions 94ZJins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3PART 11—NET FISHERY (OCEAN BEACH–AREA
6)pt hdg(prev pt 7E hdg)
ins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3renum 1999 SL No. 47 s 42(8)Fishery symbols 94ZKins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3Fishery areas 94ZLins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3What fish may be takens 94ZMins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 2002 SL No. 339 s 17(3); 2003 SL No. 213
s 16(1)Permitted ways of taking fishs
94ZNins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 1999 SL No.
272 s 7(2); 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(5)Use of seine nets
in the fishery areas 94ZOins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 1997 SL No. 260 s 2 schTime
quotas 94ZPins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3Use of primary boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(1)s 94ZQins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(3)s 94ZRins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2), (4)Permitted distance for an assistant fisher to
be under directions 94ZSins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3PART 12—NET FISHERY (OCEAN BEACH–AREA
7)pt hdg(prev pt 7F hdg)
ins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3renum 1999 SL No. 47 s
42(8)
516Fisheries Regulation 1995Fishery symbols 94ZTins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3Fishery areas 94ZUins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3What fish may be takens 94ZVins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 2002 SL No. 339 s 17(3); 2003 SL No. 213
s 16(1)Permitted ways of taking fishs
94ZWins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 1999 SL No.
272 s 7(2); 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(5)Use of seine nets
in the fishery areas 94ZXins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 1997 SL No. 260 s 2 schTime
quotas 94ZYins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3Use of primary boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(1)s 94ZZins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(3)s 94ZAAins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2), (4)Permitted distance for an assistant fisher to
be under directions 94ZABins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3PART 13—NET FISHERY (OCEAN BEACH–AREA
8)pt hdg(prev pt 7G hdg)
ins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3renum 1999 SL No. 47 s 42(8)Fishery symbols 94ZACins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3Fishery areas 94ZADins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3What fish may be takens 94ZAEins
1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 2002 SL No. 339 s 17(3); 2003 SL No. 213
s 16(1)Permitted ways of taking fishs
94ZAFins 1997 SL No. 47 s 3amd 1999 SL No.
272 s 7(2); 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(5)Use of seine nets
in the fishery areas 94ZAGins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 1997 SL No. 260 s 2 sch
517Fisheries Regulation 1995Time
quotas 94ZAHins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3Use of primary boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(1)s 94ZAIins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2)Use of
tender boatsprov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(3)s 94ZAJins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 57(2), (4)Permitted distance for an assistant fisher to
be under directions 94ZAKins 1997 SL No.
47 s 3PART 14—(EAST COAST No. 3)pt
hdg(prev pt 8 hdg) amd 1997 SL No. 477 s
5(2)renum 1999 SL No. 47 s 42(8)What
fish may be takens 97amd 1996 SL No. 266 s 3 sch; 2002 SL
No. 337 s 15; 2002 SL No. 339 s17(5)–(6); 2003
SL No. 213 s 16(1)Use of mesh nets in offshore waters between
Baffle Creek and Cape Flatterys 101sub
1997 SL No. 477 s 5(3)amd 2001 SL No. 170 s
12(17)–(20)Use of set mesh nets in offshore waters
between Baffle Creek and Cape Flatterys 101Ains
1997 SL No. 477 s 5(3)amd 2001 SL No. 170 s
12(21)–(23)Use of primary boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(1)s 104amd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(2)Use of tender boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 57(3)s 105amd 2006 SL No.
26 s 57(2), (4)SCHEDULE 14—COMMERCIAL TRAWL FISHERY (FIN
FISH)sch hdgamd 1999 SL No.
58 s 7sub 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 58PART 1—TRAWL FISHERIES (CONCESSIONAL
ZONE)pt hdgom 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(1)Fishery symbols 1prev
s 1 om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)pres s 1 (prev s
35) renum 1999 SL No. 290 s 24 (4)Fishery
areas 2prev s 2 om 1999 SL No. 290 s
24(1)pres s 2 (prev s 36) renum 1999 SL No. 290 s
24(4)
518Fisheries Regulation 1995What
fish may be takens 3prev s 3 amd 1999 SL No. 58 s
9(1)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)pres
s 3 (prev s 37) renum 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(4)Permitted way of
taking whitingprov hdgamd 1999 SL No.
58 s 9(2)s 4prev s 4 amd 1999 SL No. 58 s
9(3)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)pres
s 4 (prev s 38) amd 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(2)renum 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(4)Time quotas 5prev
s 5 om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)pres s 5 (prev s
39) renum 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(4)Use of otter trawl
netss 6sub 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(4)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of turtle excluder devicess
7sub 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(4)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of bycatch reduction devicess
7Ains 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(4)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)PART 2—TRAWL FISHERY (EAST COAST No.
1)pt hdgom 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(1)Division 1—Preliminarydiv hdgom
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Fishery symbols 8om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Fishery areas 9om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)What fish may be takens
10amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(1)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Permitted way of taking fish
scallopsprov hdgamd 1999 SL No.
58 s 9(2)s 11amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(3), (5)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of primary commercial fishing
boatss 12om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Division 2—Use of nets to take prawnsdiv
hdgom 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)
519Fisheries Regulation 1995General conditionss 13amd
1999 SL No. 58 s 9(6)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
nets in Moreton Bays 14om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
nets between Comboyuro Point and Caloundra Heads 15om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of nets in Laguna Bays
16om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
nets in Hervey Bays 17om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
nets near Facing Islands 18om 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(1)Use of nets in Keppel Bays 19om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of nets in Llewellyn Bays
20om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
nets in Repulse Bays 21om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
nets south of Cape Gloucesters 22om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of nets north of Cape
Gloucesters 23om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
nets in Sinclair Bays 24om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
nets in Cleveland Bays 25om 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(1)Use of nets in offshore waterss
26om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Division 3—Use of nets to take saucer
scallopsdiv hdgom 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(1)Use of nets to take saucer scallopss
27sub 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(7)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Division 4—Use of nets to take other
fishdiv hdgins 1999 SL No.
58 s 9(7)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
nets to take other fishs 27Ains 1999 SL No.
58 s 9(7)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)
520Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 5—Use of turtle excluder devices and
bycatch reduction devicesdiv hdgins 1999 SL No.
58 s 9(7)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
turtle excluder devicess 27Bins 1999 SL No.
58 s 9(7)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
bycatch reduction devicess 27Cins 1999 SL No.
58 s 9(7)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)PART
3—TRAWL FISHERY (EAST COAST No. 2)pt hdgom
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Fishery symbols 28om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Fishery areas 29om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)What fish may be takens
30amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(8)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Permitted ways of taking fishprov
hdgamd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(9)s
31amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(3)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of primary commercial fishing
boatss 32om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
nets south of Cape Gloucesters 33om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of nets north of Cape
Gloucesters 34om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
turtle excluder devicess 34Ains 1999 SL No.
58 s 9(10)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)Use of
bycatch reduction devicess 34Bins 1999 SL No.
58 s 9(10)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(1)PART
4—TRAWL FISHERY (FIN FISH)pt hdgom 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(1)PART 5—TRAWL FISHERY (RIVER AND INSHORE—AREA
1)pt hdgom 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(5)Fishery symbols 40om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)
521Fisheries Regulation 1995Fishery areas 41om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)What fish may be takens
42amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(8)(2),
(6) exp 31 October 2000 (see s 42(6))om 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(5)Permitted ways of taking fishprov
hdgamd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(9)s
43amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(3)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of primary commercial fishing
boatss 44om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of
beam trawl nets in the Brisbane Rivers 45om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of beam trawl nets at or near the
Brisbane River mouths 46om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of
beam trawl nets in Moreton Bays 47om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of beam trawl nets in the Noosa
River and connected lakess 48om 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(5)Use of otter trawl nets in Laguna Bays
49amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(11)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of beam trawl nets in rivers and
creekss 50om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)PART
6—TRAWL FISHERY (RIVER AND INSHORE—AREA 2)pt hdgom
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Fishery symbols 51om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Fishery areas 52om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)What fish may be takens
53amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(8)(2),
(6) exp 31 October 2000 (see s 53(6))om 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(5)Permitted ways of taking fishprov
hdgamd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(9)s
54amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(3)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of primary commercial fishing
boatss 55om 1999 SL No. 290 s
24(5)
522Fisheries Regulation 1995Use of
beam trawl nets in Great Sandy Straits 56om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of beam trawl nets in Hervey
Bays 57om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of
beam trawl nets in rivers and creekss 58om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)PART 7—TRAWL FISHERY (RIVER AND
INSHORE—AREA 3)pt hdgom 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(5)Fishery symbols 59om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Fishery areas 60om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)What fish may be takens
61amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(8)(2),
(6) exp 31 October 2000 (see s 61(6))om 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(5)Permitted ways of taking fishprov
hdgamd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(9)s
62amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(3)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of primary commercial fishing
boatss 63om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of
beam trawl nets in rivers and creekss 64om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)PART 8—TRAWL FISHERY (RIVER AND
INSHORE—AREA 4)pt hdgom 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(5)Fishery symbols 65om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Fishery areas 66om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)What fish may be takens
67amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(8)(2),
(6) exp 31 October 2000 (see s 67(6))om 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(5)Permitted ways of taking fishprov
hdgamd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(9)s
68amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(3)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of primary commercial fishing
boatss 69om 1999 SL No. 290 s
24(5)
523Fisheries Regulation 1995Use of
beam trawl nets near Facing Islands 70om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of beam trawl nets in and near
Keppel Bays 71om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of
beam trawl nets in rivers and creekss 72om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)PART 9—TRAWL FISHERY (RIVER AND
INSHORE—AREA 5)pt hdgom 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(5)Fishery symbols 73om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Fishery areas 74om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)What fish may be takens
75amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(8)(2),
(6) exp 31 October 2000 (see s 75(6))om 1999 SL No.
290 s 24(5)Permitted ways of taking fishprov
hdgamd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(9)s
76amd 1999 SL No. 58 s 9(3)om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of primary commercial fishing
boatss 77om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of
beam trawl nets in Llewellyn Bays 78om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of beam trawl nets in Repulse
Bays 79om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of
beam trawl nets in Sinclair Bays 80om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of beam trawl nets in Cleveland
Bays 81om 1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)Use of
beam trawl nets in rivers and creekss 82om
1999 SL No. 290 s 24(5)SCHEDULE 14A—COMMERCIAL CRAYFISH AND
ROCK LOBSTERFISHERYsch hdgins
2006 SL No. 26 s 59Fishery symbols 1(prev
sch 15, s 30) renum and reloc 2006 SL No. 26 s 60(10)Fishery areas 2(prev
sch 15, s 31) renum and reloc 2006 SL No. 26 s 60(10)What
fish may be takens 3(prev sch 15, s 32) renum and reloc
2006 SL No. 26 s 60(10)
524Fisheries Regulation 1995Permitted ways of taking crayfish and rock
lobsterss 4(prev sch 15, s 33) amd 2002 SL No.
339 s 18(10); 2003 SL No. 30 s 7(1);2006 SL No. 26 s
60(6)renum and reloc 2006 SL No. 26 s
60(10)Use of primary boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 60(7)s 5(prev sch 15, s
34) amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 21; 2003 SL No. 30 s 7(2); 2006SL
No. 26 s 60(8)renum and reloc 2006 SL No. 26 s
60(10)Use of tender boatss 6(prev
sch 15, s 35) amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 21; 2003 SL No. 30 s
7(2)sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 60(9)renum
and reloc 2006 SL No. 26 s 60(10)Permitted distance
for an assistant fisher to be under directions 7(prev
sch 15, s 36) amd 2003 SL No. 30 s 7(3)renum and reloc
2006 SL No. 26 s 60(10)SCHEDULE 15—COMMERCIAL HARVEST
FISHERIESsch hdgamd 1999 SL No.
58 s 7; 2006 SL No. 26 s 60(1)Fishery
symbols 1amd 2002 SL No. 339 s 18(1)What
fish may be takens 3amd 2002 SL No. 339 s 18(2); 2003 SL
No. 213 s 17; 2004 SL No. 112 s32(1); 2006 SL
No. 26 s 60(2)General conditions of taking fish under
authority with ‘A1’ or ‘A2’ fishery symbols 5sub
2002 SL No. 339 s 18(3)Additional conditions—‘A1’ fishery
symbols 5Ains 2002 SL No. 339 s 18(3)def“Moreton Bay Marine Park”sub
2006 SL No. 223 s 173Additional conditions—‘A2’ fishery
symbols 5Bins 2002 SL No. 339 s 18(3)Selling fish—authority holders
10sub 2002 SL No. 339 s 18(4)Selling fish—nominees 10Ains
2002 SL No. 339 s 18(4)PART 2—BÊCHE-DE-MER FISHERY (EAST
COAST)Division 1—General provisionsdiv
hdgins 2002 SL No. 339 s 18(5)General conditions of taking
bêche-de-mers 15amd 2002 SL No. 339 s 18(6)–(7)Selling bêche-de-mers 17sub
2002 SL No. 339 s 18(8)amd 2006 SL No. 26 s
60(3)
525Fisheries Regulation 1995Division 2—VMS equipment and manual reporting
conditionsdiv 2 (ss 17A–17J)ins 2002 SL No.
339 s 18(9)PART 3—BÊCHE-DE-MER FISHERY (TORRES
STRAIT)pt 3 (ss 18–22)om 2006 SL No. 26
s 60(4)What fish may be takens 25amd
2004 SL No. 112 s 32(2)–(3)General conditions of taking
corals 27sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 32(4)Selling corals 29sub
2004 SL No. 112 s 32(5)PART 5—CRAYFISH AND ROCK LOBSTER
FISHERYpt hdgom 2006 SL No. 26
s 60(5)PART 5A—JUVENILE EEL FISHERYpt
hdgins 2004 SL No. 305 s 33Fishery
symbols 37prev s 37 om 1999 SL No. 57 s
43(1)pres s 37 ins 2004 SL No. 305 s 33Fishery areas 38ins
2004 SL No. 305 s 33What fish may be takens 39prev
s 39 om 1999 SL No. 57 s 43(1)pres s 39 ins
2004 SL No. 305 s 33Permitted ways of taking juvenile eelss
40prev s 40 om 1999 SL No. 57 s 43(1)pres
s 40 ins 2004 SL No. 305 s 33General conditions
of taking juvenile eelss 41prev s 41 om 1999
SL No. 57 s 43(1)pres s 41 ins 2004 SL No. 305 s 33Selling juvenile eelss 42prev
s 42 om 1999 SL No. 57 s 43(1)pres s 42 ins
2004 SL No. 305 s 33PART 5B—OYSTER FISHERYpt 5B (ss
42A–42F)ins 2004 SL No. 305 s 33PART 6—PEARL
FISHERYpt hdgprev pt 6 hdg om
1999 SL No. 57 s 43(1)pres pt 6 hdg (prev pt 7 hdg) renum
1999 SL No. 57 s 43(2)PART 7—SHELL FISHERYpt
hdg(prev pt 8 hdg) renum 1999 SL No. 57 s
43(2)Use of primary boatsprov hdgamd
2006 SL No. 26 s 60(7)s 52amd 2006 SL No.
26 s 60(8)
526Fisheries Regulation 1995Selling molluscss 56amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 60(11)PART 8—SHELL GRIT FISHERYpt
hdg(prev pt 9 hdg) renum 1999 SL No. 57 s
43(2)PART 9—STAR SAND FISHERYpt hdg(prev
pt 10 hdg) renum 1999 SL No. 57 s 43(2)Permitted ways of
taking star sands 66amd 2003 SL No. 30 s 7(4)PART
10—TROCHUS FISHERY (EAST COAST)pt hdg(prev
pt 11 hdg) renum 1999 SL No. 57 s 43(2)General conditions
of taking trochuss 73amd 1996 SL No. 449 s 6(1); 2000 SL
No. 184 s 21Annual quotas 74sub
1996 SL No. 449 s 6(2)Selling trochuss 75amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 60(12)PART 11—TROCHUS FISHERY (TORRES
STRAIT)pt hdg(prev pt 12 hdg)
renum 1999 SL No. 57 s 43(2)om 2006 SL No. 26
s 60(4)Fishery symbols 76om
2006 SL No. 26 s 60(4)Fishery areas 77om
2006 SL No. 26 s 60(4)What fish may be takens
78om 2006 SL No. 26 s 60(4)Permitted ways of taking trochuss
79om 2006 SL No. 26 s 60(4)Annual
quotas 80sub 1996 SL No. 449 s 7om
2006 SL No. 26 s 60(4)Selling trochuss 81om
2006 SL No. 26 s 60(4)PART 12—WORM FISHERY (BEACHWORM)pt
hdg(prev pt 13 hdg) renum 1999 SL No. 57 s
43(2)Selling beachwormss 87amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 60(13)PART 13—WORM FISHERY (BLOODWORM)pt
hdg(prev pt 14 hdg) renum 1999 SL No. 57 s
43(2)Fishery areas 89amd
2002 SL No. 339 s 18(11)
527Fisheries Regulation 1995Selling bloodwormss 93amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 60(14)PART 14—YABBY FISHERYpt
hdg(prev pt 15 hdg) renum 1999 SL No. 57 s
43(2)Selling yabbiess 99amd
2006 SL No. 26 s 60(15)SCHEDULE16—GLOSSARYOFSCIENTIFICNAMESUSEDFORFISHOTHER
THAN CORAL REEF FIN FISHsch hdgamd 2003 SL No.
213 s 18(1)schamd 1996 SL No. 266 s 12; 1996 SL No.
422 s 11; 1997 SL No. 222 s 6; 1999SL No. 57 s 44;
1999 SL No. 58 s 10; 1999 SL No. 249 s 11; 1999 SL No.290 s
25; 2002 SL No. 110 s 7; 2002 SL No. 337 s 16; 2002 SL No. 339
s19; 2003 SL No. 213 s 18(2)–(3); 2003 SL No.
367 s 25; 2004 SL No. 112s 33; 2004 SL No. 305 s 34SCHEDULE 16A—GLOSSARY OF SCIENTIFIC NAMES OF
CORAL REEF FINFISHins 2003 SL No. 213 s 19amd
2004 SL No. 112 s 34SCHEDULE 17—DEFINITIONSsch hdgsub
1999 SL No. 290 s 26(1)PART 1—EXTENDED DEFINITIONSpt
hdgsub 1999 SL No. 290 s 26(3)pt
1(prev pt 2) renum and reloc 1999 SL No. 290
s 26(2)Meaning of “defined port area”s
1Ains 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(1)Meaning of “Lake Awoonga area”s
2prev s 2 om 1997 SL No. 260 s 11(2)pres
s 2 ins 1999 SL No. 57 s 45(7)Meaning of “length
of a boat”prov hdgamd 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(2)s 4amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(2)Meaning of “length” of a net other than an
otter trawl netprov hdgamd 1999 SL No.
290 s 26(5)s 5amd 1999 SL No. 249 s 12(2)–(4); 1999
SL No. 290 s 26(5)–(7)Meaning of “mesh size of a net”s
6amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(3)–(4)Meaning of “net that is not hauled”s
8om 2001 SL No. 170 s 13(1)Meaning of “tropical rock lobster
area”s 11prev s 11 om 1999 SL No. 290 s
26(8)pres s 11 (prev s 13) renum 1999 SL No. 290
s 26(10)om 2002 SL No. 339 s 20
528Fisheries Regulation 1995Meaning of “under direction” for an assistant
fishers 12prev s 12 amd 1999 SL No. 57 s
45(8)om 1999 SL No. 290 s 26(8)pres
s 12 (prev s 14) sub 1999 SL No. 290 s 26(9)renum 1999 SL No.
290 s 26(10)amd 2000 SL No. 361 s 10(1)–(2); 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(5)Meaning of “Wynnum area” for fish regulated
by areas 13(prev s 15) renum 1999 SL No. 290 s
26(10)Meaning of “whole weight” of spanish
mackerels 14ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 41(1)Meaning of “Gulf of Carpentaria” for ss 18A,
98A and schs 1 and 4s 16ins 1996 SL No. 266 s 13om
1999 SL No. 57 s 45(9)PART 2—DICTIONARYpt hdgsub
1999 SL No. 26(11)pt 2(prev pt 1) renum and reloc 1999 SL
No. 290 s 26(2)def“AIVR system”ins 2004 SL No.
112 s 35(2)def“amending notice deadline”ins
2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“annual”ins
1996 SL No. 233 s 7sub 1999 SL No. 57 s 45(1), (3)def“approved”ins 1998 SL No.
232 s 11amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 22(1)def“assistant fisher”sub 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(6)–(7)def“authorised boat”ins 2004 SL No.
214 s 41(6)sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 35def“authorised unloading time”ins
2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“Authority’s
register”ins 1998 SL No. 232 s 11om 1999 SL No.
290 s 26(12)def“beam trawl net”om 1999 SL No.
290 s 26(12)def“boat mark”ins 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(7)def“buyer”om 2006 SL No. 26
s 61(6)def“buyer licence”ins 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(7)def“buying and selling
particulars”ins 2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“bycatch reduction device”ins
1999 SL No. 58 s 11om 1999 SL No. 290 s 26(12)def“carrier boat licence”ins
2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“charter fisher
licence”ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“charter fishing licence”ins
2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“charter fishing
trip”ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“commercial fisher licence”ins
2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“commercial
fishing apparatus”sub 1999 SL No. 57 s 45(1), (3)def“commercial fishing boat”sub
2006 SL No. 26 s 61(6)–(7)def“commercial
fishing boat licence”ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“commercial fishing
competition”ins 1996 SL No. 422 s 12om 2003 SL No.
367 s 26def“commercial fishing tour”om
2006 SL No. 26 s 61(6)def“commercial
harvest fishery licence”ins 2006 SL No. 26 s
61(7)
529Fisheries Regulation 1995def“complying number”ins 2004 SL No.
112 s 35(2)om 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(6)def“coral reef fin fish”ins
2003 SL No. 213 s 20def“coral reef fin fish
particulars”ins 2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“Coral Reef Plan”ins 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(7)def“crab fishery”ins 1999 SL No.
57 s 45(4)def“cross line”om 1999 SL No. 57
s 45(1)def“CT line unit”ins 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(7)def“current fisher PIN”ins
2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)amd 2007 SL No. 22 s 13(3)def“daily quota”ins 2004 SL No.
112 s 35(2)def“Deception Bay area”ins
1999 SL No. 290 s 26(13)def“defined port
area”ins 2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)sub
2006 SL No. 26 s 61(6)–(7)def“developmental
fishing permit”ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“East Coast Trawl Plan” ins
2000 SL No. 361 s 10(3)def“effort
unit”ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“eligible SM unit applicant”ins
2007 SL No. 22 s 13(2)def“entitlement”ins 2004 SL No.
214 s 41(6)def“extended commercial fishing
tour”om 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(6)def“extended licensed charter fishing
trip”ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“F↑B
sign”amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 22(2)def“fin fish”ins 1999 SL No.
57 s 45(3)def“fisher”sub 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(6)–(7)def“fisher PIN”ins 2004 SL No.
112 s 35(2)amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(8); 2007 SL No. 22 s
13(4)def“fishery provision”amd
1999 SL No. 57 s 45(5)def“fishery
schedule”amd 2003 SL No. 214 s 41(4); 2006 SL No. 26
s 61(9)def“fishery symbol movement
application”ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“fitted”ins 1999 SL No.
58 s 11om 1999 SL No. 290 s 26(12)def“former authority”reloc 2005 SL No.
23 s 4def“former schedule 5B”ins
2007 SL No. 22 s 13(2)def“Freshwater
Plan”ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“general fisheries permit”ins
2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“Great Barrier
Reef Region”ins 1999 SL No. 58 s 11def“group of species”ins 2004 SL No.
112 s 35(2)def“Gulf Plan”ins 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(7)def“haul seine”om 1999 SL No.
272 s 8def“haul seine net”ins 1999 SL No.
272 s 8def“hook”ins 2003 SL No.
213 s 20def“hull unit” om 1999 SL No.
290 s 26(12)def“IDAS”ins 2004 SL No.
305 s 35def“identification code”ins
2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“indigenous
fishing permit”ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“information notice”ins
2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“install”ins
1998 SL No. 232 s 11om 2002 SL No. 339 s 20def“interfere with”ins 1998 SL No.
232 s 11def“ITQ unit”ins 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(7)
530Fisheries Regulation 1995def“juvenile eel”ins 2004 SL No.
305 s 35def“Lake Awoonga area”ins
1999 SL No. 290 s 26(13)def“Lake Tinaroo
area”ins 1999 SL No. 290 s 26(13)def“land”ins 2004 SL No.
112 s 35(2)def“landed fish notice”ins
2004 SL No. 214 s 41(6)om 2004 SL No. 112 s 35(1)def“landing period”ins 2004 SL No.
112 s 35(2)def“landing place”ins 2004 SL No.
112 s 35(2)def“length”ins 1999 SL No.
290 s 26(13)amd 2001 SL No. 170 s 13(2)def“line fishery area”ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 41(5)def“line fishery
symbol”ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 41(5)def“line unit”ins 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(7)def“logbook information”ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 41(2)def“lure”ins
2003 SL No. 213 s 20def“managed area A”om 1999 SL No. 57
s 45(2)def“managed area B”om 1999 SL No. 57
s 45(2)def“management A area”ins
2004 SL No. 305 s 35def“management B area”ins
2004 SL No. 305 s 35def“mesh size”ins 1999 SL No.
290 s 26(13)def“minor impact works code”ins
2007 SL No. 344 s 20def“Moreton Bay”ins 1999 SL No.
290 s 26(13)def“national park land”ins
1998 SL No. 213 s 6def“net that is not hauled”ins
1999 SL No. 290 s 26(13)om 2001 SL No. 170 s 13(3)def“notice identity number”ins
2004 SL No. 214 s 41(6)om 2004 SL No. 112 s 35(1)def“notifying period”ins 2004 SL No.
112 s 35(2)def“Nudgee Beach area”ins
1999 SL No. 290 s 26(13)def“ocean beach
fishery”ins 1997 SL No. 260 s 11(1)amd
1999 SL No. 57 s 45(6)def“official
sign”2000 SL No. 184 s 22(2)def“offshore waters”ins 2001 SL No.
170 s 13(4)def“OS line unit”ins 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(7)def“pearl oyster”ins 2003 SL No.
213 s 20def“power assisted device”ins
1997 SL No. 476 s 11om 1999 SL No. 57 s 45(1)def“prescribed area”ins 2003 SL No.
214 s 41(3)def“prescribed declared fish habitat area
development purpose”ins 2004SL No. 305 s
35def“prescribed fishery symbol”ins
2004 SL No. 214 s 41(6)def“prescribed
flag”ins 2003 SL No. 214 s 41(3)def“prescribed numerical code”ins
2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“prescribed
person”ins 2004 SL No. 214 s 41(6)sub
2004 SL No. 112 s 35def“prescribed reason”ins
2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“prescribed
way”ins 2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“primary boat”ins 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(7)def“primary commercial fishing
boat”om 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(6)
531Fisheries Regulation 1995def“prior notice”ins 2004 SL No.
214 s 41(6)sub 2004 SL No. 112 s 35def“prior notice area”ins 2004 SL No.
112 s 35(2)def“prior notice deadline”ins
2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“prior notice
particulars”ins 2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“Pumicestone Strait”ins
1999 SL No. 290 s 26(13)def“purse seine
net”ins 1999 SL No. 217 s 6def“ready to fish”ins 2003 SL No.
214 s 41(3)def“recreational fisher”sub
1999 SL No. 249 s 12(1)amd 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(10)def“recreational fishing
apparatus”om 1999 SL No. 57 s 45(1)def“referral agency”ins 2004 SL No.
305 s 35def“register”ins 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(7)def“relevant assessment fee”ins
2004 SL No. 305 s 35def“relevant equipment”ins
2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“relevant
existing decision”ins 2007 SL No. 22 s 13(2)def“relevant fishing authority”ins
2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“relevant SM unit
provisions”ins 2007 SL No. 22 s 13(2)def“relevant species particulars”ins
2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“required
way”ins 1999 SL No. 57 s 45(3)amd
2000 SL No. 184 s 22(1)def“resource
allocation authority”ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“retained fish conditions”ins
2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“retained fish
notice”ins 2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“retained fish notice
particulars”ins 2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“RTE line unit”ins 2006 SL No.
26 s 61(7)def“SF↑B
sign”amd 2000 SL No. 184 s 22(2)def“SM fishery area”ins 2004 SL No.
214 s 41(6)def“SM fishery licence”ins
2003 SL No. 214 s 41(2)def“SM (Flat Rock)
fishery licence”ins 2003 SL No. 378 s 9amd 2007 SL No.
22 s 13(5)def“SM unit”ins 2003 SL No.
214 s 41(2)sub 2007 SL No. 22 s 13(1)–(2)def“SM unit certificate”ins
2004 SL No. 214 s 41(6)sub 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(6)–(7)def“SM unit certificate changes”ins
2004 SL No. 214 s 41(6)def“SM unit
decision”ins 2007 SL No. 22 s 13(2)def“SM unit holder”ins 2004 SL No.
214 s 41(6)def“SM year”ins 2004 SL No.
214 s 41(6)def“spanish mackerel particulars”ins
2004 SL No. 112 s 35(2)def“Spanner Crab
Plan”ins 2006 SL No. 26 s 61(7)def“species of cod or groper”ins
2003 SL No. 213 s 20def“species of coral trout”ins
2003 SL No. 213 s 20def“species of emperor”ins
2003 SL No. 213 s 20def“species of jobfish”ins
2003 SL No. 213 s 20def“species of parrotfish, surgeonfish or
sweetlips”ins 2003 SL No. 213 s20def“species of wrasse”ins
2003 SL No. 213 s 20def“structure”ins 2004 SL No.
305 s 35def“surface trolling”ins 2003 SL No.
378 s 9
